PDF: 12,621KB

Add to my manuals
326 Pages

advertisement

PDF: 12,621KB | Manualzz

Introduction

Thank you for purchasing Disney Mobile DM004SH.

.

For proper handset use, read "First Step Guide" in DM004SH Starter Guide and this guide beforehand.

.

Accessible Disney Mobile services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.

Disney Mobile DM004SH is compatible with both 3G and GSM network technologies.

Notes

.

Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.

.

Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.

.

Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please

contact General Information (P.15-39) about unclear or missing information.

Chapter Contents

At A Glance

Getting Started

Basic Operations

Calling

Messaging

Disney Web & PC Site Browser

Digital TV

Camera & Imaging

Media Player & S! Applications

Handy Extras

Entertainment & Communication

Handset Security

Data Folder & Memory Card

Connectivity & File Backup

Handset Customization

Appendix

12

13

14

15

8

9

10

11

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

i

ii

Guide Usage Notes

Notes

.

Most operation descriptions are based on default settings with

handset open (P.1-2) in Standby (P.1-6).

.

Operations and results may differ by handset status.

.

Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only.

.

Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance.

.

"(Japanese)" appears next to functions or applications which require Japanese ability to use as intended.

Guide Usage Notes .......................... ii

Table of Contents ............................ iii

Accessory .........................................v

Safety Precautions...........................vi

1

Getting Started

Handset Parts ................................ 1-2

Charging Battery .......................... 1-4

Power On/Off ................................ 1-6

Display & Indicators ..................... 1-7

Accessing Functions .................. 1-11

Mobile Manners.......................... 1-17

Security Codes ........................... 1-18

Basic Tools................................... 1-19

Additional Functions .................. 1-21

Troubleshooting .......................... 1-23

2

Basic Operations

Fonts............................................... 2-2

Wallpaper...................................... 2-3

Customized Screen & S! Familiar

Usability ......................................... 2-4

Sounds & Alerts ............................. 2-5

Text Entry ....................................... 2-6

User Dictionary ........................... 2-11

Dictionary.................................... 2-12

Search ......................................... 2-14

Scratch Pad ................................ 2-15

Phone Book................................. 2-16

Additional Functions .................. 2-19

Troubleshooting .......................... 2-24

3

Calling

Emergency Calls...........................3-2

Voice Calling.................................3-3

Video Calling ................................3-5

Decoration Call.............................3-6

Speed Dial .....................................3-7

Call Log..........................................3-8

Call Time & Call Cost ....................3-9

Optional Services........................3-10

Additional Functions ...................3-12

Troubleshooting...........................3-21

4

Messaging

Messaging .....................................4-2

Sending Messages........................4-4

Incoming Messages ...................4-10

Handling Messages ....................4-12

Chat Folder ..................................4-15

Mail Groups .................................4-16

PC Mail.........................................4-17

Additional Functions ...................4-20

Troubleshooting...........................4-35

5

Disney Web & PC Site Browser

Internet Services............................5-2

Disney Web....................................5-3

PC Site Browser..............................5-4

Browsing.........................................5-5

Bookmarks & Saved Pages..........5-7

RSS Feeds .......................................5-8

Additional Functions .....................5-9

Troubleshooting...........................5-16

Table of Contents

6

Digital TV

Digital TV........................................ 6-2

TV Player........................................ 6-8

TV Timer ....................................... 6-10

Additional Functions................... 6-11

Troubleshooting .......................... 6-16

7

Camera & Imaging

Camera ......................................... 7-2

Photo Camera .............................. 7-4

Video Camera .............................. 7-5

Review ........................................... 7-6

Shooting Modes............................ 7-7

Editing Images .............................. 7-9

Printing ......................................... 7-14

Additional Functions................... 7-15

Troubleshooting .......................... 7-18

8

Media Player & S! Applications

Media Player................................. 8-2

Music ............................................. 8-4

Video ............................................. 8-5

Playlists .......................................... 8-6

S! Appli........................................... 8-7

Additional Functions..................... 8-8

Troubleshooting .......................... 8-13

9

Handy Extras

Calendar & Tasks.......................... 9-2

Alarms............................................ 9-7

Wakeup TV .................................... 9-9

Calculator ................................... 9-11

Expenses Memo ......................... 9-12

iii

iv

Table of Contents

Osaifu-Keitai ® ..............................9-13

Simulated Call .............................9-17

Stopwatch....................................9-18

Countdown Timer........................9-19

World Clock.................................9-20

Hour Minder .................................9-21

Document Viewer .......................9-22

Notepad.......................................9-23

Voice Recorder ...........................9-24

Scan Barcode..............................9-25

Create QR Code .........................9-26

Scan Card....................................9-27

Text Scanner ................................9-28

Additional Functions ...................9-29

Troubleshooting...........................9-41

10

Entertainment & Communication

Mobile Widget .............................10-2

S! Quick News .............................10-5

S! Information Channel...............10-6

e-Books ........................................10-7

S! Friend's Status ..........................10-8

S! Circle Talk ..............................10-11

Blog Tool.....................................10-13

Additional Functions .................10-15

Troubleshooting.........................10-22

11

Handset Security

Handset Security .........................11-2

Additional Functions ...................11-4

12

Data Folder & Memory Card

Data Folder..................................12-2

Memory Card..............................12-5

Additional Functions...................12-7

Troubleshooting ..........................12-9

13

Connectivity & File Backup

Infrared ........................................13-2

IC Transmission............................13-5

Mass Storage...............................13-7

Backup ........................................13-8

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ...13-10

Additional Functions.................13-13

Troubleshooting ........................13-15

14

Handset Customization

Date & Time .................................14-2

Display & Illumination.................14-3

Ringtones & Sounds ....................14-5

Connectivity................................14-6

Reset ............................................14-8

15

Appendix

USIM Card....................................15-2

Battery..........................................15-4

Software Update .........................15-5

Troubleshooting ..........................15-6

Key Assignments.........................15-8

Pager Codes .............................15-10

Character Codes......................15-11

Weather Indicators ...................15-17

Specifications............................15-18

Menu List....................................15-24

Index.......................................... 15-31

Warranty & Service................... 15-38

Customer Service ..................... 15-39

Accessory

[

Battery (SHBCC1)

.

For accessory-related information, please contact General Information (P.15-39).

.

Use specified Charger or Headphones (each sold separately) only.

Accessory

v

vi

Safety Precautions

Safety Precautions

Read safety precautions before using handset.

.

Observe precautions to avoid injury to self or others, or damage to property.

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.

These labels indicate the degree of risk from improper use.

Make sure you thoroughly understand their meanings before reading on.

DANGER

Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use

WARNING

CAUTION

Risk of death or serious injury from improper use

Risk of serious injury or damage to property from improper use

These symbols indicate prohibited or compulsory actions.

Make sure you thoroughly understand their meanings before reading on.

$

Prohibited actions

%

Disassembly prohibited

&

Exposure to liquids prohibited

'

Use with wet hands prohibited

(

Compulsory actions

)

Unplug Charger from outlet

Handset, Battery, USIM Card,

Charger (Sold Separately) &

Memory Card (Sold Separately)

DANGER

Use specified battery, Charger

(sold separately) and Desktop

Holder (sold separately) only.

Non-specified equipment use may cause battery to leak, overheat, burst or ignite, and may cause

Charger to overheat, ignite, malfunction, etc.

Do not disassemble, modify or solder handset or related hardware.

May cause fire, injury, electric shock or malfunction. Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite.

Modifying handsets is prohibited by the Radio Law and subject to a penalty.

Do not expose handset or related hardware to liquids.

Do not let liquid-exposed handset/ related hardware remain wet after exposure to water, pet urine, etc.; do not charge wet battery. May cause overheating, electric shock, fire, injury or malfunction.

Use them in an appropriate place properly.

(

%

&

Do not charge battery in or expose handset or related hardware to extreme heat (e.g., near fire or sources of heat, in direct sunlight, inside vehicles, etc.).

May cause warping/malfunction; battery may leak, overheat, ignite or burst. Handset or related hardware may become hot to the touch, leading to burn injuries, etc.

$

Do not force battery/Charger into handset. Check the direction and retry.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

WARNING

$

Do not place handset, battery or

Charger in/on ovens, microwave ovens, pressure cookers, induction stoves or other cooking appliances.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite. Handset/Charger may overheat, emit smoke, ignite, malfunction, etc.

Keep handset off and Charger disconnected near gas stations or places with fire/explosion risk.

Handset use near petrochemicals or other flammables may cause fire/explosion; power handset off before using Osaifu-Keitai stations (cancel IC Card Lock beforehand).

® at gas

$

(

Safety Precautions

Do not apply strong shocks or impacts.

Do not drop/throw handset or related hardware. Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite, resulting in fire, electric shock, malfunction, etc.

$

If there is unusual sound/odor, smoke or any other abnormality:

Continued use may cause fire, electric shock, etc.; grasp plug to disconnect Charger, power handset off, then remove battery, being careful not to burn or injure yourself.

(

Keep liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) or conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.) away from charging terminals, External Device Port or

Memory Card Slot.

May cause short circuit, resulting in fire, malfunction, etc.

$

CAUTION

Do not place handset or related hardware on unstable surfaces.

Handset or related hardware may fall, resulting in injury, malfunction, etc.; be especially careful when

Vibration is set or while charging.

$

Keep handset and related hardware out of infants' reach.

Infants may choke from swallowing handset or related hardware or be injured, etc.

( vii

viii

Safety Precautions

If your child is using handset/ related hardware, explain all instructions and supervise usage.

Misuse may cause injury, etc.

Battery

DANGER

(

Read battery label to confirm battery type; use/dispose of battery accordingly.

Symbol on Label Battery Type

Li-ion00 Lithium-ion

Do not dispose of battery in fire.

Battery may leak, burst, ignite, etc.

Do not damage battery (with a nail, hammer, foot, etc.) or subject it to strong impacts or shocks.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

Keep wire or other metal objects away from battery terminals. Do not carry/store battery with conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.).

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

$

$

If battery fluid gets in eyes, do not rub; rinse with water and consult a doctor immediately.

Eyes may be severely damaged.

(

WARNING

If battery fluid contacts skin or clothes, discontinue handset use and rinse with clean water immediately.

May cause skin damage.

If battery does not charge properly, stop trying.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

If there is abnormal odor, excessive heat, discoloration or distortion, remove battery, being careful not to burn or injure yourself. Avoid fire sources.

Continued use may cause battery to leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

Keep battery away from pets.

Pet bites may cause battery to leak, burst, overheat, ignite, etc.

CAUTION

(

(

(

(

Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with ordinary refuse.

Tape over battery terminals before disposal. Take battery to a SoftBank

Shop, or follow the local disposal regulations.

$

Handset

WARNING

Do not use Mobile Light near people's faces.

Eyesight may be temporarily affected leading to accidents.

$

CAUTION:

Use of controls, adjustments or performance of

EN60825-1:1994 A1:2002 & A2:2001

CLASS 1

LED Product procedure other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. As the emission level from

Mobile Light LED used in this product is harmful to the eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet. Servicing is limited to qualified servicing station only.

Mobile Light

[

Mobile Light LED Properties

a) Emission Duration: Continuous b) Wavelength

White: 400 - 700 nm c) Maximum Emission Output

White: 310 μW (620 μW inside handset)

Do not use handset while driving or cycling.

Accidents may result.

Phone use while driving or cycling is prohibited by law and subject to a penalty; park in a legal parking space beforehand.

Power handset off near electronic devices that employ high precision control systems or weak signals.

May cause electronic malfunctions, etc. Be especially careful near the following devices:

Hearing aids, implanted pacemakers/defibrillators and other electronic medical equipment; fire alarms, automatic doors and other automatic control devices.

$

(

Power handset off before boarding aircraft to avoid radio waves from interfering with aircraft operation.

If mobile phone use is allowed on board, follow airline or cabin crew instructions regarding handset use.

(

Users with a heart condition should adjust ringtone Vibration and

Volume as needed.

May cause heart damage.

If thunder is heard while outdoors, power handset off; find cover.

There is a risk of lightning strike or electric shock.

(

(

Do not look into Infrared Port during infrared transmissions.

Eyesight may be affected.

CAUTION

$

Do not use handset when it may affect a vehicle's electronic equipment.

Handset use inside vehicles may cause electronic equipment to malfunction, resulting in accidents.

Keep handset away from magnetic cards, etc.

Data on bank cards, credit cards, telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may be lost.

Do not swing handset by strap.

May harm self or others; strap may break, resulting in injury or handset malfunction/breakage.

Handset may become hot while in use, especially at high temperature.

Prolonged contact with skin may cause burn injuries.

$

If you experience any skin irritation associated with handset use, discontinue handset use and consult a doctor.

Metal and other materials (P.15-18)

may cause skin irritation, rashes, or itchiness depending on your physical condition.

(

$

$

(

Safety Precautions

Always maintain some distance from Speaker while ringtones, music or other handset sounds play.

Excessive volume may damage ears or hearing.

Keep fingers, straps, etc. outside when opening/closing handset.

May cause injury, breakage, etc.

Watch TV from a distance in good light.

Watching in poor light or too close may affect eyesight.

Moderate handset volume when using Headphones.

Excessive volume may damage ears or hearing.

$

(

(

( ix

x

Safety Precautions

Charger (Sold Separately)

WARNING

Do not cover/wrap Charger while charging.

Charger may overheat, resulting in fire, malfunction, etc.

Use only the specified voltage.

Non-specified voltages may cause fire, malfunction, etc.

.

AC Charger (sold separately):

AC 100V-240V Input

.

In-Car Charger (sold separately; use in negative earth vehicles only):

DC 12V/24V Input

Do not use power adapters. Using

Charger with step-up/step-down transformer may cause fire, electric shock or malfunction.

$

$

Leave Charger unplugged during periods of disuse; grasp plug to disconnect it.

May cause electric shock, fire or malfunction.

Use only the specified fuse for

In-Car Charger (sold separately).

Non-specified fuse may cause fire or malfunction. See In-Car Charger manual for details.

)

(

If liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) seep inside Charger, grasp plug and disconnect it immediately.

May cause electric shock, smoke or fire.

If plug is dusty, grasp it and disconnect Charger, then clean with dry cloth.

Fire may result.

Do not use In-Car Charger (sold separately) in positive earth vehicles.

May cause fire, etc. Use in negative earth vehicles only.

Plug Charger firmly into the outlet, keeping the plug and Charger/

Desktop Holder charging terminals away from conductive material

(pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.).

May cause electric shock, short circuit, fire, etc.

Do not touch Charger plug with wet hands.

May cause electric shock, malfunction, etc.

Do not touch Charger if thunder is heard.

May cause electric shock, etc.

'

$

)

(

$

(

CAUTION

Grasp plug and disconnect

Charger before cleaning.

May cause electric shock, etc.

Always grasp plug (not cord) to disconnect Charger.

Pulling the plug by cord may damage cord, causing electric shock, fire, etc.

Do not subject AC Charger (sold separately) to strong shocks or impacts while it is plugged into the outlet.

May cause malfunction or injury.

Do not touch charging terminals of

Desktop Holder (sold separately) while it is connected to the outlet.

May cause burn injuries.

)

(

$

$

Handset Use & Electronic

Medical Equipment

This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use

of Radio Communications Equipment such as

Cellular Telephones and Safeguards for

Electronic Medical Equipment"

(Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference,

April 1997) and "Report of Investigation of the

Effects of Radio Waves on Medical

Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio

Industries and Businesses, March 2001).

WARNING

Persons with implanted pacemaker/ defibrillator should keep handset more than 22 cm away.

Radio waves may interfere with implanted pacemakers or defibrillators.

If you intend to use electronic medical equipment other than implanted pacemaker/defibrillator outside medical facilities, consult the vendor on radio wave effects.

Radio waves may interfere with electronic medical equipment.

(

(

Observe these rules inside medical facilities to avoid effects of radio waves on electronic medical equipment:

.

Do not enter an operating room or an Intensive or Coronary Care

Unit while carrying a handset.

.

Keep handset off in hospitals; cancel the setting that powers handset on automatically (alarm, etc.) beforehand.

.

Even in lobbies or other places where handset use is permitted, keep handset off near electronic medical equipment.

.

Obey medical facility rules on mobile phone use.

Power handset off in crowds or trains where persons with implanted pacemaker/defibrillator may be near; cancel the setting that powers handset on automatically (alarm, etc.) beforehand.

Radio waves may interfere with implanted pacemakers or defibrillators causing such devices to malfunction.

(

(

Safety Precautions

xi

xii

Safety Precautions

General Notes

General Use

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of files saved on handset/Memory Card. Keep separate copies of Phone Book entries, etc.

.

Handset transmissions/TV signal reception may be disrupted inside buildings, tunnels or underground, or when moving into/out of such places.

.

Use handset without disturbing others.

.

Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio

Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be submitted for inspection upon request.

.

Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may cause interference.

.

For proper use of Memory Card (sold separately), read the manual beforehand.

.

Beware of eavesdropping.

Because this service is completely digital, the possibility of signal interception is greatly reduced. However, some transmissions may be overheard.

Eavesdropping

Deliberate/accidental interception of communications constitutes eavesdropping.

.

An export license may be required to carry the handset into other countries if it is to be used by or transferred to another person.

However, no such license is required when you take the handset abroad for personal use on a vacation or business trip and then bring it back.

Export control regulations in the United

States provide that an export license granted by the US government is required to carry the handset into Cuba, Iran, North

Korea, Sudan or Syria.

Handset & Hardware Care

.

Handset is not waterproofed. Avoid exposure to liquids and high humidity.

,

Keep handset away from precipitation.

,

Cold air from air conditioning, etc. may condense causing corrosion.

,

Avoid dropping handset in damp places

(restroom, bath/shower room, etc.).

,

On the beach, keep handset away from water and direct sunlight.

,

Perspiration may seep inside handset causing malfunction.

.

If handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one, data may be altered/lost.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any resulting damages.

.

Use handset between 5oC - 35oC (35% - 85% humidity).

.

Avoid extreme temperatures or direct sunlight.

.

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color.

.

Battery may not charge properly if ports/ terminals are obstructed by dust, etc. Clean with dry cloth, cotton swab, etc.

.

Clean handset with soft dry cloth. Using alcohol, thinner, etc. may damage it.

.

Avoid scratching Display.

.

Avoid heavy objects or excessive pressure.

May cause malfunction or injury.

,

Do not sit on handset in back pants pocket.

,

Do not place heavy objects on handset inside handbags, packs, etc.

.

Connect only specified products to

Headphone Port. Other devices may malfunction or cause damage.

.

Always power handset off before removing battery. If battery is removed while saving data or sending mail, data may be lost, changed or destroyed.

.

Do not remove Memory Card or power handset off while using the card; may result in data loss or malfunction.

.

When walking outside, moderate handset volume to avoid accidents.

.

Do not use Desktop Holder (sold separately) inside vehicles. Vibration may damage handset, etc.

Function Usage Limits

These functions are disabled after handset upgrade/replacement or service cancellation: Camera; Media Player;

S! Applications; TV.

After a period of disuse, these functions may be unusable; retrieve Network Information

(P.14-6) to restore usability.

Mobile Camera

.

Mind your manners when using handset camera.

.

Test the camera before capturing/ recording special moments.

.

Do not use handset camera in places where photography or videography is prohibited.

Electromagnetic Waves

For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with accessories containing no metal, that position handset a minimum of 15 mm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines.

CE Declaration of Conformity

Hereby, Sharp Telecommunications of Europe Ltd, declares that DM004SH is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.

A copy of the original declaration of conformity for each model can be found at the following Internet address: http://disneymobile.jp/

Battery - CAUTION

Use specified battery or Charger only.

Non-specified equipment use may cause malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to battery leakage, overheating or bursting.

Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with ordinary refuse; always tape over battery terminals before disposal. Take battery to a

SoftBank Shop, or follow the local disposal regulations.

Charge battery in ambient temperatures between 5oC and 35oC; outside this range, battery may leak/overheat and performance may deteriorate.

European RF Exposure Information

Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines.

These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health.

Safety Precautions

The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or

SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg.

As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as described in this user guide

Highest SAR value:

*

.

Model

DM004SH

At the Ear **

1.109 W/kg

On the Body

0.871 W/kg

As SAR is measured utilizing the device's highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum level required to reach the Network.

The World Health Organization has stated that present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length of calls or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile phone away from the head and body.

* Please see Electromagnetic Waves on the left for important notes regarding body-worn operation.

** Measured in accordance with international guidelines for testing.

xiii

xiv

Safety Precautions

FCC Notice

.

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC

Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

FCC Information to User

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits of a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation; if this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

1. Reorient/relocate the receiving antenna.

2. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

3. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

4. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC RF Exposure Information

Your handset is a radio transmitter and receiver.

It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the

Federal Communications Commission of the

U.S. Government.

The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.

The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the

Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg.

Highest SAR value:

Model FCC ID At the Ear On the Body

DM004SH APYHRO00091 0.590 W/kg 0.450 W/kg

This device was tested for typical body-worn operations with the back of the handset kept

1.5 cm from the body. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a

1.5 cm separation distance between the user's body and the back of the handset. The use of beltclips, holsters and similar accessories should not contain metallic components in its assembly.

The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may not comply with FCC

RF exposure requirements, and should be avoided.

The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model handset with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this model handset is on file with the FCC and can be found at https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/GenericSearch.cfm under the Display Grant section after searching on the corresponding FCC ID (see table on the left).

Additional information on Specific Absorption

Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular

Telecommunications & Internet Association

(CTIA) Website at http://www.phonefacts.net.

Safety Precautions

Rights, Trademarks & Patents

Portrait Rights

Portrait rights protect individuals' right to refuse to be photographed or to refuse unauthorized publication/use of their photographs. Portrait rights consist of the right to privacy, which is applicable to all persons, and the right to publicity, which protects the interests of celebrities. Therefore, photographing others including celebrities and publicizing/distributing their photographs without permission is illegal; use handset camera responsively.

Copyrights

Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer programs, databases, other materials and copyright holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use only. Use of materials beyond this limit or without permission of copyright holders may constitute copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using images captured with handset camera.

The software contained in handset is copyrighted material; copyright, moral right and other related rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer the software; do not separate it from hardware in whole or part.

Video recording and playback are based on

MPEG-4.

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4

Visual Patent Portfolio License for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode video in compliance with the

MPEG-4 Video Standard ("MPEG-4 Video") and/or (ii) decode MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider.

No license is granted or implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA.

See http://www.mpegla.com.

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4

Systems Patent Portfolio License for encoding in compliance with the MPEG-4 Systems

Standard, except that an additional license and payment of royalties are necessary for encoding in connection with (i) data stored or replicated in physical media which is paid for on a title by title basis and/or (ii) data which is paid for on a title by title basis and is transmitted to an end user for permanent storage and/or use. Such additional license may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC.

See http://www.mpegla.com for additional details.

Handset employs RSA ® BSAFE= software developed by RSA

Security Inc.

RSA is a registered trademark of

RSA Security Inc.

BSAFE is a registered trademark of RSA Security Inc. in the United

States and/or other countries.

xv

xvi

Safety Precautions

This product is equipped with JBlend= designed to accelerate the performance of Java=

Application.

Powered by JBlend=.

Copyright 1997-2009

Aplix Corporation.

All rights reserved.

JBlend and JBlend-related brands are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix

Corporation in Japan and other countries.

Java and Java-related brands are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun

Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries.

microSDHC=, microSD= and miniSD= are trademarks of the SD Card Association.

This product employs NetFront Browser

(Internet browser) and NetFront SMIL Player developed by ACCESS Co., Ltd.

Copyrightc 2009 ACCESS Co., Ltd.

ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in

Japan or other countries.

This product includes a module developed by

Independent JPEG Group.

Microsoft, PowerPoint and Excel are registered trademarks of Microsoft

Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Powered by Mascot Capsule ® /Micro3D

Edition=. Mascot Capsule is a registered trademark of HI Corporation.

c

2002-2009 HI Corporation. All rights reserved.

FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.

FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony

Corporation.

m

is a registered trademark of FeliCa Network, Inc.

Osaifu-Keitai is a registered trademark of NTT

DOCOMO, INC.

QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO

WAVE INCORPORATED.

This product contains Adobe

States and other countries.

® Flash ® Lite= player software under license from Adobe

Systems Incorporated.

Adobe Flash Lite Copyright c 2003-2007 Adobe

Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.

Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of

Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United

Wakeup TV, VeilView, Smartlink, Animation

View and Simulated Call are trademarks or registered trademarks of SHARP Corporation.

Document Viewer is enabled by Picsel

Technologies.

Picsel, Picsel Powered, Picsel Viewer, Picsel File

Viewer, Picsel Document Viewer, Picsel PDF Viewer and the Picsel cube logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Picsel Technologies Ltd.

Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment

(Japan) Inc.

BookSurfing

®

is a registered trademark of

CELSYS Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and

INFOCITY Inc.

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary c

2005-2008 Taishukan

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary c

2005-2008 Taishukan

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary c2005-2008

Taishukan

.

Genius EJ-Dic MX.net cKONISHI Tomoshichi,

MINAMIDE Kosei & Taishukan, 2008

.

Genius JE-Dic MX.net cKONISHI Tomoshichi,

MINAMIDE Kosei & Taishukan, 2008

.

Meikyo J-Dic MX.net cKITAHARA Yasuo &

Taishukan, 2008

.

Imidas Encyclopedia cSHUEISHA Inc.

.

Encyclopedia Nipponica, Digital Daijisen,

PROGRESSIVE English-Japanese Dictionary,

PROGRESSIVE Japanese-English Dictionary c

Shogakukan Inc.

.

Amazon.co.jp is a trademark of

Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.

SOFTBANK, SoftBank and the SoftBank logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and other countries.

Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Yahoo! Inc.

CP8 PATENT

Video Call, S! Application, Customized

Screen, Sky Mail, Movie Sha-mail, 3D

Pictogram, Input Memory, Multi Job, E Mail,

Graphic Mail, Feeling Mail, S! Information

Channel, PC Site Browser, Weather Indicator,

S! Quick News, S! Addressbook Back-up,

S! Circle Talk, S! Friend's Status, Lifestyle-Appli,

S! Familiar Usability, PC Mail, Decoration Call,

Secure Remote Lock and Mobile Widget are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

Other company and product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

T-0950091

V-0901043

The Walt Disney Company (Japan) Ltd.

Safety Precautions

xvii

xviii

Safety Precautions

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)

DM004SH meets the government's requirements for exposure to radio waves.

These requirements are based on scientific basis to assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones and other handheld wireless devices do not affect human health. They require that the Specific Absorption Rate

(SAR), which is the unit of measurement for the amount of radiofrequency absorbed by the body, shall not exceed 2 W/kg

*

. This limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or health, and meets the international standard set by International Commission on

Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) in cooperation with World Health Organization

(WHO).

All mobile phones, prior to product launch, must be certified as compliant with government requirements as stipulated by the Radio Law. DM004SH has been granted

Technical Regulations Conformity

Certification by TELECOM ENGINEERING

CENTER. Its highest SAR value is 1.230 W/kg.

This value was obtained by TELECOM

ENGINEERING CENTER as part of the certification process. SAR tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its highest certified power level in accordance with testing methods set by the government.

While there may be differences between the

SAR levels for various handsets, they all meet the governmental requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR level of the handset while operating can be well below the highest value. This is because the handset is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the Network.

Additional information on SAR can be obtained on the following Websites.

Ministry of Internal Affairs and

Communications http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm

Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB) http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html (Japanese)

* Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law

(Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment,

Article 14-2).

Handset Parts................................. 1-2

Parts & Functions ............................1-2

Charging Battery ........................... 1-4

Charging Battery (AC Charger)...1-4

Charging Battery (In-Car Charger) ... 1-5

Power On/Off................................. 1-6

Handset Power On/Off..................1-6

Display & Indicators ...................... 1-7

Display .............................................1-7

Indicators ........................................1-8

Accessing Functions................... 1-11

Main Menu....................................1-12

Shortcuts Menu & Key Shortcut....1-13

Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)

.........................................................1-14

Standby Shortcuts ........................1-15

Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)

.........................................................1-16

Mobile Manners...........................1-17

Security Codes ............................1-18

Basic Tools....................................1-19

My Details & Basic Tools .............. 1-19

Additional Functions ...................1-21

Troubleshooting ...........................1-23

1

Getting Started

1-

1

Handset Parts

1

Parts & Functions

1

8

2

3

4

5

6

7

9 a b c d e f g h i

1

Earpiece

2

Display

3

TV Antenna Location

4

Microphone

5

External Device Port (with Port Cover)

6

External Display

7

Small Light

8

Strap Eyelet

9

Headphone Port (with Port Cover)

a

Charging Terminals

b

Memory Card Slot (with Slot Cover)

c

Internal Antenna Location

d

External Camera (lens cover)

e

Mobile Light

f

Infrared Port

g

Speaker

h

Battery Cover

i m

Logo

.

Do not cover or place stickers, etc. over Internal Antenna area.

.

Replace Port/Slot Cover after Port/

Slot use.

.

Avoid metallic straps; Antenna sensitivity may be affected.

Handset Positions

Handset Closed

Keep handset closed when not in use.

Handset Open

Open handset to place or answer calls, enter text, etc.

1-

2

5

6

7

8

9 a b

1

2

3

4

Handset Keys

.

Keys are indicated in this guide as shown.

.

Change functions with * via Set Key

Shortcut as needed.

c d e f g h i j k

1

Multi Selector (right) d

Open Received Calls. Long Press to activate/cancel Infrared

*

.

2

Multi Selector (up) a

Open Mobile Widget window. Long

.

Press to open PC Site Browser menu *

3

Center Key %

Open Main Menu. Long Press to activate/cancel Keypad Lock.

4

Multi Selector (left) c

Open Dialed Numbers. Long Press to activate/cancel IC Card Lock

*

.

5

Mail Key B

Open Messaging menu. Long Press to

.

open E Mail Composition window *

6

Shortcuts & A/a Key '

Open Shortcuts menu. Long Press to show active indicators (Status Icon List).

7

Clear/Back Key $

Play Answer Phone messages. Long

Press to activate/cancel Answer Phone.

8

Start Key !

Open All Calls.

9

Keypad 0 - 9

Enter numbers to place calls or access functions (Quick Operations). Long

Press to open Phone Book.

a n Key (

Enter n

, +, P, ? and -. Long Press to open S! Friend's Status member list.

b

Dictionary Key ~

Open Dictionary. Long Press to activate/cancel VeilView.

c

D Key A

Open Disney Web portal. Long Press to open Disney Web menu

*

.

d

TV & Text Key &

Activate TV. Long Press to open

Change Menu window.

e

Multi Selector (down) b

Open Phone Book. Long Press to create new Phone Book entries * .

Handset Parts

f

Power On/Off Key "

Toggle Standby display. Long Press to turn handset power off.

g

# Key #

Enter #. Long Press to activate/cancel

Manner mode.

h

Multi Job & Manner Key )

Select handset mode. Long Press to activate/cancel Manner mode.

Side Keys

i

S! Circle Talk Key H

Open: Open S! Circle Talk member list.

Long Press to activate mobile camera.

Closed: Toggle Clock view. Long Press to illuminate Mobile Light.

j

Volume Up Key E

Closed: Scroll External Display indicators.

Long Press to check e-money balance.

k

Volume Down Key F

Closed: Scroll External Display indicators.

Multi Selector & Side Keys

.

In this guide, Multi Selector and Side Key operations are indicated as follows:

Press a or b

Press c or d

Press a, b, c or d

Press E or F e f g

L

1

1-

3

Charging Battery

1

Charging Battery (AC Charger)

Battery must be inserted in handset to

1

Open Port Cover as shown

charge it.

.

Use specified AC Charger ZTDAA1 (sold separately) only. In this guide, ZTDAA1 is referred to as "AC Charger."

.

Handset and AC Charger may warm during charging.

Small Light

AC 100V Outlet

Blades

2

Insert Charger Connector

.

With arrows up, insert connector until it clicks.

3

Extend blades and plug AC

Charger into AC outlet

Port Cover

Arrows

Release Tabs

External Device

Port

Charger

Connector

AC Charger

Important AC Charger Usage Note

.

Fold back blades after charging. Do not pull, bend or twist the cord.

.

Small Light illuminates red while charging.

.

Small Light goes out when battery is full.

4

Unplug AC Charger

.

Pull AC Charger straight out.

5

Disconnect handset

.

Squeeze Charger Connector release tabs and pull straight out to remove.

6

Fold back blades and replace Port Cover

When Small Light Flashes

.

Battery is unchargeable; may be defective or simply at the end of its life; replace it.

USB Charge

.

Connect handset (with power on) to

PC via USB Cable to charge battery.

Charging Battery Overseas

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for problems resulting from charging battery abroad.

1-

4

Advanced

0

(

Disabling USB Charge (P.1-21)

Charging Battery (In-Car Charger)

In-Car Charger may be purchased separately.

2

Insert Charger Connector

.

With arrows up, insert connector

Cigarette Lighter Socket

In-Car Charger

1

Plug

Port Cover

Arrows

Release Tabs

Small Light

External

Device Port

Charger Connector

Open Port Cover as shown

until it clicks.

3

Plug Charger into cigarette lighter socket

4

Start car engine

.

Small Light illuminates red while charging.

.

Small Light goes out when battery is full.

5

Unplug Charger

6

Disconnect handset

.

Squeeze Charger Connector release tabs and pull straight out to remove.

7

Replace Port Cover

Charging Battery

1

Important In-Car Charger Usage Notes

.

Disconnect Charger before leaving vehicle to prevent charging with engine off.

.

Do not use In-Car Charger with

Desktop Holder.

.

Avoid charging battery inside extremely hot vehicles.

1-

5

Power On/Off

1

Handset Power On/Off

Power On

Follow these steps when powering on

DM004SH for the first time:

1

"

(Long)

.

After Power On Graphic, follow the steps below.

"

S " S % S b S % S

設定

S % S Language S % S English

S

% S " (Long) S " (Long) S

Change Menu window opens

2

Select option S %

Guide descriptions are based on

Standard Menu.

4

Yes or No S %

.

My Details setup starts.

3

Enter last name S % S

Enter first name S %

.

Change Menu display option confirmation appears.

Standby

.

Choose No to enter Standby immediately after powering on.

.

Hereafter, most screenshots omit

Mobile Widgets and Standby

Shortcuts.

When USIM Card is Not Installed

.

Insert USIM Card appears; insert the card to use handset.

Retrieving Network Information

Handset initiates Network Information retrieval when %, a, B or A is pressed for the first time.

Follow these steps to retrieve Network

Information to use Network-related services and TV; retrieval automatically sets Clock:

1

Yes S % S Retrieval starts

2

%

Power Off

1

"

(Long)

.

After Power Off Graphic, handset shuts down.

1-

6

Display

Standby Softkeys

Functions/operations assigned to B,

% and A appear at the bottom.

.

Indicators (signal strength, battery strength, etc.) appear.

.

Information window opens at the bottom for Missed Calls, new mail, etc.

B % A

Display Saving

.

Display goes dark after Display Saving time elapses. Press any key to activate it.

Backlight

.

Backlight turns off after Time Out time elapses. Press 0 - 9 to illuminate it

(key press may affect active function).

Information Window

,

Information label (e.g., Message, etc.) and count appear in

Information window. Select an item and press % to open it.

Advanced

0

(

Handling Information list (P.1-21)

Display & Indicators

1

1-

7

1-

8

1

Display & Indicators

Indicators

Display Indicators

[

Basic Status

1

2

3

4

1 G

International roaming in progress

2 I

Signal strength

1

L

Packet transmission protocol ready (3G)

3 i

Packet transmission protocol ready (GSM)

"

Packet transmission available (3G) h

Packet transmission available (GSM)

4

J

Battery strength (% 2 appears in turn)

1 The more bars the better.

2

Battery strength % is an approximation.

[

Function Status

1

2

3

1 f

Active S! Application g

Paused S! Application a

Music playback in progress i

TV recording in progress

@

Memory Card in use

2 n

Memory Card formatting j

TV Timer/TV Recording Timer set

3 7

Multiple functions (Multi Job) active

[

Notifications

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

2

A

Unread mail k

Unread Delivery Report c d

Answer Phone active & message recorded

Answer Phone canceled & message recorded

3 e

New Voicemail

4 h

S! Appli/Mobile Widget Notification

5 S

Contents Key received x

Unread S! Information Channel info

6 l

Software Update result

7

5

Unread S! Quick News info

M

Unread S! Friend's Status notification or unanswered registration request

[

Warnings

1

2

3

1 n

Mail memory low

2 O

Message delivery failure

3 ;

Memory Card unusable/misinserted

[

Transmissions

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 o

SSL browsing in progress 1

K

Waiting packet transmission (3G) b

Waiting packet transmission (GSM)

2

C

Receiving mail

D

Sending mail

D

S! Friend's Status online

3

0

Positioning in progress

2

4 m

Software Update in progress

5

I

USB Cable connected

:

USB transmission in progress f

Infrared transmission in progress

-

Infrared file transfer in progress c

IC Transmission in progress

9

S! Addressbook Back-up transmission in progress

C

PC Site Browser in use

6 0

RSS-compatible site

7 !

Weather Indicator

8 %

Infrared transmission ready

1

Hidden while Mobile Widget is in use.

2

Flashes while positioning.

[

Settings

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 a b

1 a

Offline Mode active

2 b

Answer Phone active

3 M

Call Forwarding or Voicemail active

(forwarding condition: Always)

* s

Schedule/Task (Alarm set)

4 t

Schedule/Task (Alarm unset)

5 I

Hour Minder active

6

P

Alarm set u

Wakeup TV set

7

J

Manner mode active

#

Drive mode active

,

Original mode active o

VeilView active

8

9

`

Keypad Lock active

H

IC Card Lock active q

Auto Answer active r

Remote Monitor active

Display & Indicators

a b

R

Ringtone (Silent) a

Ringtone (Increasing Volume) b

Vibration active

Q

Show Secret Data active p

Function Lock active

* Indicator does not appear when Call

Forwarding is set to Video Calls only, with

Voicemail unset.

1

1-

9

1

Display & Indicators

External Display Indicators

[

Basic Status

1 2

[

Warnings

1 2 3 4 5

1

Signal strength 1

2

Battery strength

2

1

The more bars the better.

2

Battery strength % is an approximation.

[

Notifications

1 2 3 4 5

1

Message delivery failure

2

S! Information Channel info reception failure

3

Decoration Call transmission failure

4

IP Service connection failure

5

Weather Indicator update failure

[

Handset Status

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 a

1

Missed Calls

2

Answer Phone message recorded

3

Missed Call Notification

4

New Voicemail

5

New mail

6

New Delivery Report

7

Contents Key received

8

Unread S! Information Channel info

9

Weather Indicator update a

Weather Indicator

6 7

1

Alarm

2

Schedule Alarm

3

Task Alarm

4

S! Appli/Mobile Widget Notification

5

Unread S! Friend's Status notification

6

TV Alarm (watch)

7

TV Alarm (record)

1-

10

External Display Date & Time

.

Press H to toggle Clock view.

Accessing Functions

Use the following methods as needed.

Main Menu

Accessing Functions

1

Quick Operations

Repeat menu item selection.

Shortcuts

Select menu items

Use shortcuts

Key Shortcut

Enter numbers

Enter numbers to access functions.

To activate functions, press the corresponding key.

Standby Shortcuts

Access assigned functions

(changeable).

Long Press B, g or A to access

assigned functions (changeable).

Save functions to Standby.

Access a function in Shortcuts menu while another is active, then toggle function windows as needed.

1-

11

1

Accessing Functions

Main Menu

Menu Item Selection

1

%

.

Main Menu opens.

2

Use e to select menu item

S

%

Tabs

.

Menus/lists in a single window appear in separate tabs; use f to toggle tabs.

Tab

Reverse Navigation

.

Press $. If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Returning to Standby

.

Press ". If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Simple Menu

.

Simplify menus and enlarge fonts; ideal for users who use only basic handset functions.

Main Menu Items

Disney Web Browse the Internet

Messaging

Open/create messages, etc.

Camera

Capture images or record video

Data Folder

Open files saved on handset/Memory Card

S! Appli

TV

Use S! Applications including games

Watch/record TV programs

Tools

Settings

Manage schedules, set

Alarm, scan QR Codes, etc.

Customize handset interface, sounds, etc.

Phone

Search contacts, add entries, etc.

Media Player Play/download media files

.

Menu/window opens.

.

If Sub Menu opens, use e to select an item and press %.

1-

12

Shortcuts Menu & Key Shortcut

Shortcuts Menu

Access assigned functions via

Shortcuts menu.

1

'

Key Shortcut

B a b c d

A

In Standby, Long Press B, g or A to access assigned functions.

Open E Mail Composition window

Open PC Site Browser menu

Create new Phone Book entries

Activate/cancel IC Card Lock

Activate/cancel Infrared

Open Disney Web menu

Shortcuts Menu

2

Select function S %

.

Menu/window opens.

Changing Default Shortcuts

In

2

, select numbered function S

B

S Assign Function S % S Select

menu item S % S Select new item

S

%

,

To assign menu items, select one and press B.

Assigning Files & Folders

In

2

, select numbered function S

B

S Assign Data S % S Select

file/folder S %

,

For folders, select Set this folder and press %.

Changing Assigned Functions

Follow these steps to assign Calculator to a:

1

%

S Settings S %

2

In Phone menu, Set Key

Shortcut S %

Key Shortcut Menu

Advanced

0

(

Changing item order

(

Restoring default shortcuts (P.1-21)

Accessing Functions

1

3

Long pressA S %

4

From Appli S %

5

Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Calculator

S

%

Bookmark

In

4

, From Bookmark S % S

Select title S % S Yes S %

Infrared or Show Secret Data On/Off

In

4

, From Other S % S Select

item S %

Canceling Assigned Function

In

4

, Off S %

1-

13

1

Accessing Functions

Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)

Multi Job Feature

Access a function in Shortcuts menu while another is active.

While browsing the Internet

Toggle windows

Using Multi Job

1

In a function window, '

In text entry/dial windows, Long Press '.

3

To toggle active windows, )

S

) s

1-

14

2

Select function S %

Open Scratch Pad

Jot down information

Multi Job may not activate from some menus/windows (e.g., ringtone/ ringvideo selection, etc.).

.

Menu/window opens.

4

"

S Multi Job ends

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Standby Shortcuts

Paste shortcuts to functions, files, folders, etc. to Standby for easy access.

Saving Shortcuts to Standby

1 a

.

Pointer (#) appears.

2

Use A to select # (OPEN)

S

%

5

Use g to specify target

location S %

Saving from Menu/Window

.

In Options menu, select Set as

StbyShortcut (may not appear for some items); select sheet as needed.

Removing Shortcuts from Standby

a S Use A to select icon S B S

Operation S % S Remove S % S

Yes S %

Moving Icons

a S Use A to select icon S B S

Operation S % S Change Layout S

% S Specify target location S %

Moving Icons to Front/Back

a S Use A to select icon S B S

Operation S % S To Front or To

Back S %

.

Press A to toggle selection.

.

Alternatively, use g to point to #

(OPEN) and press %.

3 f

!

4

Select item S %

.

Corresponding icon appears in

Standby.

.

>> appears when more items are available.

Using Shortcuts

1 a

S Use A to select icon

S

%

.

Menu/window opens or command is executed.

Advanced

0

(

Reversing icon selection order with A

(

Editing sheet names

(

Locking sheets (P.1-21)

Accessing Functions

1

Toggling Sheets

Toggle sheets to use Standby Shortcuts and widgets pasted on each sheet.

1 a S A (Long)

A

(Long)

.

To toggle further, Long Press A or press ).

.

Sheet name appears at the top, then disappears.

.

Save Standby Shortcuts as needed; corresponding icons appear on the current sheet.

Using Locked Sheets

a

S Select 1 S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

1-

15

1

Accessing Functions

Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)

Simple Menu Features

Activate Simple Menu to reduce available handset functions and simplify menus.

.

Fonts are enlarged and appear in bold.

.

Clock is enlarged (Calendar is hidden).

[

Menu Items

Messaging

Phone

Camera

Received Msg., Create

Msg., Disney Mail Maker,

Drafts, Templates, Sent

Messages, Unsent Msg.,

Create SMS

Phone Book, Add New

Entry, Play Messages,

Answer Phone, Call VM, My

Details, Speed Dial/Mail

Photo Camera, Video

Camera, Scan Barcode,

Scan Card, Scan Text,

Review, Camera Settings,

Video Settings

Convenient

Tool

Data Folder -

Calendar, Alarms,

Calculator, Assignment,

Dictionary, Notepad,

S! Friend's Status, S! Circle

Talk, Change Menu

TV

-

Key assignments are largely the same as those in Standard Menu.

Activating Simple Menu

1

&

(Long)

2

Simple Menu S %

While Using an Incompatible Function

.

End the function before activating

Simple Menu.

Canceling Simple Menu

&

(Long) S Standard Menu S %

1-

16

Mobile Manners

Please use your handset responsibly.

Use these basic tips as a guide.

Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome.

Please take care not to disturb others when using your handset. Adjust handset use according to your surroundings.

.

Turn it off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm.

.

Refrain from using it in restaurants, hotel lobbies, elevators, etc.

.

Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc.

.

Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.

Manner Mode

Mutes most handset function sounds.

1

)

(Long)

.

Manner mode is set.

When Manner Mode is Active

.

Ringtones and other sounds are muted.

.

DM004SH vibrates for transmissions/alerts.

.

Shutter click still sounds at fixed volume.

Canceling Manner Mode

)

(Long)

Mobile Manners

1

Offline Mode

Temporarily suspends all transmissions.

1

%

S Settings S % S f

Network

2

Offline Mode S %

3

On S %

.

Offline Mode is set.

Canceling Offline Mode

In

3

, Off S %

Advanced

0

(

Changing handset modes

(

Creating a custom mode

(

Resetting Mode Settings (P.1-22)

1-

17

Security Codes

1

Security Codes

These codes are required for handset use.

.

Write down Security Codes.

.

Do not reveal Security Codes. Disney

Mobile is not liable for misuse or damages.

Handset

Code

Center

Access

Code

Network

Password

*

9999 by default; use or change some functions

4-digit code selected at contract; access Optional

Services via landlines or change contract details

4-digit code selected at contract; restrict incoming/outgoing calls

(Call Barring)

* Change as needed.

Incorrect Code Entry

.

Handset code is incorrect! appears; try again.

.

If Network Password is incorrectly entered three times consecutively,

Call Barring settings are locked. To resolve, Network Password and Center

Access Code must be changed.

Changing Handset Code

Enter four to eight digits for new Handset Code.

1

%

S Settings S %

Phone Menu

2

Locks S %

3

Chg. Handset Code S %

4

Enter current Handset Code

S

%

5

Enter new Handset Code

S

%

6

Re-enter new Handset

Code S %

1-

18

My Details & Basic Tools

My Number

1

% S 0

.

Handset phone number and the name entered at initial setup appear.

Editing My Details

After

1

, f (select tab) S Select

item S A S Select item S % S

Edit S A

Keypad Lock

Lock handset keys and prevent accidental operation/function activation.

1

%

(Long)

.

Keypad Lock activates.

.

" does not turn off handset power.

Incoming Calls while Keypad Lock is Active

.

Keypad Lock is temporarily canceled; press ! to answer calls. Keypad Lock reactivates after the call.

Canceling Keypad Lock

%

(Long)

VeilView

Activate VeilView to prevent peeking.

1

~

(Long)

Canceling VeilView

~

(Long)

Pen Light

1

With handset closed,

H

(Long)

.

Mobile Light illuminates.

2

H

S Mobile Light goes out

Important Pen Light Usage Note

.

Do not point Pen Light at people or look at it directly.

Battery Meter

1

% S Tools S % S f

Clocks/Gauges

2

Battery Meter S %

Basic Tools

1

.

Approximate battery strength appears.

Changing Battery Strength Indicator

Pattern

After

2

, B S Select pattern S %

,

Remaining time is approximated for current handset usage pattern.

Advanced

0

(

Clearing My Details

(

Changing battery strength indicator pattern

(

Changing VeilView pattern/density (P.1-22)

1-

19

1

Basic Tools

Phone Help

Access this handy guide to handset settings and key functions/shortcuts.

1

% S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Phone Help S %

Indicator Descriptions

Check active indicators and their descriptions. (Status Icon List)

1

'

(Long)

3

Select item S %

.

For Indicators, select category and press %.

.

Active indicators are enlarged; description for selected indicator appears.

.

Use g to select indicators to view their descriptions.

.

Press % to open menu/window

(e.g., Battery Meter window from battery strength indicator). May be unavailable for some indicators.

1-

20

USB Charge

Disabling USB

Charge

Information

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

USB

Charge

S

%

S

Disable

S

%

Handling

Information list

7

% S

Phone

S

%

S

See below

Opening List Manually

Information

S

%

Clearing List

Information

S

%

S

B

S

Yes

S

%

Shortcuts

Changing item order

Restoring default shortcuts

' S

Select numbered function

S

B

S

Move

S

%

S

Select target location

S

%

' S

Select numbered function

S B S

Set to

Default

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Standby Shortcut (Sheets)

Reversing icon selection order

with A

Editing sheet names

Locking sheets

Additional Functions

1

a S

B

S

Move Focus(Reverse)

S

%

.

To cancel, select Move Focus(Order).

7 a S

B

S

Sheet Settings

S

%

S

Change Sheet Name

S

%

S

See below

Renaming

Select sheet

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Resetting All Sheet Names

B S

Yes

S

%

7 a S

B

S

Sheet Settings

S

%

S

Set

Sheet Lock

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

See below

Activating Lock

Select sheet

S

%

S

On

S

%

Changing Method for Temporary Access

Unlock Method

S % S

No Password

S %

.

Press a, then select 1 and press % to unlock sheet temporarily.

1-

21

1

Additional Functions

Mode

Changing handset modes

Creating a custom mode

Resetting Mode

Settings

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Phone menu,

Mode Settings

S % S

See below

Selecting a Handset Mode

Select mode

S

%

Customizing Handset Modes

Select mode

S B S

Select item

S % S

Adjust settings

.

Not available for Normal mode.

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu, Mode

Settings

S

%

S

Original

S

B

S

Select item

S % S

Adjust settings

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu, Mode

Settings

S

%

S

Select mode

S

A

S

Enter

Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

My Details

Clearing My Details

% S

0

S

B

S

Reset My Details

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Battery Meter

Changing battery strength indicator pattern

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu, Display

S

% S

Mini Battery

S

%

S

Select pattern

S

%

.

For patterns other than Clock & Battery, indicators appear in turn. To change interval, press B.

.

For Battery level (or Level), approximate battery strength appears as a percentage.

.

Remaining time is approximated for current handset usage pattern.

,

Remaining time is hidden while charging.

VeilView

Changing VeilView pattern/density

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu,

Display

S % S

VeilView

S % S

See below

Pattern

Pattern Setting

S

%

S

Select pattern

S

%

Pattern Scale

Scale Setting

S % S

Select scale or

Animation

S

%

Pattern Color

Color Setting

S

%

S

Select color

S

%

Density

Density Setting

S

%

S

Adjust density

S

%

.

For Density:2 or Density:3, use f before pressing % to adjust the pattern appearance for straight view.

1-

22

Battery Meter

3

--- appears

.

Calculating time; not a malfunction.

3

100% does not appear

.

This is by design; not a malfunction.

3

Battery runs out faster

.

A low ambient temperature reduces battery time.

.

An older battery may run out faster.

3

Remaining time changes suddenly

.

Time estimated by handset status; estimate may take time to appear.

Troubleshooting

1

1-

23

Fonts ............................................... 2-2

Customizing Fonts ..........................2-2

Wallpaper ...................................... 2-3

Customized Screen & S! Familiar

Usability.......................................... 2-4

Customized Screen & S! Familiar

Usability (Japanese) ......................2-4

Sounds & Alerts.............................. 2-5

Customizing Handset Responses ...2-5

Text Entry ........................................ 2-6

Entering Characters.......................2-7

Editing Characters .......................2-10

User Dictionary ............................2-11

Saving Frequently Used Words... 2-11

Dictionary.....................................2-12

Using Dictionaries (Japanese) ... 2-12

Search ..........................................2-14

Searching Text.............................. 2-14

Scratch Pad .................................2-15

Phone Book..................................2-16

Creating Phone Book Entries...... 2-16

Using Phone Book Entries ............ 2-18

Additional Functions ...................2-19

Troubleshooting ...........................2-24

2

Basic Operations

2-

1

Fonts

2

Customizing Fonts

Enlarging All Fonts

Activate Large Font Menu to enlarge fonts for menus, text entry, etc. as follows:

Customizing Font Sizes

1

% S Settings S %

Changing Font Weight

1

In Font Settings menu, Font

Weight S %

1

&

(Long)

2

Large Font Menu S %

Canceling Large Font Menu

In

2

, Standard Menu S %

2

In Phone menu, Display S %

3

Font Settings S %

Font Settings Menu

4

Font Size S % S Select

item S %

5

Select size S %

2

Select weight S %

Using Disney Font

Apply Disney font to alphanumerics and Symbols.

1

In Font Settings menu, Font

Type S %

2

Disney S %

.

All letters are capitalized; some

Symbols do not change.

.

Font Type may not change in some windows.

.

Disney font does not apply to Tiny fonts in text entry/message windows.

2-

2

Wallpaper

Wallpaper

1

% S Settings S % S In

Phone menu, Display S %

2

Wallpaper S %

Wallpaper Menu

3

Select folder S %

4

Select image S %

.

Some files may not be usable.

.

Omit the next step when Preset

Pictures is selected in

3

.

5

%

Selecting Images Smaller or Larger than Display

After

4

, select option S % S %

,

For Centered, use e to zoom in/out or press B to rotate.

Selecting Images with Limited Usage

Period

.

A confirmation appears. Follow these steps:

Yes S % S %

Slide Show Wallpaper

Set Slide Show to appear in Standby.

Some images may not appear.

1

In Wallpaper menu, Slide W

paper S %

2

Folder Setting S %

3

Pictures or DCIM S %

4

Select sub folder S % S

Set this folder S %

.

Omit steps for sub folder if none.

If There is No Image in Set Folder

.

Preset images appear.

Using Preset Images

In

3

, Preset Pictures S %

Changing Pattern

In

2

, Pattern Setting S % S Select

pattern S %

,

To check patterns, select one and press B.

2

2-

3

Customized Screen & S! Familiar Usability

2

Customized Screen & S! Familiar Usability (Japanese)

Preset Customized Screens

1

% S B

2

Customized Screen S %

3

Preset Screens S %

4

Select pattern S %

5

%

When Selected Customized Screen is Active

.

Cancellation confirmation appears after

4

. To cancel, choose Yes and press %.

Downloading Customized Screens

2

Download Customized

Screen S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Customized Screen Setup

1

In Customized Screen menu, select Customized

Screen S %

2

%

S %

Applying Fee-based Customized Screen

.

If Contents Key is required, follow these steps:

After

1

, % S Yes S %

,

Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

S! Familiar Usability

Download and install Customized Screens that load legacy model interfaces.

1

In Customized Screen menu, S! Familiar Usability

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

S! Familiar Usability Setup

.

Follow these steps to install downloaded S! Familiar Usability (if not installed immediately after download):

[Customized Screen Menu] Select

Customized Screen for S! Familiar

Usability S % S %

Canceling Temporarily

Read information (price, etc.) on

Customized Screen download page.

1

%

S Data Folder S % S

Customized Screen S %

% S A S

通常メニュー

S %

2-

4

Customized Screen Menu

Advanced

0

(

Canceling Customized Screen

(

Canceling S! Familiar Usability

(

Canceling Customized Screen or S! Familiar Usability unconditionally

(

Deleting Customized Screens

(

Accessing Customized Screen source sites (P.2-19)

Sounds & Alerts

Customizing Handset Responses

Ringtone

1

% S Settings S % S In

Phone menu, Sounds &

Alerts S %

Setting Ring Time for Incoming Mail, etc.

After

3

, Duration S % S Enter time

S

%

Playing Video for Incoming Transmissions

In

4

, Videos S % S Select file S %

If Portion of File Content is Specifiable

.

After

5

, start point selection window opens. Follow these steps:

Select start point S %

Selecting Files with Limited Usage Period

.

A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and press % to proceed.

Sounds & Alerts Menu

2

Ringtone/videos S %

3

Select item S %

For For New Message, etc., select

Assign Tone and press %.

3

On S %

4

Vibration Pattern S %

.

To check vibration patterns, select one and press B.

5

Select pattern S %

Setting Ringtones to Control Vibration

In

3

, Link to Sound S %

Precaution

.

Cancel Vibration when charging battery to help avoid accidents.

4

Select folder S %

5

Select tone/file S %

Vibration

1

In Sounds & Alerts menu,

Vibration S %

2

Select item S % S Switch

On/Off S %

2

2-

5

Text Entry

2

Text Entry

Unless noted otherwise, text entry descriptions are for text entry windows.

Text Entry Window (Message Text)

Opening Help

B

S Help S %

Note

.

Pressing " repeatedly may not close text entry windows.

When Font Type is Set to Disney

.

Lower case letters appear capitalized in black. To cancel, follow these steps:

B S Font Type S % S Standard S %

Switching Entry Modes

1

&

.

Available entry modes appear.

2

Select mode S %

.

Entry Mode Indicators:

'

* Kanji (hiragana)

B

/< Double/single-byte katakana

0

/1 Double-byte alphanumerics

2

/3 Single-byte alphanumerics

H

Single-byte number

I

Character Code

*

予 appears when Predictive is active.

Character Entry Basics

Use Keypad to enter characters.

Multiple characters are assigned to each key. Press a key to toggle character options for that key.

Example: In double-byte katakana entry,

press 1 three times.

1

Y

1

Y

1

Y

.

Press ! to toggle options in reverse.

To type characters assigned to the same key, press d first.

Example: In single-byte alphanumerics

mode, enter no.

66

Y d

Y n

666

Y

.

Long Press a key to enter the current character and advance cursor.

66

Y

6

(Long)

Y n

666

Y

2-

6

Advanced

0

(

Using Character Codes

(

Using Pager Code (P.2-19)

Entering Characters

Hiragana

Follow these steps to enter すずき in kanji (hiragana) mode:

1

333

(

) S d S

333

(

22

(

)

) S ( (

) S

Kanji

Convert すずき to 鈴木.

1

Type

すずき

Text Entry

3

鈴木

.

To exit suggestion list, press $.

4

%

2

2

%

(No Conv)

.

In kanji (hiragana) mode, word suggestions change as hiragana is typed. (Predictive)

.

Press & to toggle suggestion mode between Standard,

Business, Male and Female.

2 b

(Personal Mode)

.

Words likely to follow the entry appear based on previous entries. (Previous Usage)

When Target Word is Not Listed

.

Press B or A to segment hiragana to convert separately.

,

Press A to toggle Predictive and

Non-Predictive suggestions.

Phonetic Conversion

Type reading in hiragana S B

Advanced

0

(

Inserting line breaks

(

Inserting spaces

(

Using Keypad to enter words/phrases from suggestion list

(

Clearing entry log

(

Changing Font

Size

(

Using Disney font

(

Disabling suggestions based on entered characters

(

Disabling suggestions based on entered words

(

Disabling emoticon/Disney Pictogram suggestions based on entered words

(

Lowering type priorities in suggestion list

(

Selecting a suggestion mode

(P.2-19 - 2-20)

2-

7

2-

8

2

Text Entry

One-Hiragana Conversion

Type the first hiragana to access previously selected words.

Example: すずき was previously converted to 鈴木.

1

333

(

) S b

2

Select word/phrase S %

Katakana

Follow these steps to switch to double-byte katakana mode and enter ジュン:

1

&

S

アイウ

S %

2

33

(

) S ( (

) S

88

(

000

(

) S ' (

) S %

) S

Disney Pictograms & Symbols

May be unavailable depending on the entry mode.

1

(

Emoticons

1

B S Emoticons S %

.

Disney Pictogram/Symbol Log appears.

2

B

or A S List toggles

2

Select emoticon S %

Alternative Emoticon Entry Method

.

In kanji (hiragana) mode, type a descriptive word such as

かお

or

わーい

or

うーん

, then convert the entry.

EmoticonWordLink

.

Immediately after inserting a descriptive word such as

嬉しい

しい

, corresponding emoticons may appear in the suggestion list.

or

.

In Disney Pictogram List, press ' to toggle cross-carrier Pictograms and all Pictograms.

3

Select Disney Pictogram or

Symbol S %

.

Disney Pictograms are double-byte even in single-byte modes.

4

$

S List closes

Mail & Web Extensions

Enter .co.jp, http://, etc., easily.

1

B

S Quick Address List S %

Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumeric Conversion

Enter katakana and alphanumerics in kanji (hiragana) mode.

Example: To enter PM

Use key inscriptions.

1

76

S A

2

Select extension S %

.

Extensions are single-byte even in double-byte entry modes.

Text Entry

Quick Conversion (for Hiragana)

A list of word suggestions appears based on the key pressed.

Example: To enter 終電

1

3

(

) S 8 (

) S 1 (

)

S

4( (

) S 0 (

) S a

2

2

Select word/phrase (PM) S %

2

Select word/phrase (

終電

)

S %

One Hiragana Word Call

.

Type the first hiragana of entries you used Quick Conversion for and press a.

2-

9

2

Text Entry

Editing Characters

Deleting & Editing

Follow these steps to correct また、お

願いします to また明日お願いします:

1

Select character

2

$

.

The highlighted character is deleted.

3

Select target location S

Enter characters

Recovering Deleted Characters

.

Press ! once for each character after deletion.

Deleting All Text

.

Long Press $ at the end of text. To delete characters on and after cursor, select the first character of text and Long Press $.

Jumping to the End or Top of Text

B S Cursor Position S % S Jump

to End or Jump to Top S %

Copy/Cut & Paste

1

B S Cut or Copy S % S

Select first character S %

Cut

.

To cancel and start over, press A.

2

Highlight text range S %

3

Select target location S (

(Long)

.

Text is entered.

Pasting Previously Cut/Copied Text

Select target location S B S Paste

S % S Select text S %

,

Available when Paste List appears.

2-

10

Advanced

0

(

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters

(

Inserting Phone Book entry items (P.2-19)

User Dictionary

Saving Frequently Used Words

Saving Words (Japanese)

Saved words appear among suggestions.

1

%

S Settings S % S In

Phone menu, User

Dictionary S %

DM004SH Download Dictionary

(Japanese)

Get specialized DM004SH Download

Dictionaries via SH-web Mobile Internet

site (シャープメーカーサイト in Bookmarks; see P.5-7).

Dictionary words appear among suggestions.

Some dictionary files may not be usable.

1

In User Dictionary menu,

Acquire Dictionary S %

User Dictionary Menu

2

New Entry S % S Enter

word S %

3

Enter reading S %

Editing Entries

In

2

, Saved Word List S % S

Select word S % S Edit S % S

Edit reading S % S Yes S %

2

Select number S % S

Select dictionary S %

.

Existing dictionary is replaced.

Canceling Dictionary

In

2

, select dictionary S B S

Cancel S %

Viewing Dictionary Information

In

2

, select dictionary S B S Info

S %

2

Advanced

0

(

Deleting entries (P.2-20)

2-

11

Dictionary

2

Using Dictionaries (Japanese)

Available Dictionaries:

Preloaded

Dictionaries

1

Online

Dictionaries

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary,

Genius English-Japanese

Dictionary, Genius

Japanese-English Dictionary

Meikyo J-Dic MX.net, Genius

EJ-Dic MX.net, Genius JE-Dic

MX.net, Imidas Encyclopedia,

Encyclopedia Nipponica,

Digital Daijisen, PROGRESSIVE

English-Japanese Dictionary,

PROGRESSIVE

Japanese-English Dictionary,

Hot Pepper Pockets

Amazon.co.jp

2 ,

Using Preloaded Dictionaries

2

Searching As-You-Type

1

~ S A

Select dictionary S %

4

Select word, etc. S %

Definition/Translation Window

Looking Up in Online Dictionaries

[Definition/Translation Window] B S

WebDict.Search S %

,

Perform from

2

(except

4

) in "Using

Online Dictionaries" on P.2-13. (Read

bulleted sentence in

1

beforehand.)

1

Download and add dictionaries as needed.

2

Hot Pepper FooMoo after updating dictionary list.

Online Dictionaries

.

Online dictionary use requires Internet connection incurring transmission fees. Information fees may also apply.

Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

.

Update dictionary list for most recent versions.

Dictionary Window

.

Last used dictionary appears first.

3

Enter reading (spelling for

English-Japanese dictionary)

.

Enter reading in katakana.

.

Search results appear as you type.

4

Searching by Keyword

1

In Dictionary window, B

2

Search Method S % S

Keyword Search S %

3

Select entry field S % S

Enter text S %

Search S % S Select

word, etc. S %

Advanced

0

(

Changing Font Size

(

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

(

Viewing dictionary information

(

Deleting History & bookmarks

(

Updating dictionary list (P.2-20)

2-

12

Copying Text

[

Index Word Only

1

In definition/translation

window, B

2

Copy Index Word S %

[

Selected Portions

1

In definition/translation

window, B

2

Copy S % S Select first

character S % S Highlight

text range S %

Using History & Bookmarks

[

Saving Bookmarks

1

In definition/translation

window, B

2

Bookmark S %

[

Opening History or Bookmarks

1

In Dictionary window, B

2

History or Bookmark List S %

3

Select word, etc. S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Adding Downloaded Dictionary

1

In Dictionary window, B

2

Add Dictionary S %

3

Select file S %

Canceling Added Dictionary

In

2

, Cancel Dictionary S % S

Yes S %

Using Online Dictionaries

1

In Dictionary window, A S

ネット辞書

S %

.

Terms of service (Japanese) appear when using online dictionary for the first time; read and then press %.

2

Select pull-down menu S %

3

Select dictionary S %

.

Select

すべて

to look up in all dictionaries at once.

4

Select entry field S % S

Enter text S %

5

Search S %

Dictionary

6

Yes S %

7

Select word, etc. S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Disabling Confirmation

After

5

, B (n/p) S From

6

Viewing Dictionary Information

After

6

, select word, etc. S B S

Reference S % S Yes S %

Using Dictionaries during Text Entry

1

Type text S Before pressing

%

to complete entry, ~

2

Select dictionary S %

3

Search S % S Select

word, etc. S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Inserting Index Word into Text

After

3

, B S Paste Index Word S %

Advanced

0

(

Selecting dictionaries for use

(

Selecting search method

(

Selecting search area

(

Opening Help (And more on P.2-20 - 2-21)

2

2-

13

Search

Searching Text

2

Web Search

Transmission fees apply.

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Search S %

Mail Search

1

In Search window, Mail

Search S %

2

Select entry field S % S

Enter search text S %

3

Search S %

Search Window

.

Web Search is selected by default.

3

Select entry field S % S

Enter search text S %

4

Search S %

.

Search results appear.

Searching within PC Sites

[Search Window] B S Change

Browser S % S PC Site Browser S %

4

Select option S %

Searching within Received or Sent

Messages

[Search Window] B S Change Mail

Folder S % S Received Messages

or Sent Messages S %

2-

14

Scratch Pad

Open Scratch Pad to jot down text, and more.

1

% S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Scratch Pad S %

.

Text entry window opens.

3

Enter text S %

4

Save to Notepad S %

.

Open saved entries from Notepad.

Other Scratch Pad Usage

Usage

Paste to

Standby

Operation

Set as StbyShortcut S

%

S Select sheet S %

Enter Mail

Message Text

Create Message S %

S Select mail type S %

Enter Schedule

Subject/Details Save to Calendar

S %

Enter Task

Subject/Details Save to Tasks

S

%

Add Last Name/

Phone Number/

Mail Address to

Phone Book

Save to Phone Book S %

,

Reading is not entered.

Save Text File

Save as Text File S %

S Enter name S % S

Save here S %

,

Saved to Data Folder

(Other Documents).

Search Internet Web Search

S

% S

Select browser S %

For more, see corresponding function description or follow onscreen instructions.

Scratch Pad

2

2-

15

Phone Book

2

Creating Phone Book Entries

Enter a name, phone number and

3

Add Phone Number: S % mail address (enter at least one of these items) and classify the entry.

1

%

S Phone S % S Add

New Entry S %

S

Enter phone number S

%

S Select type S %

5

Category: S % S Select

Category S %

2

Last Name: S % S Enter

last name S % S First

Name: S % S Enter first

name S %

.

To save additional phone numbers, repeat

3

.

4

Add Email Address: S %

S

Enter mail address S %

S

Select type S % 6

A

Phone Book Entry Window

.

Entry is saved to Phone Book.

Incoming Calls while Creating Entry

.

Contents are temporarily saved. End the call to return.

2-

16

.

To save additional mail addresses, repeat

4

.

.

Characters entered for names

(reading for kanji) appear.

Advanced

0

(

Saving other information

(

Changing vibration pattern

(

Editing Phone Book entries

(

Setting incoming mail ring time

(

Renaming

Categories

(

Moving Categories (P.2-21 - 2-22)

Personal Ringtone

Set tone for calls from saved numbers.

1

In Phone Book entry window, select item, e.g.,

Tone-Voice Call: S %

Customizing Response by Category

1

% S Phone S % S

Category Control S %

Phone Book

Saving Numbers After Calls

After a call, save number to Phone

Book.

2

2

Assign Tone S % S Select

folder S %

3

Select tone/file S %

Saving Secret Entries

Hide Phone Book entries to require

Handset Code for access.

1

In Phone Book entry

window, Secret: S %

2

On S %

Accessing Secret Entries

b

S B S Unlock Temporarily S %

S Enter Handset Code S %

Category Control Menu

2

Select Category S B S

Select item S %

3

Select item S % S Select

item, e.g., Assign Tone S

%

S Customize responses

S

A

.

Customize responses in the same way as Phone Book entries.

.

Not available for USIM Card.

Responses Set by Phone Book Entry

.

Settings for each entry take priority.

1

When confirmation

appears, Yes S %

2

As New Entry S % S

Complete other fields S A

Saving to an Existing Entry

In

2

, As New Detail S % S Select

entry S % S Complete other fields

S

A

2-

17

2

Phone Book

Using Phone Book Entries

Dialing via Phone Book

1 b S f Select katakana row

Changing Search Method

1

In entry search window, B

S

Ph.Book Settings S %

2

Sort Entries S %

Opening from Other Functions

Example: Enter a recipient via Phone

Book when sending a message.

2-

18

Entry Search Window (By あかさたな)

2

Select entry S %

Entry Details

3

Select phone number

4

!

3

Select method S %

.

Phone Book Search Methods:

By あかさたな

Shows entries with

Readings that start with katakana in the specified row

Select Recipient Window

1

Phone Book S %

.

Entry search window opens.

2

Select entry S %

3

Select phone number or

mail address S %

Placing Video Calls

After

3

, % S Video Call S %

By Reading

Shows all entries in

Reading order

(katakana, alphabetical then numerical)

Changing Search Method Temporarily

[Entry Search Window] A (press to

toggle search methods)

.

Recipient is entered.

.

Omit

3

if only one number or address is saved.

Advanced

0

(

Changing view for entry search window

(

Assigning images to Phone Book entries for incoming transmissions

(

Messaging via Phone Book

(

Placing

Decoration Calls via Phone Book

(

Deleting Phone Book entries

(

Checking memory status

(

Copying Phone Book entries (And more on P.2-21 - 2-22)

Customized Screen & S! Familiar Usability

Canceling

Customized Screen

Canceling

S! Familiar Usability

Canceling

Customized Screen or S! Familiar

Usability unconditionally

% S B S

% S

A

S

' S

Yes

Off

S!おなじみ操作解除

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Menu List

S % S

Yes

Phone menu, Customize

S %

S

%

S

S %

Settings

S

%

S

S

%

Off

S

S

In

%

S

Deleting

Customized Screens

Accessing

Customized Screen source sites

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Customized Screen

S

%

S

Select Customized Screen

S

B

S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

.

When the corresponding Contents Key has been downloaded, choose Yes or No and press %.

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Customized Screen

S

%

S

Select Customized Screen

S

B

S

Web Access

S

%

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Text Entry

[

Entry & Edit

Using Character

Codes

Using Pager Code

In a text entry window (Character Code mode), enter four digits

In a text entry window, B

S

Input/Conversion

S

% S

Input Method

S

%

S

Pager Code

S

%

.

Return to text entry window and enter two digits.

Additional Functions

Inserting line breaks

At the End of Text

In a text entry window, b

Mid-Entry

In a text entry window, ( S A S A S

0

S %

In a text entry window, d

Inserting spaces

Using Keypad to enter words/ phrases from suggestion list

In a text entry window, B S

Input/Conversion

S

%

S

Select Candidate

S

%

S

Enable 1-9,

0,

n

, #

S

%

Clearing entry log

Inserting Phone

Book entry items

Changing Font Size

Using Disney font

In a text entry window, B

S

Input/Conversion

S

%

S

Reset Log

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters

In a text entry window, B

S

Undo/Recover

S

%

In a text entry window, B

S

Insert/Font Size

S

% S

Phone Book

S % S

Select entry

S %

S

Select item

S

%

In a text entry window, B

S

Insert/Font Size

S

% S

Font Size

S

%

S

Select size

S

%

In a text entry window, B S

Font Type

S % S

Disney

S

%

.

Disney font applies to other windows/menus as well.

.

Disney font does not apply to Tiny fonts.

2

2-

19

2

Additional Functions

[

Conversion

Disabling suggestions based on entered characters

Disabling suggestions based on entered words

Disabling emoticon/

Disney Pictogram suggestions based on entered words

Lowering type priorities in suggestion list

Selecting a suggestion mode

In a text entry window, B S

Input/Conversion

S

%

S

Predictive

S

%

S

Off

S

%

In a text entry window, B

S

Input/Conversion

S

%

S

Previous Usage

S

%

S

Off

S

%

In a text entry window, B

S

Input/Conversion

S % S

EmoticonWordLink

S % S

Off

S %

In a text entry window, B

S

Input/Conversion

S

%

S

Set Low Priority

S

%

S

Select type

S

% (p) S A

In a text entry window, B

S

Input/Conversion

S

%

S

Personal Mode

S

%

S

Select mode

S

%

User Dictionary

Deleting entries

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu, User

Dictionary

S

%

S

Saved Word List

S

%

S

Select word

S B S

Yes

S %

Dictionary

[

Preloaded & Online Dictionaries

Changing Font

Size

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

~ S

B

S

Font Size

S

%

S

Select size

S

%

After copying text, ~

S

B

S

By Copy Text or Search by CopiedText

S

%

S

Search

S

% S

Select word, etc.

S

%

[

Preloaded Dictionaries Only

Viewing dictionary information

~ S

B

S

Information

S

%

Deleting History & bookmarks

7

~ S B S

History or Bookmark List

S

%

S

See below

One Word

Select word

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Words

B S

Delete All

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Online Dictionaries Only

Updating dictionary list

Selecting dictionaries for use

Selecting search method

~ S

A

S

ネット辞書

S

%

S

B

S

Update

Dictionaries

S % S

Yes

S %

~ S

A

S

ネット辞書

S

%

S

B

S

Edit Dict. List

S

%

S

Select dictionary

S

% (n/p)

S

A

~ S

A

S

ネット辞書

S

%

S

Select pull-down menu

S % S

Select dictionary

S % S B S

Set Search Method

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

2-

20

Selecting search area

Opening terms of service

Opening Help

~ S

A

S

ネット辞書

S

%

S

Select pull-down menu

S

%

S

Select dictionary

S

%

S

B

S

Set Search Area

S

%

S

Select area

S

%

~ S A S

service

S

%

ネット辞書

S % S B S

Terms of

.

Press % to return to Dictionary window.

~ S

A

S

ネット辞書

S

%

S

Select pull-down menu

S

%

S

Select dictionary

S

%

S

B

S

Help

S % S

Yes

S %

Phone Book

[

View Settings

Changing view for entry search window

Assigning images to Phone Book entries for incoming transmissions

Hiding confirmation after calls to/from unsaved numbers

% S

Phone

S % S

Ph.Book Settings

S % S

View Settings

S

%

S

List Only

S

%

7

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Add New Entry

S

% S

Picture:

S

%

S

See below

Assigning Images

Assign Picture

S

%

S

Select image

S

%

Capturing Images

Take Picture

S

%

S

Frame image on Display

S % S %

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Ph.Book Settings

S

%

S

New Number Prompt

S

%

S

Incoming Call or Outgoing Call

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

[

Phone Book Entry

7

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Add New Entry

S

% S

See below

Saving other information

Changing vibration pattern

Editing Phone

Book entries

Setting incoming mail ring time

Renaming

Categories

Address

Address:

S % S

Select item

S % S

Complete field

S

%

S

A

Office

Office:

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Enter text

S % S A

Homepage

Homepage:

S

%

S

Enter URL

S

%

S

Select type

S

%

Note

Note:

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

Birthday

Birthday:

S

%

S

Enter date

S

%

% S

Phone

S % S

Add New Entry

S % S

Select item, e.g., Vibration-Message:

S

%

S

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

S

Vibration Pattern

S

%

S

Select pattern

S

%

S $ b S

Select entry

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

S

A

.

Edit Reading after editing names.

b S

Select entry

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Tone-New Message:

S % S

Duration

S %

S

Enter time

S

%

S

A

.

Available for compatible ringtones.

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Category Control

S

%

S

Select Category

S

%

S

Edit Name

S

%

S

Enter name

S %

2

2-

21

2

Additional Functions

Moving Categories

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Category Control

S

%

S

Select Category

S A S

Select target location

S %

.

View for By Category Phone Book search changes accordingly.

[

Using Entries

Messaging via

Phone Book

Placing

Decoration Calls via Phone Book

Initiating S! Circle

Talk via Phone Book

Placing international calls via Phone Book

7 b S

Select entry

S

%

S

See below

Phone Numbers

Select phone number

S % S

Create

Message

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

Mail Addresses

Select mail address

S % S

Complete message

S

A b S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select phone number

S

%

S

Deco. Call

S

%

S

Deco.

Call File

S % S

Deco. Call Folder

S % S

Select file

S

%

S

Call Type

S

%

S

Voice

Call or Video Call

S

%

S

B

.

When placing a Decoration Call for the first time, a confirmation appears.

b S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select phone number

S % S

Call S! Circle Talk

S % S %

.

Set Connection status to Online first.

b S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select phone number

S

%

S

Int'l Call

S

%

S

Select country

S

%

S

!

[

Managing Entries

Deleting Phone

Book entries

Checking memory status

Copying Phone

Book entries

One Entry

b S

Select entry

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S

%

All Entries

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Manage Entries

S

%

S

Delete All

S % S

Select entry type

S % S

Yes

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Manage Entries

S

%

S

Memory Status

S

%

One Entry (Handset > USIM Card) b S

Select entry

S

B

S

Manage Entries

S

% S

Copy Entry to USIM

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

One Entry (USIM Card > Handset) b S B S

Ph.Book Settings

S % S

Select

Phone Book

S

%

S

USIM Memory

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Manage Entries

S

%

S

Copy Entry to Phone

S

%

All Entries

b S

B

S

Manage Entries

S

%

S

Copy All

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

If handset/USIM Card memory is low, some entries may not be copied.

2-

22

Editing Categories on USIM Card

Changing default storage media for new entries

Switching reference Phone

Book

7

% S

Phone

S % S

Category Control

S % S B S

Change to USIM

S % S

See below

Renaming Categories

Select Category

S

%

S

Edit Name

S

%

S

Enter name

S %

Moving Categories

Select Category

S

A

S

Select target location

S

%

Changing Icons

Select Category

S

%

S

Change Icon

S

%

S

Select Disney Pictogram

S

%

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Ph.Book Settings

S

%

S

Save New Entry

S % S

USIM Memory or Ask

Each Time

S

%

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Ph.Book Settings

S

%

S

Select Phone Book

S

%

S

USIM Memory or

Both

S %

Additional Functions

2

2-

23

Troubleshooting

2

Customized Screen

3

Customized Screen is not applied

.

Some Customized Screens may not contain files for Wallpaper, System

Graphics, ringtones or ringvideos; default settings apply for these functions.

Phone Book

3

Assigned images do not appear for incoming transmissions

.

Source files may be deleted or moved to Memory Card; reassign files.

.

When using copy protected files, etc., confirm that source file license/ usage period has not expired.

.

Images do not appear if corresponding Phone Book entry is set to Secret.

.

Images do not appear for incoming Decoration Calls including image/video.

.

Images may not appear when another function is active, etc.

3

Handset does not ring for incoming transmissions as set

.

Source files may be deleted; reassign files.

.

When using copy protected files, etc., confirm that source file license/ usage period has not expired.

.

Ringtone/ringvideo settings are disabled if corresponding Phone

Book entry is set to Secret.

.

Ringtones do not sound for incoming

Decoration Calls with sound.

.

Memory Card with source files may be removed; reinsert the card to restore settings.

3

Cannot enter 16 characters for

Category names

.

Character entry limit for Category names may be lower depending on the USIM Card in use.

2-

24

Emergency Calls ........................... 3-2

Voice Calling................................. 3-3

Video Calling................................. 3-5

Decoration Call ............................. 3-6

Speed Dial ..................................... 3-7

Call Log ..........................................3-8

Call Time & Call Cost ....................3-9

Optional Services ........................3-10

Additional Functions ...................3-12

Troubleshooting ...........................3-21

3

Calling

3-

1

Emergency Calls

3

Emergency Calls

Your location is automatically reported to the corresponding agency (police, etc.) when you place emergency calls (110, 119 or 118) with

Disney Mobile handsets. (Emergency

Location Report)

DM004SH reports Location Information based on positioning signals from radio stations.

.

Registration/transmission fees do not apply.

.

Positioning accuracy is affected by location/signal conditions. Always provide your location and purpose on the phone.

.

Location Information is not reported when emergency calls are placed without Caller ID (such as when the number is prefixed with 184). However, the corresponding agency may obtain your Location Information in a life threatening situation.

.

Location Information is not reported during international roaming.

Handset Restrictions &

Emergency Calls

Emergency calls are possible even while some handset restrictions are active.

Emergency Calls Active Restriction

Max Cost

Function Lock

Outgoing Calls

Offline Mode

Keypad Lock

PIN Entry

Possible

Restricted

3-

2

Voice Calling

Voice Calling

Answering a Voice Call

Incoming Call window opens for a call.

Incoming Voice Call Window

1

!

to accept the call

.

Call connects.

2

"

S Call ends

Muting Ringer Temporarily

When a call arrives, )

Earpiece Volume

During a call, e or L

After Calls to/from Unsaved Numbers

.

Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.

Placing a Voice Call

1

Enter phone number with area code

.

To correct entry, use f to place cursor under the digit and press $.

To delete the digits above and after the cursor, Long Press $.

2

!

.

Wait for connection.

Placing an International Call

1

Enter phone number with

area code S B

2

Int'l Call S %

3

"

S Call ends

3

Select country S % S !

.

Handset dials the number.

4

"

S Call ends

Calling Unlisted Countries

In

3

, Enter Code S % S Enter

country code S % S !

3

Advanced

0

(

Rejecting calls

(

Placing calls on hold

(

Answering with Headphones (P.3-12)

(

Adjusting Earpiece Volume

(

Sending/blocking Caller ID (P.3-13)

(

Muting Microphone

(

Recording caller voice

(

Opening messages (And more on P.3-14)

(

Answering calls automatically when using Headphones (P.3-20)

3-

3

3-

4

3

Voice Calling

Placing Calls while Abroad

See below to place a call to Japan from abroad.

Apply for Global Roaming beforehand.

See SoftBank Mobile Website for details: http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/

Access roaming area/rate information or print it out to carry with you while traveling abroad.

1

Enter phone number with

area code S B

2

Int'l Call S % S

日本(JPN)

S % S !

.

Handset dials the number.

3

"

S Call ends

Calling Disney Mobile & SoftBank Handsets

.

In

2

, always select

日本(JPN)

.

Calling Landlines & Mobiles within the

Same Country

.

Perform steps in "Placing a Voice Call"

on P.3-3.

Calls Overseas

.

Calling may not be possible outside

Japan. Connections depend on available network, signal strength, and handset settings.

Answer Phone

Record caller messages on handset.

Answer Phone cannot be used when handset is off or out-of-range. Use

Voicemail to record caller messages when Answer Phone is not available.

1

$

(Long)

.

Answer Phone is set (b appears).

Canceling Answer Phone

$

(Long)

Answering Calls while Recording

!

,

No message will be recorded.

Playing Messages

1

$

2

Select record S %

.

Playback stops automatically at the end of message.

Deleting All Records

After

1

, B S Delete All S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S Yes S %

[

Playback Operations

Volume Control

e

or L

Replay/Skip Backward c

Stop

%

Skip Forward

Delete

Loudspeaker On/Off

d

B

A

S Yes S %

Advanced

0

(

Recording caller messages

(

Changing ring time

(

Sampling outgoing message

(

Muting Earpiece (P.3-12)

(

Placing calls by entering country code directly

(

Adding a country code automatically when placing calls

(

Adding/changing/deleting country codes (And more on P.3-13)

Video Calling

Video Calling

View the other party's image or send an

Outgoing Image to compatible handsets.

Handle Video Calls like Voice Calls.

This page describes functions/ operations unique to Video Call.

Window Description

Answering a Video Call

Incoming Call window opens for a call.

Placing a Video Call

1

Enter phone number S %

2

Video Call S %

3

Incoming Image

Outgoing Image

Other Party's

Number/Name

Important Video Call Usage Notes

.

If both parties are using handset models without internal cameras, Video Call cannot be used as intended.

.

If both parties are not using the same

Video Call system, call may be interrupted. (Video Call charges apply.)

.

Video Calls cannot be placed while

TV is active.

Incoming Video Call Window

1

!

to accept the call

.

Alternative Image is sent. (Video

Call charges apply to the caller.)

2

"

S Call ends

Answering with External Camera Image

[Incoming Video Call Window] %

S No S %

[

Engaged Video Call Operations

Toggle View

&

Toggle Outgoing Image %

Open Help

B S Help S %

3

.

Call is accepted and image appears.

"

S Call ends

Advanced

0

(

Answering Video Calls automatically (And more on P.3-12)

(

Adjusting Outgoing Image brightness (P.3-14)

(

Sending External Camera image when initiating Video Calls

(

Disabling Loudspeaker for Video Calls

(

Muting Microphone when initiating

Video Calls (And more on P.3-20)

3-

5

Decoration Call

3

Decoration Call

Show decorative message in incoming call windows on recipient's handset.

.

Available without a separate contract.

.

Recipient's handset must be

Decoration Call-compatible.

.

Charges apply to the caller when

Decoration Call is placed successfully.

Answering a Decoration Call

Incoming Call window opens for a call.

1

!

to accept the call

.

Call connects.

2

"

S Call ends

.

Open/save Decoration Call files from received call records.

Note

.

Decoration Call file may not play depending on recipient handset settings.

Placing a Decoration Call

Follow these steps to place a Decoration

Call by entering a phone number:

1

Enter phone number S B

S

Deco. Call S %

3

Deco. Call Folder S % S

Select file S %

.

To check selected file, press A.

4

B

.

Handset dials the number. (It may take some time.)

5

" S Call ends

Placing Your First Decoration Call

.

A confirmation appears. Follow onscreen instructions.

,

To show confirmation next time as well, press B (n).

Placing Decoration Video Calls

After

3

, Call Type S % S Video

Call S % S

4

3-

6

Incoming Decoration Call Window

If Softkeys do not appear, handle incoming Decoration Call like any other call.

2

Deco. Call File S %

Advanced

0

(

Creating Decoration Call files

(

Editing Decoration Call files

(

Saving received Decoration Call files

(

Restricting incoming/outgoing Decoration Calls

(

Hiding incoming Decoration Call window

(

Using mobile camera to create Decoration Call files

(

Showing options upon Decoration Call failure (P.3-15)

Speed Dial

Speed Dial

Saving Phone Numbers

Save phone numbers to Speed Dial/

Mail list for easy dialing.

1

% S Phone S %

2

Speed Dial/Mail S %

3

Select number S % S

Select entry S %

4

Select phone number S %

6

A S Saved

.

To save additional phone numbers, repeat

3

-

6

.

Using Headphones for Speed Dial

.

Save a phone number to J.

Canceling Speed Dial Entries

In

3

, select entry S B S Remove

Selected or Remove All S % S Yes

S

%

,

Omit entry selection step when canceling all entries.

Using Speed Dial

1

0 - 99 (entry number)

2

!

Placing Video Calls

In

2

, % S Speed Video S %

Placing Decoration Calls

In

2

, % S Speed Deco. Call S %

S

Deco. Call File S % S Select/

create file S B

Using Headphones

.

In Standby, Long Press Call Button until a double beep sounds; handset dials the number saved in J. To end the call, Long Press Call Button until a beep sounds.

3

.

Select mail address prompt appears. To save mail address for easy messaging, select one and press %. (Omit

5

.)

5

Do not Assign S %

3-

7

Call Log

3

Call Log

Open recent dialed/received call records.

1

!

.

All Calls opens; press d to open

Dialed Numbers, Dialed Ranking and then Received Calls.

2

Select record S %

.

Open Decoration Call record and press A for the corresponding file.

When the Same Number is Dialed More than Once Using the Same Call Option

.

Only the last record appears. (All records appear for S! Circle Talk and

Decoration Call.)

3-

8

Advanced

0

(

Dialing from records

(

Sending messages from records

(

Saving Phone Book entries from records

(

Placing Decoration Calls from records

(

Initiating S! Circle Talk from records (And more on P.3-16)

Call Time & Call Cost

Call Time & Call Cost

Call Time

Check estimated time of the most recent call and all calls.

1

% S Settings S % S f

Call

2

Call Time & Cost S %

Call Cost

Check estimated call charges of the most recent call and all calls.

Call Costs (including Max Cost) may be unavailable depending on subscription status.

1

In Call Time & Cost menu,

Call Costs S %

2

Show Call Cost S %

Call Time & Cost Menu

3

Call Timers S %

4

Dialed Calls or Received

Calls S %

3

Advanced

0

(

Setting handset to beep during Voice Calls

(

Showing Call Cost after each call

(

Limiting Call Costs

(

Checking packet transmission volume

(

Resetting Data Counter (And more on P.3-17)

3-

9

Optional Services

3

Optional Services

Call Forwarding and Voicemail can only be set simultaneously when Call

Forwarding is set to Video Calls.

Call

Forwarding

Voicemail

Call

Waiting

Group

Calling

*

*

Caller ID

Call

Barring

Automatically divert all or all unanswered incoming calls to another preset phone number

Redirect all or unanswered calls to Voicemail Center; access messages from handset/touchtone phones

Answer incoming calls or open another line during a call

Switch between open lines or connect multiple lines at once for teleconferencing

Show or hide your own number when placing calls

Restrict incoming/ outgoing calls depending on conditions

*

A separate contract is required.

Initiating Call Forwarding

Follow these steps to divert calls to a phone number saved in Phone Book after selected ring time (No Answer set):

1

%

S Settings S % S f

Call

2

Voicemail/Divert S %

Voicemail/Divert Menu

3

Diverts S %

4

Select call type S %

5

No Answer S %

6

Phone Book S % S Select

entry S %

7

Select phone number S %

.

Omit

7

if only one number is saved.

8

%

9

Select ring time S %

Diverting Calls without Handset Response

In

5

, Always S % S

6

-

8

Entering Forwarding Number Directly

In

6

, Enter Number S % S Enter

phone number S % S Select ring

time S %

3-

10

Advanced

0

(

Checking service status (P.3-18)

1

Playing Messages

In Call menu, Voicemail/

Divert S %

Optional Services

Initiating Voicemail

Follow these steps to divert calls to

Voicemail Center after selected ring time (No Answer set):

1

In Voicemail/Divert menu,

Voicemail S % S Activate

S

%

Missed Call Notification

Activate this function for records of calls missed while handset is off/ out-of-range and Voicemail is active.

1

%

S Settings S % S f

Call

2

No Answer S % S Select

ring time S %

Diverting Calls without Handset Response

In

2

, Always S %

Call Menu

2

)

Missed Calls S % S %

.

Follow the voice guidance for further operations.

Voicemail/Divert Menu

2

Voicemail S %

3

Call Voicemail S %

.

Follow the voice guidance for further operations.

Deleting New Voicemail Message Indicator

In

3

, Delete Icon S % S Yes S %

Canceling Call Forwarding/Voicemail

1

In Voicemail/Divert menu,

Cancel All S %

3

2

Yes S %

Advanced

0

(

Activating Call Waiting

(

Talking on multiple lines simultaneously

(

Rejecting calls by number

(

Setting/canceling outgoing call restriction

(

Setting/canceling incoming call restriction (And more on P.3-18 - 3-19)

3-

11

Additional Functions

3

Receiving a Call

[

Handling Incoming Calls

Rejecting calls

Placing calls on hold

Answering with

Headphones

Voice Call

When a call arrives, B S

Reject

S %

Video Call

When a call arrives, A

When a call arrives, "

.

Press ! to answer the call on hold.

When a call arrives, Long Press Call Button

.

To end the call, Long Press Call Button.

[

Answer Phone

Recording caller messages

Changing ring time

Sampling outgoing message

Muting Earpiece

When a Voice Call arrives, B

S

Record

Message

S %

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Answer

Phone

S

%

S

Answer Time

S

%

S

Enter time

S

%

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Answer

Phone

S

%

S

Outgoing Message

S

%

.

Press $ to stop playback.

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Answer

Phone

S

%

S

Volume

S

%

S

Silent

S

%

[

Remote Monitor (Video Call)

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

%

S

Remote Monitor

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

See below

Answering Video

Calls automatically

Editing Auto

Answer List

Saving Numbers from Phone Book

Auto Answer List

S

%

S

<Empty>

S

B

S

Change

S

%

S

From Phone Book

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select phone number

S

%

.

To enter a phone number directly, select

<Empty> and press %.

Saving Numbers from Call Log

Auto Answer List

S

%

S

<Empty>

S

B

S

Change

S

%

S

From Call Log

S

%

S

Select record

S

%

Activating Remote Monitor

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

%

.

A tone sounds for calls answered via Remote

Monitor. (Tone and volume are fixed.)

.

Remote Monitor is effective only when handset is open.

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Video Call

S

%

S

Remote Monitor

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Auto Answer List

S

%

S

See below

Changing ring time

Editing Numbers

Select entry

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

Deleting Entries

Select entry

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Video Call

S

% S

Remote Monitor

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Answer Time

S

%

S

Enter time

S

%

3-

12

Placing a Call

[

Basic Operations

Adjusting Earpiece

Volume

Sending/blocking

Caller ID

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu,

Earpiece Volume

S % S

Adjust level

S %

After phone number entry, B

S

Hide My ID or

Show My ID

S

%

[

International Calls

Placing calls by entering country code directly

Adding a country code automatically when placing calls

Saving frequently used international prefix

((

(+ appears)

S

Enter country code

S

Enter phone number with area code

S !

.

Omit the first 0 of the area code except when calling Italy or some other countries.

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Int'l

Calling

S % S

Auto Add Code

S % S

See below

Activating Auto Add Code

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

When Auto Add Code is active, preset country code is added to all phone numbers (except emergency call numbers) unless + is included.

Selecting a Country from List

Country Code

S

%

S

Select country

S

%

Specifying a Country Code

Country Code

S

%

S

Enter Code

S

%

S

Enter country code

S %

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Int'l Calling

S

%

S

Int'l Prefix

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Enter prefix

S

%

Additional Functions

Adding/ changing/deleting country codes

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Int'l

Calling

S % S

Country Codes

S % S

See below

Adding

<Empty>

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Enter country code

S

%

Changing

Select country

S

%

S

Change

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Enter country code

S

%

Deleting

Select country

S % S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

3

3-

13

3

Additional Functions

During a Call

[

Voice Call & Video Call

Muting

Microphone

Activating/canceling

Loudspeaker

Opening Phone Book

Saving Phone

Book entries

Voice Call

During a call, A (press again to cancel)

Video Call

During a call, B

S

Mute

S

%

.

To cancel, select Unmute.

Activating Loudspeaker for Voice Call

During a call, % S While message appears, %

.

To cancel, press %.

Canceling Loudspeaker for Video Call

During a call, A (press again to activate)

During a call, B

S

Phone Book

S

%

S

Select entry

S %

.

Press $ twice to return to call window.

During a call, B

S

Phone Book

S

%

S

B

S

Add New Entry

S

%

S

Complete fields

S

A

.

Press $ to return to call window.

Disabling touch tone signaling

During a call, B

S

Disable DTMF

S

%

Placing calls on hold

During a call, B

S

Hold

S

%

.

Subscription to Call Waiting or Group Calling is required to place Voice Calls on hold.

.

To resume Voice Calls, press B, select Retrieve and press %.

.

To resume Video Calls, press A.

[

Voice Call Only

Recording caller voice

Opening messages

Creating messages

During a call, B

S

Record Caller Voice

S

%

S

Recording starts

S % S

Recording ends

During a call, B

S

Messaging

S

%

S

Select

Messaging folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select message

S

%

.

Press $ three times to return to call window.

During a call, B S

Messaging

S % S

Create

Message or Create New SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

[

Video Call Only

Adjusting Outgoing

Image brightness

During a call, B

S

Exposure

S

%

S

Adjust level

S %

.

Alternative Image brightness is fixed.

3-

14

Decoration Call

Creating Decoration

Call files

Editing Decoration

Call files

Saving received

Decoration Call files

Restricting incoming/outgoing

Decoration Calls

Hiding incoming

Decoration Call window

7

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Decoration

Call

S B S

Create New File

S % S

Text

Input

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

S

Images

S

%

S

See below

Using Still Images

Picture

S % S

Pictures

S % S

Select file

S

% S

Sounds

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

S

Yes or No

S

%

S

A

S

Save here

S

%

Using Video

Video

S

%

S

Videos

S

%

S

Select file

S

% S

Yes or No

S

%

S

A

S

Save here

S

%

Using Flash

®

Animation

Flash®

S % S

Select file

S % S

Yes or No

S

%

S

A

S

Save here

S

%

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Decoration Call

S

% S

Select file

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Edit

S

A

S

Save as New or Overwrite

S %

.

For Save as New, select Save here and press %.

!

S

Select record

S

B

S

Save File

S

%

S

Save here

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Decoration

Call

S % S

Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S %

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Decoration

Call

S

%

S

Play in Receiving

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

Using mobile camera to create

Decoration Call files

7

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Decoration

Call

S B S

Create New File

S % S

Text

Input

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

S

Images

S

%

S

See below

Capturing Still Images

Picture

S % S

Take Picture

S % S % to

shoot

S

%

S

A

S

Save here

S

%

Recording Video

Video

S

%

S

Record Video

S

%

S

% to

start recording

S % to stop S

Save

S % S

Yes or No

S

%

S

A

S

Save here

S

%

Showing options upon Decoration

Call failure

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Decoration

Call

S

%

S

Notice

S

%

S

On

S

%

3

3-

15

3

Additional Functions

Call Log

Dialing from records

Sending messages from records

Saving Phone

Book entries from records

Calling Dialed Numbers (Redial)

c S

Select record

S

!

.

To place Video Calls, press B instead of !, then select Video Call and press %.

Calling from Received Call Records

d S

Select record

S !

.

To place Video Calls, press B instead of !, then select Video Call and press %.

!

S

Select record

S

B

S

Create Message

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

!

S

Select record

S B S

Save to Phone

Book

S

%

S

As New Entry

S

%

S

Complete other fields

S

A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail.

Placing

Decoration Calls from records

!

S

Select record

Deco. Call File

S

%

S

S

B

S

Deco. Call

S

Select/create file

%

S

S

B

Initiating S! Circle

Talk from records

Deleting records

!

S

Select record

S

B

S

Call S! Circle Talk

S

%

S

%

.

Set Connection status to Online first.

One Record

!

S

Select record

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Records

!

S B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Hiding Dialed

Ranking

Excluding rejected incoming calls

% S

Phone

S

%

S

Call Log Settings

S

%

S

Set Dialed Ranking

S

%

S

Hide Dialed

Ranking

S

%

.

Handset Code is required to re-select Show

Dialed Ranking.

% S

Phone

S % S

Call Log Settings

S % S

Rejected Numbers

S

%

S

Do not Record

S

% S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

3-

16

Call Time, Call Cost & Data Communication

[

Call Time

Setting handset to beep during Voice

Calls

Hiding Call Time during calls

Resetting Call

Timers

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Minute

Minder

S

%

S

On

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Disp. Time/Cost

S

%

S

Call Time Counter

S

%

S

Off

S

%

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Call Time &

Cost

S

%

S

Call Timers

S

%

S

Clear Timers

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Call Costs

Showing Call Cost after each call

Resetting Call

Costs

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Disp. Time/

Cost

S % S

Display Call Cost

S % S

On

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call Time &

Cost

S

%

S

Call Costs

S

%

S

Show Call

Cost

S % S B S

Enter PIN2

S % S

Yes

S

%

Additional Functions

Limiting Call Costs

Showing amount in another currency

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Call

Time & Cost

S % S

Call Costs

S % S

See below

Setting a Limit

Max Cost/Residual

S

%

S

A

S

Set

S

%

S

Enter PIN2

S % S

Enter amount

S %

.

May be unavailable depending on subscription status.

Changing the Limit

Max Cost/Residual

S

%

S

B

S

Enter PIN2

S

% S

Enter amount

S

%

Checking Remaining Amount

Max Cost/Residual

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call Time &

Cost

S

%

S

Call Costs

S

%

S

Cost Units

S

% S B S

Enter PIN2

S % S

Enter currency

S

%

S

Enter exchange rate (per yen)

S

%

S

%

[

Data Communication

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call

Time & Cost

S

%

S

Data Counter

S

%

S

See below

Checking packet transmission volume

Most Recent Volume

Last Data

S

%

Resetting Data

Counter

All Volume

All Data

S

%

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Call Time &

Cost

S

%

S

Data Counter

S

%

S

Clear

Counter

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

3

3-

17

3

Additional Functions

Optional Services

[

All Services

Checking service status

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Select service

S % S

Status

S %

.

For Call Barring, select restriction and press %.

[

Call Waiting (Contract Required)

Activating Call

Waiting

Placing Line 1 on hold to answer

Line 2

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call Waiting

S

%

S

On

S

%

A tone sounds during a Voice Call

S

!

.

Press ! to switch between lines.

.

Press " to end active line and re-engage the party on hold.

[

Group Calling (Contract Required)

Opening another line during a call

During a Voice Call, enter phone number

S !

.

Long Press ! to select a number from Call Log records.

Switching between open lines (Swap Calls)

Talking on multiple lines simultaneously

Switching to private conversation during

Group Calling

During a Voice Call, !

.

Press ! to switch between lines.

While switching between lines, B S

Group

Calling

S

%

S

Conference All

S

%

During a Voice Call, select number/name

S

% S

Private

S

%

[

Call Barring

Rejecting calls by number

Rejecting calls without designating numbers

Changing Network

Password

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call

Barring

S

%

S

Rejected Numbers

S

%

S

Black List

S

%

S

See below

Saving Numbers

Set Reject Number

S

%

S

<Empty>

S

%

S

Enter phone number

S

%

Activating Black List

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call

Barring

S % S

Rejected Numbers

S % S

See below

Calls from Unsaved Numbers

Unknown

S

%

S

On

S

%

Calls with No/Undisplayable Caller ID or from

Public Phones

Withheld

S

%

S

On

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call Barring

S % S

Change NW Password

S % S

Enter current Network Password

S

%

S

Enter new

Network Password

S

%

S

Re-enter new

Network Password

S

%

3-

18

Designating numbers to reject from saved information

Editing Black List

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Call

Barring

S % S

Rejected Numbers

S % S

Black List

S

%

S

Set Reject Number

S

%

S

<Empty>

S

B

S

See below

From Phone Book

Ph. Book List

S % S

Select entry

S %

From Call Log Records

From Call Log

S

%

S

Select record

S

%

From S! Friend's Status Member List

From Friend's Status

S % S

Select member

S

%

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Call

Barring

S

%

S

Rejected Numbers

S

%

S

Black List

S

%

S

Set Reject Number

S

%

S

See below

Editing Numbers

Select number/name

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

Deleting Numbers

Select number/name

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S %

Setting/canceling outgoing call restriction

Setting/canceling incoming call restriction

Additional Functions

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Call

Barring

S % S

Outgoing Calls

S % S

See below

Setting Restriction

Select restriction

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

Enter

Network Password

S %

.

Outgoing SMS messages are also restricted.

.

Outgoing S! Circle Talk requests are not affected.

.

Following restrictions are available:

,

All Outgoing Calls: Restrict all non-emergency calls

,

Bar Int'l Call: Restrict all international calls

,

Local & Home Only: Restrict all international calls except to Japan

Canceling All Restrictions

Cancel All

S

%

S

Enter Network Password

S

%

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Call

Barring

S

%

S

Incoming Calls

S

%

S

See below

Setting Restriction

Select restriction

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

Enter

Network Password

S

%

.

Incoming SMS messages are also restricted.

.

Incoming S! Circle Talk requests are not affected.

.

Following restrictions are available:

,

All Incoming Calls: Reject all calls

,

Bar if Abroad: Reject calls when outside Japan

Canceling All Restrictions

Cancel All

S % S

Enter Network Password

S %

3

[

Caller ID

Showing/hiding

Caller ID

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Show My

Number

S

%

S

On or Off

S

%

3-

19

3

Additional Functions

Settings

[

Voice Call

Answering calls automatically when using

Headphones

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Auto

Answer

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

See below

Activating Auto Answer

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

When Auto Answer is active, Auto Answer tone sounds after ringtone even in Manner mode; cancel afterward.

Changing Ring Time

Answer Time

S

%

S

Enter time

S

%

[

Video Call

Sending External

Camera image when initiating

Video Calls

Disabling

Loudspeaker for

Video Calls

Muting Microphone when initiating

Video Calls

Changing

Alternative Image that is sent when initiating Video Calls

Changing quality of Incoming/

Outgoing Images

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

% S

Camera Picture

S % S

Default Image

S % S

External Camera

S %

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

% S

Loudspeaker

S % S

Off

S %

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

% S

Mute Microphone

S

%

S

On

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

% S

Camera Picture

S

%

S

Alternative

Image

S % S

Select folder

S % S

Select file

S

%

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

% S

Incoming Picture or Outgoing Picture

S

% S

Select quality

S %

Setting image that is sent while call is on hold

Setting Backlight status

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Call

S

Video Call

S

% S

Hold Guidance Pict

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

S

%

.

Omit file selection step when using Customized

Screen images.

% S

Settings

S % S f Call S

Video Call

S

% S

Backlight

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

.

Selecting Normal Setting applies Display

Backlight settings.

3-

20

Troubleshooting

Receiving a Call

3

Cannot use Answer Phone or

Caller Voice

.

Answer Phone and Caller Voice are disabled when less than 12 seconds remain or 20 messages are recorded.

Delete messages.

.

Answer Phone and Caller Voice are not available for Video Calls.

Placing a Call

3

Cannot place call via Speed Dial

.

Speed Dial is not available when

Phone Book access is restricted by

Application Lock.

3

Cannot place call

.

If ` appears, cancel Keypad Lock.

.

If $ appears, cancel Function Lock.

.

If [ appears, cancel Offline Mode.

3

Call won't connect and there's a beeping tone

.

Did you include the area code or the first 0? Dial the number including the area code or 0.

.

Handset may be out-of-range () appears). Move to a place where signal is strong and retry.

During a Call

3

Outgoing Image is distorted during Video Calls

.

Rapid motion can make images appear choppy or distorted.

3

Conversation is hampered

.

Conversations may be hampered by ambient noise.

.

Check Earpiece Volume when using Loudspeaker. Increasing

Earpiece Volume may cause feedback/interference.

3

Call is choppy or cut off

.

Network signal may be weak.

Move to a place where signal is strong and retry.

.

Battery may need to be charged or replaced. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Clicking noise is heard during call

.

Handset may be moving into another service area. Noise is heard when Network signal switches. This is normal.

3

Cannot hear other party's voice

.

Earpiece Volume may be low.

Increase Earpiece Volume (P.3-3).

Other

3

Call Time on Display seems incorrect

.

Ring time for incoming or outgoing calls is not counted. (On hold time is counted.)

3

Cannot save phone number for

Call Forwarding

.

Does the number start with 1, 00,

0120 or 0990? Public service numbers, international call numbers starting with 00, toll-free numbers and fee-based service numbers cannot be saved.

3

3-

21

Messaging ..................................... 4-2

Basics ...............................................4-2

Customizing Handset Address ......4-3

Sending Messages........................ 4-4

Sending E Mail ................................4-4

Sending Disney Mail.......................4-7

Sending SMS ...................................4-9

Incoming Messages ................... 4-10

Opening & Replying ....................4-10

Handling Messages .................... 4-12

Managing & Using Messages .....4-12

Sorting Messages..........................4-14

Chat Folder ..................................4-15

Using Chat Folders....................... 4-15

Mail Groups..................................4-16

Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail

....................................................... 4-16

PC Mail .........................................4-17

Additional Functions ...................4-20

Troubleshooting ...........................4-35

4

Messaging

4-

1

Messaging

4

Basics

Use the following messaging services.

SMS

Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics with Disney Mobile and SoftBank handsets.

E Mail

Exchange up to 30,000 characters with e-mail compatible handsets,

PCs, etc; attach media files, etc.

Large Size Messages

Transmit messages of up to 1 MB including large images or multiple files; may incur high charges depending on subscribed price plan.

PC Mail

Receive or reply to PC mail account messages. Use DM004SH to handle PC Mail messages like

SMS or E Mail.

[

Available Entry Items

SMS

Recipient Subject Message Attachment

Available * N/A Available N/A

E Mail

Available Available Available Available

PC Mail Available Available Available Available

* Disney Mobile/SoftBank handset numbers only.

.

A separate contract is required to use

E Mail and receive e-mail from PCs, etc.

.

For more information, see Disney

Mobile Website (P.15-22).

Auto Retry Function

If recipient's handset is off/out-of-range, a sent message is saved in Server Mail

Box and delivery attempted at regular intervals. (Undeliverable messages are deleted.)

Auto Resend

When Auto Resend is active, handset makes up to two attempts to send unsent messages automatically.

Cancel to disable (P.4-30).

4-

2

Customizing Handset Address

Change alphanumerics before @ of the default handset mail address.

For more information, see Disney

Mobile Website (P.15-22).

Changing Address

1

B S Settings S %

2

Address Settings S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Select English and press %, then follow onscreen instructions.

Saving Address

When handset address is changed,

Disney Mobile sends new address confirmation via E Mail.

To save new address to My Details, follow these steps. (New address is effective even if not saved.)

1

Message S %

2

Information S %

3

Yes S %

Messaging

4

4

A

4-

3

Sending Messages

4

Sending E Mail

Follow these steps to send E Mail to a number/address saved in Phone Book:

1

B S Create Message S %

When a PC Mail Account exists, select E Mail and press %.

E Mail Composition Window

2

Select recipient field S %

3

Phone Book S %

4

Select entry S %

5

Select number or mail

address S %

.

Omit

5

if only one number or address is saved.

.

When a mail address is entered, do not use single-byte katakana in message text or subject.

6

Select subject field S % S

Enter subject S %

7

Select message text field S %

9

A S Transmission starts

.

To cancel, press A during transmission.

Incoming Calls while Creating Message

.

Content is saved temporarily. End the call to return.

Previewing Outgoing Message

After

8

, B S Preview Message S %

Disney Pictogram Entry

.

In Disney Pictogram List, press ' to toggle cross-carrier Pictograms and all Pictograms.

.

Pictogram appearance may differ by carrier.

Text Entry Window

8

Enter message S %

4-

4

Advanced

E Mail Composition Window

0

(

Using other recipient entry methods

(

Adding recipients

(

Inserting signature automatically

(

Converting mail type (SMS/E Mail) (And more on P.4-20)

(

Saving without sending

(

Requesting delivery confirmation

(

Designating/editing reply-to address (And more on P.4-21 - 4-22)

(

Requesting Delivery Report for all messages

(

Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages

(

Hiding progress bar while sending messages (And more on P.4-30)

Sending Messages

Attaching Files

Send attachments to compatible handsets. Follow these steps to attach images to E Mail:

1

In E Mail Composition window after composing message,

select attachment field S %

Attaching Non-Image Files

.

In

2

, select a folder other than Picture and press %, then select a file.

Attaching Multiple Files

After

3

, Attach (1) S % S Attach

File S % S From

2

,

X in Attach (X) indicates the number of attached files.

Sending Feeling Mail

1

In E Mail Composition window after composing

message, B S Feeling

Settings S %

Message Size Limit

When message size reaches certain limit upon attaching a file, one of the following confirmations appears:

2

Picture S % S Select

folder S %

3

Select file S %

2

Select category, e.g.,

Happy/Glad S %

3

Select item, e.g., I Love You

S %

Select message size limit or choose

Yes and press % to proceed. (Images may be resized automatically.) To make selection the default setting hereafter, press B to check From now

on too check-box. (Confirmation will be disabled.)

4

A

S Transmission starts

Attach File Window

4

A S Transmission starts

If Recipient Cannot Receive Large

Messages (Up to 1 MB)

.

Message may be truncated or attachments may be lost.

Advanced

0

(

Changing attached image size

(

Set Auto Play File (And more on P.4-22)

Canceling Feeling Mail

[E Mail Composition Window] Select

subject field S % S f Select

Pictogram, e.g., 6 S $ S %

(

Enabling image auto-resize

(

Limiting outgoing E Mail message size

(

Limiting incoming E Mail message size (And more on P.4-32)

4

4-

5

4

Sending Messages

Sending Graphic Mail

Follow these steps to:

.

Change font size and background color

.

Insert images and My Pictograms

.

Scroll text

1

In text entry window,

!

(Long)

3

Select size S % S Enter

text

Graphic Mail Window

2

SIZE S %

4

A S BG S % S Select

color S %

5

6

A

S IMAGE S % S Select

folder S % S Select file S %

Select target location S %

S

$

7

A

S MY PICT S % S A S

Select file S % S $

8

A S EFFECT S %

9

Scrolling S % a

Select direction S % S

Enter text

b

%

S A S Transmission

starts

Canceling Last Action

[Graphic Mail Window] UNDO S %

Canceling All Graphic Mail Settings

[Graphic Mail Window] CANCEL S

%

S Yes S %

Saving as Templates

After

a

, % S B S Save as

Template S % S Enter name S %

S

Save here S %

,

Only the message text is saved.

4-

6

Advanced

0

(

Creating Graphic Mail from templates

(

Changing text color, size & effect

(

Changing text color

(

Inserting background sound

(

Inserting Flash ® file

(

Inserting horizontal line

(

Flashing text

(

Aligning text (left/right/center) (And more on P.4-22 - 4-23)

Sending Disney Mail

Send messages containing Disney characters.

Using Templates

1

B

S Templates S %

2

Select template S %

Sending Messages

7

Enter message S %

4

3

Select recipient field S %

4

Select method S % S Select/

enter number/address S %

5

Select subject field S % S

Enter subject S %

6

Select message text field S %

.

Delete sample text (e.g.,

ここに本

文を入れてね

, etc.) first.

8

A

S Transmission starts

Downloading Templates

In

2

, Download Templates S %

,

Follow onscreen instructions.

4-

7

4-

8

4

Sending Messages

Using Disney Mail Maker (Japanese)

Create templates or animation files containing Disney characters.

Creating Templates

1

B

S Disney Mail Maker S %

Disney Mail Maker Menu

2

メールテンプレート作成

S %

3

Follow onscreen instructions

4

保存

S % S Yes S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

5

ダウンロード

S %

6

Save S % S Enter name

S %

.

Saved to Data Folder (Templates).

Opening Help

In

2

, 使い方とご注意事項について S %

Creating Animation Files

1

In Disney Mail Maker menu,

メールアニメーション作成

S %

3

Select text entry field S %

S

Enter text S %

4

作る

S % S Yes S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

5

ダウンロード

S %

6

B S Save Items S %

7

Save S % S Enter name

S

%

.

Saved to Data Folder (Flash®).

Sending Created Animation Files

.

Attach file from Data Folder (Flash®).

,

Enable Set Auto Play File to play animation automatically when recipient opens the message.

2

Select type S % S f

Select item S %

Sending Messages

Sending SMS

Follow these steps to send SMS to a number saved in Phone Book:

1

B S Create New SMS S %

6

Select message text field

S

%

SMS Composition Window

2

Select recipient field S %

3

Phone Book S %

4

Select entry S %

5

Select number S %

Text Entry Window

7

Enter message S %

SMS Composition Window

8

A

S Transmission starts

Incoming Calls while Creating Message

.

Content is saved temporarily. End the call to return.

When Message Text Exceeds Limit

.

A confirmation appears. To convert

SMS to E Mail, follow these steps:

Yes S %

4

.

Omit

5

if only one number is saved.

Advanced

0

(

Using other recipient entry methods

(

Adding recipients

(

Using Speed Dial/Mail list

(

Converting mail type (SMS/E Mail) (And more on P.4-20)

(

Saving without sending

(

Requesting delivery confirmation

(

Changing Server sent message storage limit (And more on P.4-21 - 4-22)

(

Changing Server sent message storage limit

(

Changing SMS Server number

(

Changing character encoding for composing messages (P.4-34)

4-

9

Incoming Messages

Opening & Replying

Opening New Messages

Information window opens for new mail.

See P.4-19 to receive PC Mail.

4

1

Message S %

Important Message Retrieval Notes

.

By default, complete messages including attachments are retrieved in and outside

Japan; transmission fees apply depending on subscribed price plan.

.

Automatic message retrieval while abroad may incur high charges since flat-rate packet transmission plans do not apply during international roaming.

.

To retrieve only the initial portion of message text automatically, set Message

DL to Manual; retrieve complete message manually as needed.

Delivery Report

.

Information window opens for Delivery

Report. Follow these steps to open it:

Delivery Report S % S Select

message with report S % S A

Message List

2

Select message S %

.

Message window opens.

.

To animate message text in 3D, enable 3D Pictogram.

Receiving Feeling Mail

.

Small Light, Vibration and ringtone respond according to settings.

Attached Images

.

Attached images open automatically.

Messages with Quiz

Enter or select answer S %

,

Message cannot be opened until the correct answer is entered or selected.

Animation View

.

When a specific Disney Pictogram is entered as the first character of subject or included in message text, corresponding animation appears in message window background.

Mail Notice

.

When Message DL is not set to Auto

(All), Server sends initial portion of message text in each of the following cases:

,

The message was sent to multiple recipients

,

Files are attached to the message

4-

10

Advanced

0

(

Accessing new mail out of Standby

(

Retrieving new E Mail manually

(

Viewing new messages on External Display (And more on P.4-23 -

4-24)

(

Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders

(

Enabling 3D Pictogram

(

Retrieving complete E Mail messages manually

(

Retrieving specified messages (And more on P.4-31 - 4-32)

Incoming Messages

Window Description

Message List

Message Window Replying to Messages

1

In message window, A

Message Type/Status

(see below)

Sender or Recipient

Message Text

[

Message Type/Status

g

Unread

G

Read

O

Sent

H

Failed

I

Replied

C

Forwarded

K

Send

Reservation set

L

Mail Notice

(remaining portion exists)

P

Unread

Delivery Report

M

Attachments

N

Protected

O

Priority (High)

T

Priority (Low)

<

USIM Card SMS

_

or ~ appears for SMS/PC Mail messages (B, etc.).

Sender or Recipient

Subject

(except for SMS)

Received or

Sent Date & Time

Message Text

Press ( to open next (newer) message, or # to open previous (older) one.

Changing Font Size

3 (Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long) to

reduce

.

Original message text is quoted

(except for SMS and Graphic Mail).

2

Complete message S A S

Transmission starts

Replying to Messages Addressed to

Multiple Recipients

After

1

, To Sender or Reply All S %

S

2

Auto Reply

.

Handset sends a reply automatically when receiving messages from saved numbers or addresses in specified mode (Manner mode, etc.).

Advanced

0

(

Saving attachments to Data Folder

(

Saving to Phone Book

(

Using linked info

(

Looking up message text words in dictionaries

(

Jumping to message top/bottom

(

Reporting unsolicited message sources as spammers

(

Selecting mail type/quote option

(

Opening received message for reference

(

Replying quickly using fixed text

(

Replying to messages automatically (And more on P.4-24 - 4-25)

(

Selecting quote option (P.4-30)

4

4-

11

Handling Messages

Managing & Using Messages

4

Messaging Folders

Messages are organized in folders by type.

Checking Messages

1

B S Received Msg. or Sent

Messages S %

Received Messages

Incomplete/

Unsent Messages

Sent Messages

Failed or Send

Reservation Messages

Auto Delete

.

Oldest received/sent messages are deleted automatically to save new ones when memory is full. Protect important messages to avoid unintentional deletion.

Opening Help

.

Follow these steps in folder list, message list or message window:

B

S Help S %

Folder List

.

When a PC Mail Account exists,

PC Mail folder (folder with the name specified in Account

Name) appears.

.

Select Mail folder or PC Mail folder and press A to hide/show sub folders. To open full message list, hide sub folders and press %.

2

Select folder S %

3

Select message S %

Message Window

Protecting Messages

1

In message list, select

message S B S Manage

Msg. S %

2

Lock S %

Canceling Protection

In

2

, Unlock S %

4-

12

Advanced

Message List

0

(

Selecting multiple messages

(

Color-tagging messages

(

Deleting messages (And more on P.4-26 - 4-27)

(

Forwarding messages

(

Sending from Drafts

(

Checking Server Mail message count and volume (And more on P.4-29)

(

Changing message window scroll unit

(

Selecting automatic deletion option for received messages

(

Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages (And more on P.4-30)

Handling Messages

Searching Messages

Search messages by message text, sender/recipient address, etc.

1

B S Received Msg. or Sent

Messages S %

2

B

S Search S %

3

Search All Msg. S %

4

Select method S % S

Select/enter address or text

S

%

Searching by Folder

In

2

, select folder S B S Search S

%

S Search Folder S % S

4

Searching Message Text

.

Follow these steps to find specific words/phrases; limit search by character type.

[Message Window] B S Search Text

S

% S Enter text S %

,

Press A or B to jump to next/ previous search result.

Hiding Folders

Hide Received Msg./Sent Message folder to require Handset Code for access to the folder and messages within.

Chat Folders are not affected.

1

B

S Received Msg. or Sent

Messages S %

2

Select folder S B

3

Set Secret S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S %

Accessing Secret Folders

After

1

, B S Unlock Temporarily S

%

S Enter Handset Code S %

4

Advanced

0

(

Moving messages manually

(

Renaming folders

(

Deleting folders

(

Adding folders

(

Moving folders

(

Changing status of all messages within folders to read

(

Canceling automatic deletion of messages within folders

(

Canceling Secret (P.4-27)

4-

13

4

Handling Messages

Sorting Messages

Sorting into Designated Folders

Sort messages by sender/recipient or partially matching text in sender/ recipient address, subject or SMS message text.

1

B

S Received Msg. or Sent

Messages S %

2

Select target folder S B

3

My Folders S % S Select

blank entry S %

4

Sender(Exact)

(Recipient(Exact) for Sent

Messages) S %

5

Select method S % S

Select/enter number/

address S %

6

A S Saved

Sorting by Part of Mail Address

In

4

, Sender(Include)

(Recipient(Include) for Sent Messages)

S % S Enter text S % S

6

Sorting by Part of Subject/SMS Message

Text

In

4

, Subject S % S Enter text S

% S

6

Filtering Spam

Follow these steps to filter messages from handset numbers/addresses not saved in Phone Book into Spam Folder:

(Alternatively, set sort keys to filter messages.)

1

B

S Settings S % S

General Settings S %

2

Anti Spam Measures S %

3

Enter Handset Code S %

4

Unregistered(Mobile) S

%

(p)

5

A

S %

Exempting Messages from Filtering

After

4

, Permitted List(Common) S

B S Select blank entry S % S

Select key S % S Select/enter

number/address/subject S % S A

S

% (p) S

5

When a PC Mail Account Exists

.

Filter PC Mail messages from addresses not saved in Phone Book.

4-

14

Advanced

0

(

Re-sorting messages

(

Sorting spam by setting keys

(

Editing/deleting sort keys (P.4-28)

Chat Folder

Using Chat Folders

Organize messages exchanged between handset and Chat members' handsets.

To hide messages, set Chat Folder to

Secret.

Saving Members

1

B

S Chat Folder S %

4

Select blank entry S %

.

Select saved member to edit number/address.

5

Select method S % S

Select/enter number/

address S %

Chat Folder List

2

Select folder S B

Opening Chat Folders

1

In Chat Folder list, select

folder S %

.

Repeat

4

-

5

to add members.

6

A

S Saved

Changing Members

In

4

, select member S B S

Change Member S % S From

5

Deleting Members

In

4

, select member S B S Delete

S

% S Yes S % S

6

2

Select message S %

4

3

Add New Member S %

Advanced

0

(

Deleting folders

(

Deleting all messages

(

Resetting Chat Folders (P.4-28)

4-

15

Mail Groups

4

Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail

Create Mail Groups to send messages

5

<Assign New Entry> S % S

Select entry S % to multiple recipients at one time.

Save target recipients to Phone Book beforehand.

1

B

S Settings S %

2

Set Mail Group S %

6

Select number or mail

address S %

Mail Group Entry Window

3

<Add New Group> S % S

Enter name S %

4

Select Group S %

.

Omit

6

if only one number or address is saved.

.

Repeat

5

-

6

to add members.

7

A

S Saved

4-

16

Advanced

0

(

Renaming Mail Groups

(

Deleting Mail Groups/Group members

(

Changing Mail Group members (P.4-28)

PC Mail

PC Mail

Receive or reply to PC mail account messages.

Save PC mail account information to handset:

.

User Name

.

Incoming Mail Server

.

Password

.

Mail Address

.

Outgoing Mail Server

SBM

Server

Local

ISP

Yahoo!

Japan

Retrieve mail delivered to

ISP or Yahoo! accounts.

.

Alternatively, use automatic message retrieval option.

Important PC Mail Usage Notes

.

Receiving PC Mail for the first time after PC Mail Account setup may incur high charges due to large-volume packet transmissions.

.

Setting handset to retrieve PC Mail automatically may incur high charges; remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.

.

Other functions may slow while handset is checking for new messages.

.

Checking for new messages may incur transmission fees even when none exists.

.

Single-byte katakana and Disney

Pictograms are not supported.

.

When messages sent from handset to

PC mail account are retrieved by handset (then opened, replied with quotes, forwarded, etc.), included

Disney Pictograms may not appear or may appear as different characters.

4

Messages are saved in unique folders; reply to/send messages via PC mail account addresses.

PC Mail

Folder

%

.

Handle messages (sort, etc.) like

E Mail or SMS. (Unavailable functions do not appear in

Options menu and some may appear under different names.)

4-

17

4

PC Mail

PC Mail Account Setup

.

Proceed with setup according to information supplied by ISP.

.

PC Mail services may be unavailable depending on the services, settings or contract details for your PC mail account. Confirm compatibility with

POP/SMTP message retrieval/ transmission via e-mail software beforehand.

[

Mandatory Items for Retrieval

User Name

Password

Required to connect to incoming mail server

Required to connect to incoming mail server

[

Mandatory Items for Transmission

Mail Address

Address to use PC Mail

Setting Other Items

.

Edit information as needed; for description, select an item and press B.

1

2

B S Settings S % S PC

Mail Settings S %

PC Mail Account S %

3

<Empty> S %

4

Account Name S % S

Enter name S %

5

Set Receiving S % S

Select item S % S Select/

enter item S % S A

.

User Name, Password and

ReceivingServer are mandatory.

6

Set Sending S % S Select

item S % S Select/enter

item S %

.

Mail Address and Sender Server are mandatory.

7

A S A S %

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Using Yahoo! Mail Addresses

In

3

, Set Quick Yahoo! Mail S % S

Yes or No S %

,

Follow onscreen instructions.

,

Choose No to create a new account.

Editing Accounts

In

3

, select account S % S From

4

Deleting Accounts

In

3

, select account S B S Yes S %

Saving User ID & Password for Transmission

.

If User Name and Password are unset

Set Receiving items are automatically used for SMTP authentication. Follow these steps if ISP requires User Name and Password:

In

6

, Set Sending S % S Sender

Auth. S % S SMTP Auth. S B S

User Name S % S Enter name S

% S Password S % S Enter

password S % S A S $ S

7

4-

18

Retrieving New PC Mail

Retrieve new messages from created accounts. If message count is high, some may not be received on the first attempt.

1

B

S B

2

B

3

Select PC Mail folder S %

S

Select message S %

Message Window

.

Press A to retrieve full message.

.

Message window is similar to that of E Mail.

Deleting Messages

[Message List] Select message S B

S Delete S % S Select option S

%

S Yes S %

Retrieving Messages by Account

After

1

, select account S % S

3

Checking Received PC Mail

1

B S Received Msg. S %

S

Select folder S %

.

Message list appears. Message list is similar to that of E Mail.

2

Select message S %

.

Message window opens.

Replying to PC Mail

1

In message window, A

.

PC Mail Composition window opens.

.

Original message text is quoted

(except for HTML messages).

2

Complete message S A S

Transmission starts

Replying without Quoting Original

Message Text

[Message Window] B S Reply S %

S

PC Mail S % S Complete

message S A

Changing Account for Outgoing Messages

[PC Mail Composition Window]

Select recipient field S % S From:

S

% S Select account S %

PC Mail

Sending PC Mail

Follow these steps to create and send

PC Mail:

1

B S Create Message S %

2

Select PC Mail Account S %

3

Complete message S A S

Transmission starts

Converting PC Mail to E Mail

After

2

, B S Convert to E Mail S

%

S Yes S %

Note

.

Single-byte katakana and Disney

Pictograms are not supported.

4

Advanced

0

(

Retrieving complete PC Mail messages

(

Retrieving new messages automatically

(

Retrieving PC Mail for specified folder

(

Disabling automatic word wrap

(

Retrieving complete messages from specified addresses

(

Restricting complete message retrieval by size (P.4-33)

4-

19

Additional Functions

4

Creating/Sending Messages

[

Recipient

Using other recipient entry methods

Adding recipients

Switching recipient status

(To, Cc and Bcc)

Using Speed Dial/

Mail list

Editing/deleting recipients

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field

S % S

Select method

S % S

Select/ enter number/address

S

%

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field

S

%

S

Add Recipient

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter number/ address

S

%

S

A

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field

S

%

S

Select recipient

S

B

S

Select status

S

%

.

Other recipients cannot see numbers/addresses set to Bcc.

Saving Recipients

B S

Settings

S

%

S

Speed Dial/Mail

S

%

S

<Empty>

S % S

Select entry

S % S

Select number or mail address

S % S

Do not

Assign

S

%

S

A

Creating Messages

In Standby, 0 - 99 (Speed Dial/Mail entry

number)

S

B

.

When messaging to Disney Mobile/SoftBank handset numbers, select E Mail or SMS and press %.

7

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field

S

%

S

See below

Editing Recipients

Select recipient

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

Deleting a Recipient

Select recipient

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

Deleting All Recipients

Select recipient

S B S

Delete All

S % S

Yes

S

%

4-

20

Editing Speed

Dial/Mail list

7

B S

Settings

S % S

Speed Dial/Mail

S

%

S

See below

Editing Entries

Select entry

S B S

Change

S % S

Select number/address

S

%

S

Select new number/ address

S

%

S

A

Canceling Entries

Select entry

S

B

S

Remove Selected

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Canceling All Entries

B S

Remove All

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Message Text

Inserting signature automatically

Inserting signature manually

Previewing 3D

Pictogram

Converting mail type (SMS/E Mail)

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

Signature

S % S

Edit

S % S

Enter signature

S

%

S

Auto Insert

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

Signature is inserted above message text when forwarding messages or quoting original message text in replies.

.

Not available for SMS.

In text entry window, B

S

Insert/Font Size

S

% S

Signature

S

%

In Mail Composition window, B S

3D

Pictogram

S

%

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Change to

SMS or Convert to E Mail

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Save, Send Reservation & Sent Cancel

Saving without sending

Sending automatically later

Canceling sent

E Mail

After completing message, B

S

Save to Drafts

S %

7

After completing message, B

S

Send

Reservation

S % S

See below

Auto Send when Signal Returns

Within the Network

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Designating Send Date/Time (within one week)

Date & Time

S % S

Enter date/time

S % S

Yes

S

%

B S

Sent Messages

S

%

S

Select folder

S

% S

Select message

S

B

S

Set Sent Cancel

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Available for messages sent to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

[

Messaging Settings

.

For SMS, only Delivery Report and Expiry Time are available.

.

For PC Mail, only Reply to Settings and Priority are available.

Requesting delivery confirmation

Setting priority

Setting message to be deleted from recipient handset once read

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Delivery Report

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

Delivery Report arrives when message is delivered.

.

Open sent message to check delivery status indicator:

, a

: Delivered, b: Unknown, c: Failed

.

Available when messaging to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Priority

S

%

S

Select priority

S

%

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Set Auto Delete

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

Available when messaging to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

Adding a reply request

Restricting forward/delete

Locking message with Quiz

Additional Functions

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Reply Request

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

Available when messaging to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging

Settings

S % S

Forward NG or Delete NG

S

% S

On

S

%

.

Available when messaging to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

7

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging Settings

S

%

S

Quiz

S

%

S

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

See below

.

Available when messaging to SoftBank handsets.

Using Preset Questions (Multiple Choice)

Select question

S % S

Selection

S % S

Select number

S

%

S

Enter/edit option

S

%

S

Enter/ edit all options

S

Select answer

S

A

S

B

S

B

.

May be unavailable for some questions.

Using Preset Questions (Exact Answer Entry)

Select question

S % S

Match Characters

S

% S

Enter answer

S

%

S

B

.

May be unavailable for some questions.

Creating Custom Quiz (Multiple Choice)

<Create Original>

S

%

S

Enter question

S

% S

Selection

S % S

Select number

S %

S

Enter option

S

%

S

Complete entry

S

Select answer

S

A

S

B

S

B

Creating Custom Quiz (Exact Answer Entry)

<Create Original>

S % S

Enter question

S

% S

Match Characters

S

%

S

Enter answer

S

%

S

B

4

4-

21

4

4-

22

Additional Functions

Editing assigned

Quiz

Lowering size limit for outgoing E Mail messages

Designating/ editing reply-to address

Changing Server sent message storage limit

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Quiz

S

%

S

Edit Question

S

% S

Edit question/options/answer

S

B (B

again after editing options)

.

Available when messaging to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Create Msg. Size

S

%

S

300KB

S

%

7

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging Settings

S

%

S

Reply to Settings

S

%

S

See below

Designating

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S % S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter address

S

%

Editing

Edit Address

S % S

Edit

S %

In Mail Composition window, B

S

Messaging

Settings

S

%

S

Expiry Time

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

.

Available for SMS only.

[

Attachments

Capturing/recording and attaching

7

Select attachment field

S

%

S

See below

Still Images

Picture

S % S

Take Picture

S % S % to

shoot

S %

Video

Video

S

%

S

Record Video

S

%

S

% to

start recording

S

% to stop

S

Accept

S

%

S

Select storage media

S

%

Sounds

Sound

S

%

S

Record Voice

S

%

S

% to

start recording

S

% to stop

S

Accept

S

%

S

Select storage media

S

%

Changing attached image size

Set Auto Play File

Select attached file

S

B

S

Resize Picture

S

% S

Select size

S

%

.

May be unavailable for some images.

Select attached file

S

B

S

Set Auto Play File

S % S

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S % S

Enter Message

S

%

S

Enter comment

S

%

S

$

S

A

.

Not available for PC Mail.

[

Graphic Mail

Creating Graphic

Mail from templates

Changing text color, size & effect

Changing text color

Inserting background sound

Opening Templates from Messaging Menu

B S

Templates

S % S

Select template

S %

S

Complete message

S

A

.

Template size may change when used for creating messages.

Opening Templates from E Mail Composition

Window

In Mail Composition window, B S

Launch

Template

S

%

S

Select template

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

Open a template before entering message text.

In text entry window, ! (Long)

S

B

S

Select start point

S % S

Highlight text range

S %

S

COLOR, SIZE or EFFECT

S

%

S

Set

S

%

In text entry window, ! (Long)

S

COLOR

S

% S

Select color

S

%

S

Enter text

7

In text entry window, ! (Long)

S

INSERT

S

%

S

See below

Inserting

BGM Sound

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

Deleting

Delete BGM

S % S

Yes

S %

Inserting Flash

®

file

Previewing Flash

® file

Deleting Flash

®

file

Inserting horizontal line

Flashing text

Aligning text (left/ right/center)

In text entry window, ! (Long)

S

INSERT

S

% S

Flash

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

In text entry window after inserting Flash

®

file,

B S

Preview

S %

.

When Graphic Mail window is open, press A first.

In text entry window after inserting Flash ® file, move cursor before Flash ® icon

S

$

.

When Graphic Mail window is open, press A first.

In text entry window, ! (Long)

S

INSERT

S

% S

Line

S %

7

In text entry window, ! (Long)

S

See below

Flashing

EFFECT

S

%

S

Blink

S

%

S

Blink On

S

%

S

Enter text

Canceling

B S

Select start point

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

S

EFFECT

S

%

S

Blink

S

%

S

Blink Off

S

%

In text entry window, ! (Long) S

EFFECT

S

% S

Alignment

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

S

Enter text

Additional Functions

Receiving/Opening Messages

[

Receiving

Accessing new mail out of Standby

B

(Long)

Retrieving new

E Mail manually

Retrieving Server

Mail list

Retrieving remaining portions

B S

B

.

When a PC Mail Account exists, select E Mail and press %.

.

Retrieve messages missed while handset is out-of-range.

B S

Server Mail Box

S

%

S

Mail List

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Via Mail Notice

In message list, select Mail Notice

S

%

S

A

Via Server Mail List

B S

Server Mail Box

S

%

S

Mail List

S

%

S

Select message

S %

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

4

4-

23

4

Additional Functions

Retrieving all

Server Mail

7

B S

Server Mail Box

S % S

See below

Directly from Server

Retrieve All

S

%

Via Server Mail List

Mail List

S

%

S

B

S

Retrieve All

S

%

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

[

Opening

Viewing new messages on

External Display

H S

H

.

Available with handset closed.

.

Press F for more; press E to navigate back.

[

Message Window

Saving attachments to

Data Folder

Installing attached widgets

In message window, select file

S

B

S

Save to

Data Folder

S % S

Enter name

S % S

Save

here

S

%

.

For templates, Save as Template appears.

(Omit file name entry step.)

In message window, select file

S

B

S

Install

Attach

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Using attachments

Playing slides

Saving to Phone

Book

7

In message window, select file

S B S

See below

As Wallpaper

Set as Wallpaper

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Save here

S

%

S

%

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, select an option.

As Ringtone/Ringvideo

Set as Ringtone or Set as Ring Video

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Save here

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

.

For For New Message or For New PC Mail, enter ring time and press %.

In message window, B S

Slide Play

S %

.

A slide consists of message text with attachments.

Saving Sender Address

In message window, B

S

Save Address

S

%

S

Select number or mail address

S

%

S

As

New Entry

S % S

Complete other fields

S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail.

Saving Linked Info

In message window, select number or mail address

S

%

S

Save to Phone Book or Save

Address

S % S

As New Entry

S % S

Complete other fields

S

A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail.

4-

24

Using linked info

Copying text

Looking up message text words in dictionaries

Jumping to message top/bottom

Deleting attachments

Reporting unsolicited message sources as spammers

Dialing Numbers

In message window, select number

S

%

S

Call or Video Call

S

%

Sending Messages

In message window, select number or mail address

S

%

S

Create Message

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

For mail addresses, omit mail type selection step.

Accessing Internet Sites

In message window, select URL

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Select PC Site Br. to connect via PC Site Browser.

7

In message window, B S

Copy

S %

S

See below

Sender/Recipient Number/Address

Address

S

%

S

Select number/address

S

%

Subject or Message Text

Subject or Message Text

S

%

S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

In message window, B

S

Copy & Search Dict.

S % S

Select first character

S % S

Highlight text range

S

%

S

Select dictionary

S

%

S

Search

S

%

S

Select word

S

%

In message window, B

S

View Settings

S

%

S

Scroll Jump

S % S

Jump to Top or Jump

to Bottom

S

%

In message window, select file

S

B

S

Remove File

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

In message window, B

S

Report Spam

S

%

S

A

.

Signature is not inserted automatically.

.

Not available for PC Mail.

Additional Functions

[

Replying

Selecting mail type/quote option

Opening received message for reference

Replying quickly using fixed text

Replying to messages automatically

In message window, B

S

Reply

S

%

S

Select type/option

S % S

Complete message

S

A

In message window, B

S

Rep. with View

S

% S

Select option

S

%

S

Complete message

S A

Editing Quick Reply Text

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Set Quick Reply

S

% S

Select text

S % S

Edit

S %

Using Quick Reply

In message window, A (Long)

S

Select text

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Auto Reply

S

%

S

See below

Saving Recipients

Address Setting

S

%

S

Select blank entry

S

% S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter number/address

S

%

S

Select mode

S

%

(n/p) S A S A

.

Select saved recipient and press % to edit number/address.

Editing Reply Text

Reply Message

S

%

S

Select mode

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

.

Edit text for each mode.

Activating Auto Reply

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

.

Replies are sent via E Mail.

.

Replies are sent to the same sender only once after each time Auto Reply is activated.

.

Auto Reply is not available for PC Mail or while abroad.

4

4-

25

4

Additional Functions

Managing Messages

[

Message List

Selecting multiple messages

Color-tagging messages

Sorting messages

Opening sender/ recipient details

Checking memory status

Opening properties

Changing template name display

Selecting

In message list, A S

Select message

S % (P)

.

To uncheck, press % again.

Selecting Up to 50 Messages at Once

In message list, B

S

Manage Msg.

S

%

S

Check in Block

S

%

Unchecking All

In message list, B

S

Unselect All

S

%

In message list, B

S

Manage Msg.

S

%

S

Color Label

S

%

S

Select color

S

%

In message list, B S

View Settings

S % S

Sort

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

In message list, select message

S

B

S

View

Mail Address

S

%

S

Select sender or recipient

S %

B S

Memory Status

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

.

Press A to check memory status by service (SMS

& E Mail or PC Mail).

.

USIM Card SMS message count and volume do not appear.

In message list, select message

S

B

S

Message Details

S

%

B S

Templates

S % S B S

Item Displayed

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

Saving SMS messages to USIM

Card

Changing received message status

(read/unread)

In message list, select SMS message

S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S

SIM Sync

S %

.

Available for compatible USIM Cards.

In message list, select message

S B S

Manage Msg.

S

%

S

Switch to Unread or

Switch to Read

S

%

[

Deleting Messages

Deleting messages

Deleting Server

Mail via Mail Notice

One Message

In message list, select message

S B S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Alternatively, delete an open message.

All Messages

In message list, B

S

Manage Msg.

S

%

S

Delete All

S % S

Delete All or Except Locked

Msg.

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

All Messages in Drafts or Unsent Messages

In message list (Drafts or Unsent Messages), B

S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S %

In message list, select Mail Notice

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

4-

26

Deleting Server

Mail via Server

Mail list

Deleting all Server

Mail directly from

Server

7

B S

Server Mail Box

S % S

Mail List

S % S

See below

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

One Message

Select message

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Messages

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

7

B S

Server Mail Box

S % S

Delete

All

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

See below

All Retrieved Messages

Except New Msg.

S %

All Messages

Delete All

S

%

[

Folders

Moving messages manually

Renaming folders

In message list, select message

S

B

S

Manage Msg.

S % S

Move to Folder

S % S

Select folder

S

%

.

If sort messages confirmation appears, choose

Yes and press %; messages sent to/received from the number/address will be sorted into selected folder automatically.

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

Rename

S

% S

Enter name

S

%

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.

Additional Functions

Deleting folders

Adding folders

Moving folders

Canceling Secret

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

.

If delete message confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

In folder list, B

S

Create New Folder

S

%

S

Enter name

S %

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

Relocate

Folder

S

%

S

Select target location

S

%

Changing status of all messages within folders to read

Canceling automatic deletion of messages within folders

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

To All Read

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

Protect

S

%

.

To cancel protection, select Not Protect and press % in the steps above.

Unlock Secret folders temporarily and select

Secret folder

S

B

S

Unset Secret

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S %

4

4-

27

4

Additional Functions

[

Sorting into Folders

Re-sorting messages

Sorting spam by setting keys

Editing/deleting sort keys

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

Classify

S

%

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Anti Spam Measures

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Individual(Common)

S

% (p)

S B S

Select blank entry

S % S

Select key

S

%

S

Select/enter number/address/ subject

S

%

S

A

S

A

S

%

7

In folder list, select folder

S

B

S

My

Folders

S

%

S

Select entry

S

See below

Editing Sender/Recipient Key

B S

Replace

S % S

Select method

S % S

Select/enter number/address

S

%

S

A

Editing Subject Key

% S

Edit

S

%

S

A

Deleting an Entry

B S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

Deleting All Entries

B S

Clear All

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

[

Chat Folders

Deleting folders

B S

Chat Folder

S % S

Select folder

S B S

Delete Folder

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

.

If delete message confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

Deleting all messages

Resetting Chat

Folders

[

Mail Groups

Renaming Mail

Groups

B S

Chat Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

B

S

Manage Msg.

S

%

S

Delete All

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

B S

Chat Folder

S % S B S

Reset

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Deleting Mail

Groups/Group members

Changing Mail

Group members

B S

Settings

S

%

S

Set Mail Group

S

%

S

Select Group

S

B

S

Edit Name

S

%

S

Enter name

S % S

Yes

S %

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

Set Mail Group

S % S

Select Group

S

See below

Mail Groups

B S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Enter

Handset Code

S

%

Group Members

% S

Select member

S

B

S

Remove Entry

S

% S

Yes

S

%

S

A

.

Source Phone Book entries remain even after deleting members.

B S

Settings

S

%

S

Set Mail Group

S

%

S

Select Group

S % S

Select member

S B S

Re-assign Entry

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select number or mail address

S

%

S

Yes

S

% S

A

4-

28

Using Messages

Forwarding messages

Sending from

Drafts

Sending unsent messages

Using sent messages

Saving schedules from message list

In message window, B

S

Forward

S

%

S

Select recipient field

S

%

S

Select method

S

% S

Select/enter number/address

S

%

S

A

.

Attached files are forwarded.

.

To forward SMS messages, select E Mail or SMS and press %.

B S

Drafts

S % S

Select message

S % S

Complete message

S

A

7

In message list (Unsent Messages), select message

S

B

S

See below

Sending without Editing

Resend

S

%

Edit & Send

Edit

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

In message list (Sent Messages), select message

S

B

S

Edit & Send

S

%

S

Complete message

S A

In message list, select message

S

B

S

Manage Msg.

S

%

S

Save to Calendar

S

%

S

Enter subject

S

%

S

Enter start/end date/ time

S % S

Complete other fields

S A

.

Source message is accessible from schedule window (via Related Mail in Options menu).

Additional Functions

Forwarding Server

Mail

Opening Server

Mail properties

Checking Server

Mail message count and volume

Via Mail Notice

In message list, select Mail Notice

S

B

S

Forward

S

%

S

Notifi. Forward (forward Mail

Notice text only) or Remote Forward

S % S

Select recipient field

S

%

S

Select method

S

% S

Select/enter number/address

S

%

S

A

Via Server Mail List

B S

Server Mail Box

S % S

Mail List

S % S

Select message

S

B

S

Remote Forward

S

% S

Select recipient field

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter number/ address

S % S A

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

B S

Server Mail Box

S

%

S

Mail List

S

%

S

Select message

S

B

S

Message Details

S

%

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press %.

B S

Server Mail Box

S

%

S

Mailbox Volume

S

%

4

4-

29

4

Additional Functions

General Settings

Changing message window scroll unit

Changing message list view

Showing complete sent/received message addresses

B

S

B

B

S

S

S

S

Settings

Scroll Unit

Settings

Settings

S

S

S

S

%

%

%

Message List View

%

Address View

S

S

S

S

S

S

General Settings

Select unit

%

%

S

S

S

Show All

%

General Settings

General Settings

S

S

S

Select option

S

%

%

%

S

S

%

%

Changing view for

Received Msg. folder

Changing view for

Sent Messages folder

Selecting automatic deletion option for received messages

Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages

Changing spam report recipient

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S %

S

Received Msg. View

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

.

Folder View by Account is selectable when a

PC Mail Account exists.

B

S

.

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S %

S

Auto Delete

S

%

S

Received Msg.

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

B

S

S

S

Sent Msg. View

Folder View by Account is selectable when a

PC Mail Account exists.

S

Settings

Settings

S

S

Auto Delete

%

S

Not Auto Del

%

S

S

S %

S

%

%

General Settings

S

Select option

General Settings

S

Sent Messages

S

S

S

%

S %

%

%

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S %

S

Report Spam

S

%

S

Edit address

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

General Settings (Send/Compose)

Requesting

Delivery Report for all messages

Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages

Designating/editing reply-to address

Selecting quote option

Hiding progress bar while sending messages

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Delivery Report

S

% S

On

S

%

.

Available when messaging to Disney Mobile/

SoftBank handsets.

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S %

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Auto Resend

S

%

S

Off

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Reply to

Settings

S

%

S

See below

Designating

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter address

S

%

Editing

Edit Address

S % S

Edit

S %

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Reply With Text

S

% S

Select option

S

%

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S %

S

Send/Compose

S

%

S

Sending Status

S

% S

Off(Background)

S

%

4-

30

General Settings (Receive)

[

Message Notice & Animation View

Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

Message Notice

S

%

S

Secret Folder

S % S

No Response

S %

Changing alerts for messages received during handset use

Disabling

Animation View

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

Message Notice

S

% S

See below

Showing New Message Window

On Active Screen

S

%

S

On

S

%

Selecting Scrolling Notice Option

View Setting

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

Muting Alert Sound

Alert Sound

S

%

S

Off

S

%

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

Animation View

S

%

S

Off

S %

[

Feeling Mail

Hiding graphics above Information window

Disabling illumination

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

Link to Feeling

S

%

S

Idle Screen Info.

S

%

S

Off

S

%

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S %

S

Receive

S

%

S

Link to Feeling

S

%

S

Light

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

Selecting Vibration option

Muting/changing ringtones

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

Link to Feeling

S

%

S

Vibration Pattern

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

Link to Feeling

S

%

S

Ringtone

S % S

See below

Muting Ringer

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Changing Ringtones

Assign Tone

S % S

Select category

S % S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select tone/file

S

%

[

3D Pictogram

Enabling 3D

Pictogram

Changing background/speed

B S

Settings

S

%

S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

3D Pictogram

S

%

S

Display Effect

S % S

Always or Unread Only

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S % S

General Settings

S

%

S

Receive

S

%

S

3D Pictogram

S

%

S

See below

Changing Background

Background Color

S % S

Select color or

Random

S

%

Changing Animation Speed

Display Speed

S

%

S

Select speed

S

%

4

4-

31

4

Additional Functions

E Mail Settings

[

Automatic Retrieval

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

See below

Retrieving complete

E Mail messages manually

In Japan

Message DL(Japan)

S % S

Manual

S %

While Abroad

Message DL(Abroad)

S

%

S

Manual

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

Message DL(Japan) or Message

DL(Abroad)

S

%

S

Auto (Specify)

S

B

S

See below

Selecting Sender Types

Select item

S

% (n/p)

S

A

Retrieving specified messages

Specifying Numbers/Addresses

Individual Address

S B S

Select blank entry

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter number/address

S

%

S

A

Deleting an Individual Address Entry

Individual Address

S B S

Select entry

S B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

Deleting All Individual Address Entries

Individual Address

S

B

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Clear All

S % S

Yes

S % S A

[

Attachments

Enabling image auto-resize

Enabling/disabling image auto-open or sound auto-play

Attaching captured/recorded files unsaved

[

Message Size

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

Picture Appearance

S % S

Double-Sized

S %

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

Auto Play File

S

%

S

Pictures or Sounds

S

%

S

On or Off

S

%

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

Send File Settings

S % S

Attach Only

S %

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

Limiting outgoing

E Mail message size

Limiting incoming

E Mail message size

B S

Settings

S

%

S

S! Mail Settings

S

%

S

Create Msg. Size

S % S

300KB or 1MB

S %

.

Images are resized automatically when message size exceeds the limit upon attaching them.

B S

Settings

S

%

S

E Mail Settings

S

%

S

DL Size Limit

S

%

S

300KB

S

%

.

Exceeding attachments are reduced (images) or deleted (other files) at Server.

4-

32

PC Mail Settings

Retrieving complete PC Mail messages

Retrieving new messages automatically

B S

Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail DL

S

%

S

PC Mail DL

S

%

S

All

Contents

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail Settings

S

%

S

Check New Mail

S

%

S

See below

Enabling Automatic Retrieval

Check New Mail

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

Select account

S

% (p)

S

A

S

%

.

Setting Check New Mail to On may incur high charges; checking for new messages may incur transmission fees even when none exists.

Remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.

.

Handset does not check for new messages between 10:00 PM and 6:00 AM; change/ cancel Inactive Time as needed.

Enabling Automatic Retrieval Abroad

Abroad

S % S

Enable

S % S %

.

Automatically retrieving messages abroad may incur high charges.

Changing Automatic Retrieval Interval

Interval

S

%

S

Select interval

S

%

Changing Inactive Time

Inactivate Time

S % S

Start Time:

S % S

Enter start time

S

%

S

End Time:

S

%

S

Enter end time

S

%

Canceling Inactive Time

Inactivate Time

S % S

Switch On/Off

S %

S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

Retrieving PC Mail for specified folder

Disabling automatic word wrap

Retrieving complete messages from specified addresses

Restricting complete message retrieval by size

In folder list, select PC Mail folder

S

B

S

Retrieve New

S

%

B S

Settings

S % S

PC Mail Settings

S % S

Word wrap

S % S

Off

S %

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail Settings

S % S

PC Mail DL

S % S

PC Mail DL

S %

S

DL All From List

S

B

S

See below

Selecting Sender Types

Select item

S

% (n/p)

S

A

Specifying Addresses

Individual Address

S

B

S

Select blank entry

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter address

S

%

S

A

Deleting an Individual Address Entry

Individual Address

S

B

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

Deleting All Individual Address Entries

Individual Address

S B S

Select entry

S B

S

Clear All

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

B S

Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail DL

S

%

S

Max DL Size

S

%

S

Select account

S % S

Select size

S %

.

Effective when PC Mail DL is set to All Contents or DL All From List.

4

4-

33

4

Additional Functions

SMS Settings

Changing Server sent message storage limit

Changing SMS

Server number

B S

Settings

S % S

SMS Settings

S % S

Expiry Time

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

7

B S

Settings

S

%

S

SMS Settings

S

% S

Message Center

S

%

S

See below

Editing

Setting1(Default) to Setting3

S

%

S

Edit number

S

%

.

Do not change Server number unless instructed to do so.

Deleting

Setting2 or Setting3

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S

%

Activating

Setting2 or Setting3

S

B

S

Set Default

S

%

.

Activated number moves to Setting1(Default) and shifts the others down.

Changing character encoding for composing messages

B S

Settings

S

%

S

SMS Settings

S

%

S

Char-code

S

%

S

Select encoding

S

%

4-

34

Troubleshooting

Sending Messages

3

Cannot enter message text or attach files

.

Attachment size affects text size limit. In turn, text size affects attachment size limit.

3

Sending failure appears in

Information window

.

To resend, follow these steps:

Sending failure

S

%

S

Select message

S

%

S

%

S

%

S

A

3

Unsent message is not resent automatically

.

Auto Resend makes up to two attempts to send unsent messages automatically.

Resend unsent message(s) manually.

3

Set Auto Play File cannot be set

.

Apply to one file per message.

.

Not available for Graphic Mail.

.

May be unavailable for some files.

3

Messaging Settings are not applied

.

Settings are valid for one message, and effective when viewed on compatible handsets/applications.

.

Delivery Report/Priority setting may not be effective when sent to mail addresses.

.

Priority setting does not affect delivery speed.

3

Cannot set Messaging Settings

.

These settings cannot be applied to a message simultaneously

(select one): Set Auto Delete,

Reply Request, Forward NG, Delete

NG, Quiz, Set Auto Play File.

3

Signature is not inserted automatically

.

Auto Insert is available for E Mail only.

3

Cannot cancel sent messages

.

Short messages may not be canceled.

.

Set Sent Cancel is available for

E Mail only.

3

Cannot send PC Mail

.

Follow these steps to check User

Name and Password for SMTP authentication:

B S

Settings

S % S

PC Mail

Settings

S

%

S

PC Mail Account

S

%

S

Select account

S

%

S

Set Sending

S % S

Sender Auth.

S % S

SMTP Auth.

S B S

User

Name or Password

S

%

.

Some ISPs require SMTP authentication setup in addition to

Set Receiving setup.

4

4-

35

4

Troubleshooting

Incoming Messages

3

Handset won't ring or vibrate for some incoming messages

.

Handset does not ring or vibrate for messages with Low Priority.

.

Handset does not ring, vibrate or open Information window for messages filtered as spam.

3

A confirmation requesting a reply appears

.

To reply, choose Yes and press %.

Confirmation does not appear for replied messages.

3

Handset won't respond according to Feeling Mail settings

.

Responses set in Phone Book take priority.

.

Feeling Mail settings are disabled when:

,

Sender is saved in Phone Book as

Secret entry

,

The message was filtered as spam

,

The message was sorted to a

Secret folder

3

Message text appears distorted

.

Follow these steps to change encoding:

In message window, B S

View

Settings

S

%

S

Char-code

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

Handling Messages

3

Cannot move messages into some folders

.

To move to Secret folders, unlock temporarily or cancel Secret beforehand.

3

Cannot receive messages

.

If n appears, memory is full; delete

messages (P.4-26).

.

If ) appears, move to a place where signal is strong.

3

E Mail is not delivered as sent

.

Recipient must be subscribed to compatible Messaging service

(E Mail, etc.). The maximum size of messages/attachments handsets can receive varies by make and model. Confirm compatibility with recipient handsets.

3

Still images are not delivered as sent

.

Recipient handset may not be

JPEG-compatible. Convert JPEG files to PNG.

3

Video files are not delivered as sent

.

Send video files to video-compatible handsets; recipient must be subscribed to compatible

Messaging service (E Mail, etc.).

4-

36

Internet Services............................ 5-2

Service Basics .................................5-2

Disney Web.................................... 5-3

Using Disney Web...........................5-3

PC Site Browser .............................. 5-4

Using PC Site Browser.....................5-4

Browsing......................................... 5-5

Basic Operations ............................5-5

Bookmarks & Saved Pages ..........5-7

Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages ... 5-7

RSS Feeds .......................................5-8

Updating Blogs & News ................ 5-8

Additional Functions .....................5-9

Troubleshooting ...........................5-16

5

Disney Web &

PC Site Browser

5-

1

Internet Services

Service Basics

Access the Mobile Internet via Disney Web, or view PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser.

.

Service requires a separate contract; retrieve Network Information to use these services.

.

For more about Disney Web, see Disney Mobile Website (P.15-22).

5

Transmission/Information Fees

Some page content may automatically activate Internet connection incurring transmission fees.

Information fees may also apply.

Security

Electronic certificates are saved on handset to support SSL (encryption protocol for Internet transmissions of important/sensitive information).

Secure Pages

.

A confirmation appears before entering and exiting secure pages.

.

When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the page.

Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the terms of usage.

Disney Mobile, VeriSign Japan,

Cybertrust, Entrust Japan, GlobalSign,

RSA Security and SECOM Trust Systems cannot be held liable for any damages associated with the use of SSL.

5-

2

Advanced

0

(

Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)

(

Clearing authentication information (And more on P.5-9)

(

Disabling manufacture number auto send for authentication

(

Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved

Pages, etc.) (And more on P.5-15)

Disney Web

Using Disney Web

Using Disney Web Main Menu

Browse Mobile Internet sites from

Disney Web Main Menu.

Internet pages may not open depending on connection/Server status, etc.

1

A

S Connection starts

Cursor

Internet Page

Returning to Previous Pages

[Internet Page] A S Previous page

opens

,

Follow these steps to return to the initial page:

[Internet Page] B S Forward S %

Returning to Disney Web Main Menu

[Internet Page] B S Disney Web S %

User Authentication

Enter user ID or password S % S A

Playing Media Streams (Streaming)

[Internet Page] Select file S %

,

Downloaded content cannot be saved.

,

Packet transmission fees apply even while stream is paused.

Using History

1

% S Disney Web S % S

History S %

2

Select record S % S

Connection starts

.

Corresponding page opens.

3

"

S Yes S % S Page

closes

.

Disney Web Main Menu appears.

.

To disconnect, press A.

2

Highlight menu item S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

Entering URLs Directly

1

% S Disney Web S % S

Enter URL S %

.

Repeat

2

to open additional links.

3

"

S Yes S % S Page

closes

Advanced

2

Enter URL S % S

Connection starts

.

Corresponding page opens.

3

"

S Yes S % S Page

closes

0

(

Switching browsers

(

Using previously entered URLs

(

Deleting History records

(

Opening History properties

(

Sorting History records

(

Sending History records via mail (P.5-9)

(

Customizing streaming settings

(

Streaming from Media Player (P.5-12)

5

5-

3

PC Site Browser

5

Using PC Site Browser

Browse PC sites from "Disney.jp" (preset home page).

.

Internet pages may not open depending on connection/Server status, etc.

.

Browsing PC sites may incur higher charges depending on subscribed price plan.

1

% S Disney Web S % S

PC Site Browser S %

2

Homepage S % S

Connection starts

Pointer

Internet Page

.

"Disney.jp" Home opens.

.

If a message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

.

To disconnect, press A.

3

Highlight menu item S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

.

Repeat

3

to open additional links.

4

"

S Yes S % S Page

closes

Returning to Previous Pages

[Internet Page] A S Previous page

opens

,

Follow these steps to return to the initial page:

[Internet Page] B S Forward S %

Returning to "Disney.jp" Home

[Internet Page] B S Homepage S %

User Authentication

Enter user ID or password S % S A

Using History

In

2

, History S % S Select record

S

%

Entering URLs Directly

In

2

, Enter URL S % S Enter URL S %

Hiding Softkeys

[Internet Page] B S Convenient

Functions S % S Softkey Area S

%

S Off S %

Browsing in Wideview

[Internet Page] )

,

Use Multi Selector according to page orientation.

5-

4

Advanced

0

(

Switching browsers

(

Using previously entered URLs

(

Deleting History records

(

Opening History properties

(

Sorting History records

(

Sending History records via mail (P.5-9)

(

Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll

(

Changing scroll unit

(

Hiding PC Site Browser messages (P.5-11)

Browsing

Basic Operations

Page Browsing

Scrolling Pages

If page content continues beyond view, use g to scroll pages.

Long Press g to scroll continuously.

g

Switching Frames

On framed pages, Long Press & to select other frames.

Tabbed Browsing

Open another page in a new tab and switch between tabs.

[

Opening a New Tab

1

On a page, select menu

item S B S Tab Menu S %

2

Open in New Tab S %

5

Frames

.

In pointer navigation, point to a frame and press % to select it.

.

Otherwise, use g to select one.

Viewing Single Frame

Select frame S B S Convenient

Functions S % S Frame In S %

,

To return, press $.

Tab

[

Switching Tabs

1

(

(Long) S f Select tab

S

%

.

In pointer navigation, point to a tab and press % to open it.

Closing Tabs

(

(Long) S f Select tab S % S

B

S Tab Menu S % S Close Tab

or Close All Other Tabs S %

Advanced

0

(

Using Web Search

(

Searching current page

(

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

(

Saving files to Data Folder

(

Jumping to page top/bottom

(

Changing Font Size

(

Enlarging specific areas

(

Disabling automatic image display/sound playback

(

Changing scroll unit (And more on P.5-10 - 5-11)

5-

5

5-

6

5

Browsing

Selecting Text

Activate pointer navigation to enable text selection (Drag Mode). Select text to copy or look up words in dictionaries.

.

Text may not be selectable or linked page may open depending on the site or page.

.

Follow these steps to use a dictionary:

1

On a page, point to first

character S % (Long)

.

Drag Mode is activated.

2

Highlight text range

3

%

.

Text range remains unchanged even when pointer is moved.

4

~

S Select dictionary

S

%

.

Dictionary opens with text inserted.

5

Search S % S Select

word, etc. S %

Starting Over

After

3

, point to first character S %

S

From

2

Additional Page Operations

Enter text or select/execute items.

Text Entry Field

Buttons

Pull-down Menu Item Selection

1

On a page, select menu list

field S %

2

Select item S %

When Multiple Selection is Supported

.

Select items as needed and press $.

Page Item Indicators

[

Selection Items

Buttons o or boxes N appear.

1

On a page, select button or

box S %

Menu List

Command Button

Text Entry

1

On a page, select text entry

field S %

2

Enter text S %

.

Internet page returns.

Using Entered Text (Input Memory)

[Internet page] Select text entry

field S % S B S Insert/Font Size S

%

S Input Memory S % S Select

text S %

. o

/N changes to O/P.

[

Execution Items

Execute the assigned command.

1

On a page, select

command S %

Bookmarks & Saved Pages

Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages

Bookmarks

Bookmark sites for quick access.

Saving Bookmarks

1

On a page, B S Bookmarks

S

% S Save S %

.

Save appears only for savable pages.

2

Enter/edit title S %

3

Save S %

Opening Bookmarks

1

% S Disney Web S % S

Bookmarks S %

2

Select title S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

Switching Bookmark Type

After

1

, B S Change List S % S

Select type S %

Opening Bookmarks Online

[Internet Page] B S Bookmarks S

%

S Open List S % S Select title

S

%

Saved Pages

Save page content; handset opens saved pages without connecting to the Internet.

Saving Pages

1

On a page, B S Saved

Pages S % S Save S %

.

Save appears only for savable pages.

2

Enter/edit title S %

Opening Saved Pages

1

%

S Disney Web S % S

Saved Pages S %

5

2

Select page S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

Opening Saved Pages Online

[Internet Page] B S Saved Pages S

% S Open List S % S Select page

S

%

Advanced

0

(

Deleting titles

(

Editing titles

(

Changing title order

(

Sorting titles into folders

(

Deleting pages

(

Editing page titles

(

Changing page order (And more on P.5-12 - 5-13)

5-

7

RSS Feeds

5

Updating Blogs & News

Register RSS-compatible sites; view content updates without opening source sites.

Transmission fees apply.

Subscribing to RSS Feeds

0

appears for RSS-compatible sites.

RSS Indicator

Available for PC Site Browser.

1

On a compatible page, B

S

Register In RSS Feed S %

2

Select feed S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S A

3

Save S %

.

Choose Yes to update immediately or No and press %.

Via RSS Icons

Use RSS icons to subscribe to RSS feeds from sites that are not RSS-compatible.

Available for PC Site Browser.

1

On a page, select icon S %

2

Yes S % S Save S %

Checking Updates

Follow these steps to update all feeds:

1

% S Disney Web S %

2

PC Site Browser S % S RSS

Feed S %

RSS Feed List

3

Reload All S % S %

4

Yes or No S %

5

Select feed S %

Title List

6

Select title S %

.

Information appears.

Updating Single RSS Feeds

[RSS Feed List] Select feed S B S

Reload S % S % S Yes or No S %

Accessing Source Sites

[Title List] Select title S % S Select

linked title S % S Yes S % S %

S Yes or No S %

5-

8

Advanced

0

(

Disabling feed updates

(

Sorting feeds into folders

(

Deleting feeds

(

Sorting feeds

(

Opening feed properties

(

Exchanging feeds with other devices

(

Sending feeds via mail (P.5-14)

Connecting & Browsing

[

General

Switching browsers

Using previously entered URLs

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Change to PC Browser or Change to

Y! Keitai

S

%

S

This Page or Linked Page

S

% S

%

S

Yes or No

S

%

7

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

See below

Disney Web

Enter URL

S

%

S

B

S

URL Entry Log

S

%

S

Select URL

S % S %

PC Site Browser

PC Site Browser

S

%

S

Enter URL

S

%

S

B

S

URL Entry Log

S

%

S

Select URL

S

%

S

%

[

History

Deleting History records

Opening History properties

Sorting History records

7

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

History

S

% S

B

S

Change to PC Browser or Change

to Y! Keitai

S % S

See below

One Record

Select record

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Records

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

History

S

%

S

Select record

S

B

S

Details

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S % S

History

S % S B

S

Sort

S

%

S

By Domain or By Date

S

%

Additional Functions

Sending History records via mail

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

History

S

%

S

Select record

S

B

S

Send URL

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

[

Memory Operation

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of Browser Settings S %.

PC Site Browser S % S PC Site Browser Settings S %

Clearing cache

(temporarily saved information)

Clearing cookies

Clearing authentication information

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Memory Operation

S % S

Delete

Cache

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Memory Operation

S

%

S

Delete

Cookies

S % S

Yes

S %

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Memory Operation

S

%

S

Delete Auth

Info

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

5

5-

9

5

Additional Functions

Page Operations

[

Disney Web & PC Site Browser

Using Web Search

Searching current page

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

Saving files to Data

Folder

Using linked info

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Web Search

S % S

Enter search text

S %

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Search

S

%

S

Enter search text

S

%

.

Press % to jump to next search result, if any.

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Copy & Search Dict.

S % S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

S

Select dictionary

S

%

S

Search

S

%

S

Select word, etc.

S

%

7

On a page, B

S

Save Items

S

%

S

See below

Files on Page

Select file

S

%

S

Save

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Save here

S

%

.

Some files are saved automatically.

.

Confirm signal is strong, battery is adequately charged and that there is enough free memory beforehand.

Background Images

Save Background Image

S % S

Save

S %

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Save here

S

%

Dialing Numbers

On a page, highlight number

S

%

S

Call or

Video Call

S %

Sending Messages

On a page, highlight number or mail address

S

%

S

Create Message

S

%

S

E Mail or

SMS

S % S

Complete message

S A

Copying text

Sending URLs via mail

Jumping to page top/bottom

Opening function shortcuts

Opening page properties

Changing encoding to read garbled text

Handling Flash

® files

Updating page content

[

Disney Web

Changing Font

Size

On a page, B

S

Copy Text

S

%

S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

On a page, B S

Convenient Functions

S %

S

Send URL

S % S

E Mail or SMS

S % S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Jump In Page

S

%

S

Page Top or Page

Bottom

S %

On a page, B S

Help

S %

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Details

S % S

Select item

S %

On a page, B S

Settings

S % S

Char-code

S % S

Select option

S %

7

On a page, B

S

Convenient Functions

S

%

S

Flash®Menu

S

%

S

See below

Pausing/Playing

Pause, Resume or Replay

S

%

Selecting Image Quality

Quality

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

On a page, B S

Reload

S %

.

To update content in Saved Pages, open a page and follow the steps above.

On a page, 3 (Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long)

to reduce

5-

10

[

PC Site Browser

Switching view

Zooming on pages

(Zoom Factor)

Jumping to specific locations

Enlarging specific areas

On a page, B

S

PC Screen or Small Screen

S

%

.

In Small Screen view, PC sites are redesigned to fit Display.

On a page, 3 (Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long)

to reduce

On a page, 5 (Long)

S

Quick Movement map appears

S

Select target location

S

%

On a page, point to area

S

7 (Long)

.

Pointed area is enlarged while 7 is pressed.

Internet Page Settings

[

Disney Web & PC Site Browser

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of Browser Settings S %.

PC Site Browser S % S PC Site Browser Settings S %

Disabling automatic image display/sound playback

Changing Font

Size

7

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser

Settings

S % S

Downloads

S % S

See below

Image Display

Images

S

%

S

Do not Show

S

%

Sound Playback

Sounds

S

%

S

Do not Play

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Font Size

S

%

S

Select size

S

%

Additional Functions

Using pointer navigation

Using Memory

Card as primary download storage

7

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Browser

Settings

S % S

Cursor Settings

S % S

See below

Activating

Cursor Mode Settings

S

%

S

Normal Mode

S %

Changing Pointer Speed

Speed Settings

S

%

S

Select speed

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Download to

S % S

Prefer Card

S %

.

Some files may be saved to handset regardless of this setting.

[

Disney Web

Changing scroll unit

[

PC Site Browser

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Scroll Unit

S

%

S

Select unit

S

%

Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll

Changing scroll unit

Hiding PC Site

Browser messages

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site Browser

S

% S

PC Site Browser Settings

S % S

Scroll

Settings

S

%

S

Page Navigation

S

%

S

Off

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site Browser

S

% S

PC Site Browser Settings

S % S

Scroll

Settings

S

%

S

Scroll Unit

S

%

S

Select unit

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site Browser

S

% S

PC Site Browser Settings

S % S

Warning Message

S

%

S

PC Site Browser or

Disney Web

S

%

S

Off

S

%

5

5-

11

5

Additional Functions

Streaming

Customizing streaming settings

Streaming from

Media Player

7

While streaming, B S

Settings

S % S

See below

Changing Playback Size

Display Size

S

%

S

Select size

S

%

.

Playback size may not change depending on file/stream.

Setting Backlight Status

Backlight

S % S

Select option

S %

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display

Backlight settings.

Adjusting Sound Effects

Sound Effects

S

%

S

Select effect

S

%

7

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Streaming

S

%

S

See below

Resuming from Stopped Point

Last Played

S %

Using Bookmarks

Bookmarks

S

%

S

Select title

S

%

Using History

History

S % S

Select record

S %

Bookmarks

Deleting titles

Editing titles

Editing bookmarked URLs

Sending bookmarked URLs via mail

Changing title order

Opening title properties

7

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Bookmarks

S % S

See below

One Title

Select title

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Titles

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Bookmarks

S

%

S

Select title

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Title:

S

%

S

Enter title

S % S A

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Bookmarks

S

%

S

Select title

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

URL:

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

S

A

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Bookmarks

S % S

Select title

S

B

S

Send

S

%

S

As Message

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Bookmarks

S % S

Select title

S

B

S

Change Order

S

%

S

Select target location

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Bookmarks

S

%

S

Select title

S B S

Details

S %

5-

12

Sorting titles into folders

7

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Bookmarks

S % S

See below

Creating Folders

B S

Create Folder

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Moving to Folders

Select title

S B S

Move

S % S

Select folder

S

%

S

Move

S

%

Moving from Folders

Select folder

S

%

S

Select title

S

B

S

Move

S % S

Move

S %

Renaming Folders

Select folder

S

B

S

Rename

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Deleting All Titles within a Folder

Select folder

S

%

S

B

S

Delete All

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Deleting Folders

Select folder

S B S

Delete

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Additional Functions

Saved Pages

Deleting pages

Editing page titles

Changing page order

Opening page properties

Switching page list view

7

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Saved

Pages

S % S

See below

One Page

Select page

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Pages

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Saved Pages

S

%

S

Select page

S

B

S

Rename

S

%

S

Enter title

S %

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Saved Pages

S

%

S

Select page

S

B

S

Change Order

S

%

S

Select target location

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Saved Pages

S %

S

Select page

S

B

S

Details

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Saved Pages

S

%

S

Select page

S

B

S

List View or Preview

View

S %

5

5-

13

5

Additional Functions

RSS Feeds

Disabling feed updates

Sorting feeds into folders

Deleting feeds

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site Browser

S

%

S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

Select feed

S

B

S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

Restrict Update

S

%

7

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site

Browser

S

%

S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

See below

Creating Folders

B S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

Create Folder

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Moving to Folders

Select feed

S B S

Manage RSS Feed

S % S

Move

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Move

S

%

Renaming Folders

Select folder

S

B

S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

Rename

S % S

Enter name

S %

Deleting Folders

Select folder

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Enter

Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

7

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site

Browser

S

%

S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

See below

One Entry

Select feed

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Entries

B S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

Delete All

S

% S

Enter Handset Code

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Alternatively, perform Delete RSS Feed List in

Memory Operation (PC Site Browser Settings) to delete all feeds.

Sorting feeds

Opening feed properties

Exchanging feeds with other devices

Sending feeds via mail

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site Browser

S

% S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

B

S

Manage RSS

Feed

S

%

S

Sort

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S % S

PC Site Browser

S

% S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

Select feed

S

B

S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

Details

S

%

7

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site

Browser

S

%

S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

B

S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

See below

Exporting All Feeds

Export All

S

%

S

Select storage media

S

%

Importing (Adding Feeds)

Import

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

S

As New Items

S % S

Yes or No

S % S

Yes or No

S %

Importing (Overwriting Existing Feeds)

Import

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

S

Delete All

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

% S

Yes or No

S % S

Yes or No

S %

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

PC Site Browser

S

% S

RSS Feed

S

%

S

Select feed

S

B

S

Manage RSS Feed

S

%

S

As Message

S

%

S

Complete message

S A

5-

14

Security Settings

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of Browser Settings S %.

PC Site Browser S % S PC Site Browser Settings S %

Disabling manufacture number auto send for authentication

Disabling referer information delivery to the Server

Enabling/disabling cookies

Selecting script execution option

Hiding confirmations before entering/ exiting secure pages

Opening electronic certificates saved on handset

%

%

S

S

Disney Web

Security Settings

Number

S % S

S

Off

%

S

S

S

%

%

Browser Settings

S

S

Manufacture

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S

%

S

Send Referer

S

%

S

Not Send

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S % S

Cookies

S %

S

Select option

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S

%

S

Script Settings

S % S

Select option

S %

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S

%

S

Secure Prompt

S

%

S

Do not Show

S

%

% S

Disney Web

S % S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S

%

S

Root

Certificates

S

%

S

Select certificate

S

%

Additional Functions

Changing validity of entered user ID/ password

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S

%

S

Keep Auth Info

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

.

Per Browsing retains entered user ID/password during browsing sessions. On retains such authentication information even after turning handset off.

.

Authentication information may not be retained depending on the site.

Enabling/disabling

Ajax (for asynchronous communication)

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Security Settings

S % S

Restrict Ajax

S

% S

Select option

S

%

Resetting

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of Browser Settings S %.

PC Site Browser S % S PC Site Browser Settings S %

Resetting browser settings and stored information

(Bookmarks,

Saved Pages, etc.)

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Initialized Browser

S

%

S

Enter

Handset Code

S % S

Yes

S %

Restoring default handset settings

% S

Disney Web

S

%

S

Browser Settings

S

% S

Reset Settings

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S % S

Yes

S %

5

5-

15

Troubleshooting

5

Connecting & Browsing

3

What is the bar at Display bottom?

.

This is a data progress bar; the number beside it indicates transmitted (green) or received

(red) data.

Page Operations

3

Internet page does not open completely

.

Portions of page content may not appear in tabbed browsing; close other tabs.

3

Text overlaps

.

The site may be designed for browsing on PCs; try Tiny font size.

.

Text may overlap when Zoom

Factor is used; adjust scale.

3

Cannot access other functions while browsing the Internet

.

When switching between Disney

Web and PC Site Browser (7 appears), additional function activation is disabled; close either browser and retry.

5-

16

Digital TV ........................................ 6-2

Basics ...............................................6-2

Area Setup......................................6-4

Watching TV ...................................6-5

Obtaining Program Information ...6-7

TV Player ........................................ 6-8

Recording Programs ......................6-8

Playing Recorded Programs.........6-9

TV Timer ........................................6-10

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer... 6-10

Additional Functions ...................6-11

Troubleshooting ...........................6-16

6

Digital TV

6-

1

Digital TV

6

Basics

DM004SH supports One Seg terrestrial digital television broadcast services developed for mobile devices in Japan.

Watch Live Television

Set up a channel list for your service area to access available programming.

TV Listing (EPG) & Program Info

Find program channels and times for specified area or open program details via current channel's schedule.

View Data Broadcasts

In addition to audio and visuals, enjoy text, program-related information and interactive services.

Landscape Position

Enjoy widescreen TV images in landscape position.

.

Use g according to TV orientation.

(Key assignments change as shown below.)

.

Operation descriptions are based on landscape position. (Landscape Multi Selector operations are indicated as ], ,, etc.).

Record & Play Back Shows

Record current program on Memory Card for later viewing on handset.

Reserve TV Programs

Record a show or activate TV at a specified time; enter dates & times manually or reference TV Listing electronic program guide.

]

(left/right) f

(left/right)

,

(up/down) e

(up/down)

6-

2

Precautions

.

DM004SH TV is exclusively for use in Japan.

.

Do not use TV while driving or cycling.

Accidents may result. Phone use while driving is prohibited by the Road Traffic

Law (revised November 1, 2004). When walking, always pay attention to your surroundings, especially near road/rail crossings, etc.

.

When using TV while charging battery, separate AC Charger and Antenna to avoid interference.

.

Call transmissions, incoming messages or mobile phone use in the immediate vicinity may affect audiovisual quality.

.

Programming may not be viewable or record properly when:

,

Too far from or too close to broadcasting stations

,

In mountainous areas or near tall buildings

,

Aboard trains or in moving vehicles

,

Near high-voltage lines, neon lights or wireless base stations

,

Near railroad tracks or highways

,

Anywhere a jamming signal is broadcast/reception is unstable

Recording Precautions

.

Saved files cannot be forwarded or attached to messages.

.

DM004SH encryption technology prevents unauthorized copying or playback of Memory Card files through data encryption and authentication.

Files copied from Memory Card to other cards on PC are unplayable.

.

Copyright laws limit duplicated material to private use only, and prohibit unauthorized reproduction/other use.

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss or alteration of recorded content.

Digital TV

Digital TV Antenna

TV Antenna is located behind Display.

Move handset to find best reception.

Antenna Area

6

6-

3

6

Digital TV

Area Setup

When activating TV for the first time, follow these steps to set up channels by area:

1

&

4

Select prefecture S % S

Select locality S %

.

After setup, channel list appears.

5

%

.

Setup confirmation appears.

2

Yes S %

3

Select region S %

.

To watch TV, select Digital TV and press %.

Watching TV without Completing Area

Setup

In

3

, Other Region S %

Adding Reception Areas

&

S B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S

B

S Set Area Info S % S From

3

6-

4

Advanced

0

(

Switching reception Areas

(

Renaming Areas

(

Changing/disabling ] function (f in portrait)

(

Editing channels

(

Deleting all channels in Area

(

Adding new channels to Area

(

Updating all channels in the Area (P.6-11)

Digital TV

Watching TV

Complete Area setup first.

1

&

TV Window

2

Use Keypad to select a channel

.

Use ] to switch channels one by one; Long Press to find channel with stable signal automatically.

3

"

S Yes S % S TV ends

Changing Display Size/TV Orientation

[TV Window] )

.

Press to toggle view between Full

Screen, Normal (Portrait), Enlarge

(Portrait) and Normal (Landscape).

.

In portrait position, Data Broadcast text appears below TV image.

Incoming Calls

.

Press ! to answer calls.

.

When S! Circle Talk request arrives, press H to start S! Circle Talk.

Incoming Messages

.

Double beep sounds and New

Message notice appears. Long Press B to access messages.

Key Assignments

Open Options Menu

Toggle Panel On/Off

Activate TV/Change Area

Volume Control

Toggle Display Size

B

A

&

L

)

Panel Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

4

2

1

5

7

6

3

8

1

Area name

2

Channel key

5

Station name

6

Signal strength

3

Channel

7

Sound Channel

4

Program name 8 Volume

*

* The more bars the better.

Indicator position varies with display content, etc.

6

Advanced

0

(

Viewing key assignments

(

Searching for current program on the Internet

(

Saving current channel

(

Adjusting brightness

(

Changing panel pattern

(

Customizing viewing options for landscape position (And more on P.6-11 - 6-12)

(

Changing subtitle settings

(

Changing sound settings (P.6-13)

6-

5

6

Digital TV

Data Broadcast (Japanese)

In portrait position, Data Broadcast text appears below TV image. Use e to select an item and press % to access program-related information and interactive services.

Enlarging Image Portion

In landscape position, temporarily enlarge a portion of widescreen image.

May be unavailable depending on viewing style.

1

In TV window, 1 - 9

(Long)

TV Image

Data

Broadcast

Data Broadcast Window

Data Broadcast Fees

.

Data Broadcast information viewing is free, however, using data links/ related services incurs Internet connection fees.

.

A confirmation appears the first time a fee-based Network connection is established from a channel; if accepted, further Network connections are established without confirmation until the channel is changed.

.

Key Assignments:

3

Upper left

2

Left

1

Lower left

6

Upper center

5

4

Lower center

9

Upper right

Center 8 Right

7

Lower right

6-

6

Advanced

0

(

Changing view

(

Returning to initial window

(

Deleting information saved from Data Broadcasts

(

Hiding Network connection confirmation

(

Saving links to Data Broadcasts or related information (And more on P.6-12 - 6-13)

Obtaining Program Information

Find program channels and times for specified area or open program details via current channel's schedule.

TV Listing

Program

Info

Start EPG S! Application to find program channels and times for specified area

Open program details via current channel's schedule; set Reservations to record shows or activate TV

Program Info

1

In TV window, B S

OperateProgram S %

2

Program Info. S %

TV Listing (Japanese)

1

In TV window, A (Long)

.

EPG application starts; refer to the application's help menu for operational instructions.

.

When using EPG application for the first time, a confirmation appears.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Program Info Window

3

Select program S %

.

To return to TV window, press $ twice.

Setting Recording Timer via Program Info

[Program Info Window] Select

program S A S %

.

Timer entries set via Program Info are updated with program changes automatically. Program cancellations cancel corresponding Timer entries.

(Poor signal conditions may inhibit updates or cancellations.)

Setting TV Timer via Program Info

[Program Info Window] Select

program S B S Programming S %

Digital TV

6

6-

7

TV Player

Recording Programs

Record current program on Memory Card.

When Small Light flashes yellow, reception is poor; change location to where Small Light illuminates green.

1

In TV window, % (Long) S

Recording starts

6

Recording Programs in Portrait

[TV Window] H (Long)

,

To stop, Long Press H while recording.

Memory/Battery Runs Low or Video

Call/S! Circle Talk Request is Accepted

.

Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)

Recording Window

.

Changing volume, etc. does not affect recordings.

2

%

(Long) S Recording

ends

6-

8

Advanced

0

(

Recording programs without Data Broadcasts

(

Saving Data Broadcasts to Memory Card (P.6-14)

TV Player

Playing Recorded Programs

1

In TV window, B S TV

Player S %

Playback Operations

Adjust volume or temporarily enlarge a portion of widescreen image following the same operations used while watching TV.

Video List

. N

indicates the file is unplayable.

2

Select file S %

Fast Forward

Rewind

Skip Forward

[

@

(d in portrait)

(c in portrait)

Skip Backward

Pause 3

Split File

#

(

%

(A in portrait)

H

Set Marker

H

Toggle Panel On/Off &

(Long)

1

1, 2

Playback Window

.

Playback starts. (The last played file plays from where it stopped.)

3

A

(Long) S Playback stops

1

Each press increases speed. To resume

2 normal playback, press % (A in portrait).

Long Press to replay. (Available when no

Marker is saved.)

3

In pause, use ] (f in portrait) to reverse/advance frame.

6

Advanced

0

(

Splitting files by specifying a time point

(

Playing files repeatedly

(

Playing split files

(

Checking memory status

(

Renaming files

(

Deleting files

(

Opening file properties

(

Playing files with Markers (And more on P.6-14)

6-

9

TV Timer

6

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer

1

In TV window, B S Rec.

5

Channel: S % S Select

channel S % S A Operation S % S

Reservation List S %

2

B S New Entry S %

.

If a confirmation appears, read the message and press %.

Setting Timer via EPG

In

3

, From TV Listing S %

,

Refer to the application's help menu for operational instructions.

3

Manual S % S

Programming or Recording

S

%

Timer Recording Precautions

Confirm target channel reception; keep handset open.

,

Insert a Memory Card.

,

End the current operations.

,

Confirm battery is adequately charged and there is enough free memory.

At Timer Time (TV Alarm Time)

TV and Alarm activate. Alarm ends after the set duration.

Recording starts slightly before the

Timer start time and ends a few seconds after the Timer end time.

While Using Another Function

.

TV activates via Multi Job and target program/recording starts. However, if

Multi Job cannot activate in the current state, TV may remain off, or the current function may end automatically

(unsaved images, messages, Phone

Book entries, etc. may be deleted). End all active functions/applications before

Timer time.

4

Enter start date/time S % S

Enter end date/time S %

6-

10

Advanced

0

(

Opening/editing/deleting Timer details

(

Opening/deleting Timer log

(

Customizing TV Alarm settings

(

Prioritizing current operation over

TV Timer/TV Recording Timer (P.6-15)

Area & Channel

Switching reception Areas

While watching TV, & S

Select Area

S %

Renaming Areas

Changing/disabling

] function (f in

portrait)

Editing channels

Deleting all channels in Area

Adding new channels to Area

Updating all channels in the

Area

While watching TV, B

S

Set Channels

S

%

S

Change Area

S % S

Select Area

S B S

Change Area Name

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

7

While watching TV, B S

Set Channels

S

% S

Channel Key Setting

S

%

S

See below

Toggling All Receivable Channels

By Manual

S

%

Disabling

Disable

S

%

7

While watching TV, B S

Set Channels

S

%

S

CH Switch

S

%

S

Select channel

S

B S

See below

Switching Channel Positions

Flip

S % S

Select target key

S %

Deleting Channels

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

While watching TV, B

S

Set Channels

S

%

S

Change Area

S % S

Select Area

S B S

Reset Settings

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

While watching TV, B

S

Set Channels

S

%

S

Change Area

S

%

S

Select Area

S

B

S

Channel Update

S % S

Update Further

S %

While watching TV, B

S

Set Channels

S

%

S

Change Area

S

%

S

Select Area

S

B

S

Channel Update

S

%

S

Update All

S

%

S

Yes

S %

Additional Functions

Watching

Viewing key assignments

Searching for current program on the Internet

Saving current channel

Adjusting brightness

Selecting sound option

Changing panel pattern

Customizing viewing options for landscape position

While watching TV, B

S

Help

S

%

.

Also available while recording or playing programs.

While watching TV, B

S

OperateProgram

S

%

S

Program Info. Search

S

%

S

Search

S

%

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

While watching TV, B

S

Set Channels

S

%

S

Save Channel

S

%

S

Select key

S

%

.

To overwrite a saved channel, choose

Yes and press %.

While watching TV, B S

AV Settings

S % S

Set Brightness

S

%

S

Adjust level

S

%

While watching TV, B

S

AV Settings

S

%

S

Tone

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

With TV in portrait, B S

Advanced

S % S

Panel Type

S

%

S

Select pattern

S

%

7

With TV in landscape, B S

Advanced

S

%

S

Landscape Sets.

S

%

S

See below

Showing Indicators Always

Display Icon

S

%

S

On

S

%

Disabling Partial Image Enlargement

Enlarge Point

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Using Portrait Position Key Assignments

Key Direction

S

%

S

Off

S

%

6

6-

11

6

Additional Functions

Switching One Seg service

Listening to audio from Speaker

Setting TV to end automatically after a period of time

Disabling auto shut-off when handset is closed

Changing handset responses to incoming transmissions

While watching TV, B

S

Set Channels

S

%

S

Select Serv. Station

S

%

S

Select service

S

%

.

Available for programs with multiple services.

While watching TV, B

S

Advanced

S

%

S

Sound Output

S % S

Loudspeaker

S %

While watching TV, B

S

Advanced

S

%

S

Auto Exit

S

%

S

Auto Exit Time

S

%

S

Select time

S

%

While watching TV, B S

Advanced

S % S

Auto Exit

S

%

S

Close Action

S

%

S

Watch

TV

S

%

7

% S

TV

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Calls & Alarms

S

%

S

See below

Showing Alarm Notice

Alarm

S % S

Alarm Notice

S %

Showing Calls or S! Circle Talk Requests

Select item

S

%

S

Notice a Call

S

%

Showing New Message Window

Incoming Message

S % S

Calls & Alarms

S %

Data Broadcast

Changing view

Returning to initial window

Deleting information saved from Data

Broadcasts

With Data Broadcast in portrait, B

S

Set

Broadcast Data

S

%

S

Change View (Data)

S

%

.

To return to TV window, press A.

With Data Broadcast in portrait, B S

Set

Broadcast Data

S

%

S

Back to Top

S

%

7

While watching TV, B S

Set Broadcast

Data

S

%

S

Delete StationData

S

%

S

See below

Deleting by Station

Select station

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Deleting All

B S

Delete All

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Hiding Network connection confirmation

Sending/hiding

Location

Information

While watching TV, B

S

Set Broadcast Data

S

% S

Notify Connection

S % S

Off

S %

7

While watching TV, B

S

Set Broadcast

Data

S

%

S

Location

S

%

S

See below

Sending Always

On

S %

Hiding Always

Off

S

%

Sending manufacture number and other information

While watching TV, B S

Set Broadcast Data

S

% S

Manufacture Number

S

%

S

On

S

%

6-

12

TV Link (Japanese)

Saving links to

Data Broadcasts or related information

Using TV links

Deleting TV links

While viewing Data Broadcast, select link source

S

%

.

Link navigation varies by program. Follow onscreen instructions to save links.

7

% S

TV

S

%

S

TV Link

S

%

S

See below

Opening TV Links

Select link

S %

.

Connection fees may apply.

Opening Properties

Select link

S

B

S

Details

S

%

7

% S

TV

S

%

S

TV Link

S

%

S

See below

One Entry

Select link

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

All Entries

B S

Delete All

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Additional Functions

Subtitle & Sound

Changing subtitle settings

Changing sound settings

7

While watching TV, B S

Subtitle/

Sound

S % S

See below

.

May be unavailable depending on program content or viewing style (TV orientation, etc.).

Showing Subtitles Always

Display Subtitle

S

%

S

On

S

%

Hiding Subtitles Always

Display Subtitle

S % S

Off

S %

Changing Subtitle Language

Subtitle Language

S

%

S

Language 2

S

%

Showing Subtitle Area Always

Auto Subtitle Off

S % S

Off

S %

Showing Subtitles at the Top

Subtitle Position

S

%

S

Upper

S

%

7

While watching TV, B

S

Subtitle/

Sound

S

%

S

See below

Selecting Sound Option

Sound Type

S % S

Sound2

S %

.

Available when multiple sounds are supported.

Listening to Sub Language

Sound Channel

S

%

S

Sub

S

%

Listening to Main & Sub Languages

Sound Channel

S % S

Main + Sub

S %

6

6-

13

6

Additional Functions

Recording

Recording programs without

Data Broadcasts

Saving Data

Broadcasts to

Memory Card

While watching TV, B S

Set Broadcast Data

S

% S

Set Recording

S

%

S

Image Only

S

%

While watching TV, B S

Set Broadcast Data

S

% S

Image Location

S

%

S

Memory Card

S

%

Recorded Programs

[

Playback

Splitting files by specifying a time point

Playing files repeatedly

Playing split files

During playback, B

S

Split File

S

%

S

Select

Point

S % S ] Specify point (f in portrait)

S

%

S

Confirm

S

%

% S

TV

S

%

S

TV Player

S

%

S

B

S

Playback Pattern

S

%

S

Repeat

S

%

% S

TV

S % S

TV Player

S % S

Select split file

S

A

S

Select file

S

%

[

Managing

Checking memory status

Renaming files

% S

TV

S

%

S

TV Player

S

%

S

B

S

Memory Remaining

S

%

% S

TV

S % S

TV Player

S % S

Select file

S

B

S

Rename

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Deleting files

7

% S

TV

S % S

TV Player

S % S

See below

Single Files

Select file

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Files

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

TV

S

%

S

TV Player

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

Opening file properties

Markers

Playing files with

Markers

Using Marker List

7

During playback

S

See below

Skipping between Markers

Landscape: @ (Long) or [ (Long)

Portrait: c (Long) or d (Long)

Moving to Specific Markers

0

- 9

7

During playback, B S

Set Marker

S

% S

Marker List

S

%

S

See below

Starting Playback

Select number

S

%

Deleting a Marker

Select number

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

Deleting All Markers

B S

Delete All

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

6-

14

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer

Opening/editing/ deleting Timer details

Opening/deleting

Timer log

Customizing TV

Alarm settings

7

While watching TV, B S

Rec. Operation

S

%

S

Reservation List

S

%

S

See below

Opening Entries

Select entry

S

%

Editing Entries

Select entry

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Edit

S

A

.

Some entries may not be edited depending on the content.

Deleting Entries

Select entry

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

7

While watching TV, B

S

Rec.

Operation

S % S

Reservation List

S % S A

S

See below

Opening Timer Log

Select record

S

%

Playing Recorded Programs

Select record

S

B

Deleting Records

Select record

S

A

S

Yes

S

%

7

While watching TV, B S

Advanced

S

% S

TV Alarm

S

%

S

See below

Changing TV Alarm Time

Alarm Time

S

%

S

Select time

S

%

Disabling Tone/Vibration/Small Light

Tone, Vibration or Light

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Changing Duration

Duration

S

%

S

Select time

S

%

Prioritizing current operation over TV

Timer/TV

Recording Timer

% S

TV

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

TV Reserve

Prior

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

6

6-

15

Troubleshooting

6

Watching

3

TV won't activate

.

Battery may be low. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Cannot watch TV

.

Reception may be poor; change location to improve it. (TV signal strength is independent of handset signal strength.)

.

Handset may not have been used for a period of time; retrieve

Network Information.

.

TV is disabled upon subscription termination.

3

Area setup does not complete correctly

.

Perform Update All in Channel

Update. Area setup may not complete correctly depending on the area or service availability.

Recording

3

Ringtone does not sound as set while recording

.

When a Chaku-Uta ® file, etc. is set as ringtone, default ringtone may sound for incoming transmissions while recording.

TV Recording Timer

3

Could not start recording. appeared as recording result

.

Recording failed due to low battery/ memory, active function, etc.

3

Recording aborted. appeared as recording result

.

Recording was interrupted due to low memory, Memory Card removal, etc.

6-

16

Camera.......................................... 7-2

Getting Started...............................7-2

Photo Camera ............................... 7-4

Capturing Still Images....................7-4

Video Camera............................... 7-5

Recording Video............................7-5

Review............................................ 7-6

Opening Saved Files ......................7-6

Shooting Modes.............................7-7

Using Shooting Modes................... 7-7

Editing Images...............................7-9

Picture Editor .................................. 7-9

Composite.................................... 7-13

Printing..........................................7-14

Printing Images ............................ 7-14

Additional Functions ...................7-15

Troubleshooting ...........................7-18

7

Camera & Imaging

7-

1

Camera

Getting Started

Capture still images or record video.

Various Image Sizes

Select small sizes to send captured images/recorded video via E Mail*; select larger sizes for higher resolutions.

7

Auto Focus

Measures the distance between subjects and camera to adjust focus.

Multiple Shooting Modes

Apply effect or add frame, capture sequential/panoramic or scan images.

Review

Open/play last saved mobile camera file quickly; access older files as needed.

*May not be delivered as sent depending on image/recording size or recipient device.

Precautions

.

Clean dust/smudges from lens cover with soft cloth before use.

.

Mobile camera is a precision instrument, however, some pixels may appear brighter or darker.

.

Shooting/saving images while handset is hot may affect the image quality.

.

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color.

Auto Shut-off

.

Before image capture/recording, mobile camera shuts down after a period of inactivity and handset returns to Standby.

Shutter Click

.

Shutter click and Self-timer tone sound at fixed volume regardless of handset settings.

7-

2

Display Indicators

The following indicators appear at the top of Display.

Photo Viewfinder

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 a b

Video Viewfinder

1

2

3

4

1

Mobile Light

7

Focus

2

Memory

8

Exposure

3

Picture Quality 9 Save to

4

Picture Size a

White Balance

5

Continuous Shoot b Self-timer

6

Scene

1

Mobile Light

5

Focus

2

Video Quality

6

Exposure

3

Record Size

4

Record Time

7

8

Save to

Self-timer

5

6

7

8

Advanced

0

(

Opening Help (P.7-15)

Camera

7

7-

3

Photo Camera

Capturing Still Images

1

% S Camera S %

2

Photo Camera S %

7

Photo Viewfinder

3

Frame image on Display S %

Captured Image Window

.

Shutter clicks; captured image

4

% appears. (To discard file and start over, press $.)

.

Image is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Open saved images via Review or Data Folder.

5

"

S Camera shuts down

Sending Captured Images via E Mail

After

3

, A S Complete message S A

,

After pressing A, message size confirmation appears depending on image size or handset settings; select message size limit and press %.

Images may be resized automatically.

,

To make selection the default setting hereafter, press B to check

From now on too check-box.

Sending Captured Images via Infrared

After

3

, A (Long) S Yes S %

,

Set recipient device to ready beforehand.

[

Pre-Image Capture Operations

Zoom In/Out

Toggle Mode

Adjust Brightness

Change Image Size

Toggle Mobile Light Mode

Open Help

a

/b

A c

/d

5

#

0

7-

4

Advanced

0

(

Accessing files from Viewfinder

(

Activating Mobile Light

(

Adjusting brightness

(

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots

(

Changing shutter click sound

(

Changing image size

(

Changing mode according to lighting or subject

(

Adjusting color balance according to lighting conditions (And more on P.7-15 - 7-16)

Video Camera

Recording Video

1

2

% S Camera S %

Video Camera S %

4

%

Video Viewfinder

3

Frame image on Display S %

.

Recording starts after a tone. (To start over, press $.)

Video Save Menu

.

Recording stops with a tone. (To discard file and start over, press $.)

5

Save S %

.

Video is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Play saved video via Review,

Data Folder or Media Player.

6

"

S Camera shuts down

[

Pre-Recording Operations

Zoom In/Out

Toggle Mode

Adjust Brightness

Change Record Size

Toggle Mobile Light Mode

Open Help

a /b

A c

/d

5

#

0

Playing Unsaved Video

In

5

, Preview S %

Sending Recorded Video via E Mail

In

5

, Send S % S Save and Send

S

% S Complete message S A

,

Message creation confirmation appears depending on file size; choose Yes and press % to proceed.

(Choose No to cancel attachment.)

,

To make selection the default setting hereafter, press B to check

From now on too check-box.

,

May not be delivered as sent depending on recording size or recipient device.

Incoming Calls

.

If a call arrives before video is saved, recorded clip is temporarily saved.

End the call to return.

When Battery Runs Low

.

Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)

7

Advanced

0

(

Accessing files from Viewfinder

(

Activating Mobile Light

(

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots (And more on P.7-15)

(

Changing recording time/size

(

Enlarging Viewfinder size

(

Recording video without sound (And more on P.7-16)

7-

5

Review

Opening Saved Files

Opening Last Saved File

Open/play last saved mobile camera file; access older files as needed.

1

% S Camera S %

2

Review S %

7

Enlarging Images

After

2

, %

Pausing/Resuming Video

After

2

, % (press to pause/resume)

Opening Help

[Review Window] 0

Accessing Older Files

1

In Review window, A

Sending Images

Send images to blogs, etc. via mail.

Infrared and other options can also be used for sending images to other devices.

To send images to blogs, complete

Blog Setting beforehand.

1

In Review file list, select

image S B

2

Send/Blog S %

Review Window

.

To end Review, press ".

Review File List

.

File list appears; press A to toggle lists.

2

Select file S %

.

File opens/plays.

3

Select option S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

7-

6

Shooting Modes

Using Shooting Modes

May be unavailable depending on selected image/recording size.

Self-timer

1

In Photo/Video Viewfinder,

B

S Self-timer S %

2

Select time S %

Continuous Shoot (Photo Camera)

Available Modes:

4 Pictures

9 Pictures

Capture four separate images with Index Image

Capture nine separate images with Index Image

3

Frame image on Display S %

.

After selected time elapses, captured image appears or recording starts.

.

To stop recording, press %.

.

For more, see operation

descriptions on P.7-4 or P.7-5.

Releasing Shutter during Countdown

After

3

, %

Incoming Calls/Alarm during Countdown

.

Countdown stops. (Self-timer remains active.)

1

In Photo Viewfinder, B S

Modes S %

Mode Menu

2

Continuous Shoot S %

3

Select mode S % S

Select speed S %

4

Frame image on Display S %

.

After image capture, Index Image or a composite image appears.

.

When shooting speed is set to

Manual (4 Pictures and 9 Pictures modes), repeat

4

for each frame.

5

%

6

All Pictures S %

.

All captured images are saved.

Saving the Selected Image

After

4

, f (select image) S % S

Selected Picture S %

Adding Frames (Photo Camera)

1

In mode menu, Add Frame

S

%

2

Preset Frames S %

3

Select frame S %

4

Frame image on Display S %

.

Captured image appears.

.

Press % to save image. (Viewfinder returns.)

Using Frames in Data Folder

In

2

, Data Folder S % S Select

frame S % S %S Frame image

on Display S %

7

7-

7

7-

8

Shooting Modes

Camera Effects (Photo Camera)

1

In mode menu, Camera

Effects S %

7

2

Select effect S %

3

Frame image on Display S %

.

Captured image appears.

.

Press % to save image. (Viewfinder returns.)

Panorama Picture (Photo Camera)

1

In mode menu, Panorama/

Scanner S %

.

Move handset slowly to keep & aligned with either of yellow lines.

.

Image is captured automatically

4

% when the bar (6) turns blue.

Panorama/Scanner Menu

2

Panorama Picture S % S

On S %

3

Frame image on Display S %

Scanning Images (Photo Camera)

1

In Panorama/Scanner

menu, Scanner S %

2

Select size S % S Frame

image on Display S %

Save Menu

.

Image is captured and Save menu opens.

5

Save S %

.

Image is saved.

Checking Unsaved Images

In

5

, Preview S %

Advanced

0

(

Changing Panorama settings

(

Changing Panorama image preview method (P.7-16)

.

Move handset slowly to scan the

3

% area to capture. (Refer to indicators on Display.)

.

Image is captured and Save menu opens.

4

Save S %

.

Image is saved.

Checking Unsaved Images

In

4

, Preview S %

Picture Editor

Picture Editor Options

The following options are available.

Some images may not be editable depending on file type and size.

Resize

Frame

Paste

Retouch

Stamp

Select from preset sizes or crop image

Add Frame to images

Add text/dates to images

Dress up images with preloaded visual effects

Add stamps to images

Basics Operations

1

% S Data Folder S %

2

Pictures S % S Select

image S %

3

B

S Edit S %

4

Picture Editor S %

Correction

Rotate

File Format

Correct images

Rotate images

Convert file format and change file size

Picture Editor Menu

Editing Images

5

Select effect S % S Edit

.

To start over, press $.

6

When finished, A

7

Save as New S %

.

To overwrite, select Overwrite and press %. (Omit

8

.)

8

Enter name S % S Save

here S %

Canceling Effects

After

5

, Undo S %

,

To restore effect immediately after canceling, select Redo and press %.

7

7-

9

Editing Images

Changing Image Size

Select from preset sizes or crop image.

Resize to Preset Size

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Resize S %

3 g

Specify image area

Cropping Images

1

In Resize window, Cut S %

2 g

Move + to the upper left corner of the portion to crop

S B

7

Resize Window

2

Select size S % .

If crop frame does not appear,

4

% omit

3

.

.

Editing is complete.

Zooming In/Out

After

3

, B S e S

4

3 g

Move + to the lower right corner of the portion to crop

S %

4

%

.

Editing is complete.

Specifying Image Area

After

3

, g S

4

Zooming In/Out

After

3

, B S e S

4

7-

10

Advanced

0

(

Using additional editing options (P.7-16 - 7-17)

Applying Visual Effects

Render in sepia tones or add blur, etc.

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Retouch S %

Adding Frames

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Frame S %

2

Select frame S %

2

Select effect S %

3

%

.

Editing is complete.

3

%

.

Editing is complete.

Editing Images

7

7-

11

Editing Images

Face Arrange

Make faces smiley, sad, etc.

1

In Picture Editor menu, Face

Arrange S %

Adjusting Positions

Change the default positions and sizes of targets to fit the image.

1

In Face Arrange menu, B

S

B

.

A rectangle appears with + in the upper left corner.

2 g

Move + to top left of

face S B

3 g

Move + to bottom right of face

7

Face Arrange Menu

2

Select type S %

3

%

.

Editing is complete.

Important Face Arrange Usage Note

.

When using Face Arrange, take care not to create images that may embarrass or offend others. Always obtain permission before photographing others.

4

%

.

Face line is set. Set the eyes and then mouth in the same way.

5

%

S Yes S % S Save

here S %

.

Image is saved as a new entry with Face Arrange positions adjusted. Complete Face

Arrange. Face Arrange is applied to the adjusted positions.

7-

12

Editing Images

Composite

Composite Options

The following options are available.

Some images may not be editable depending on file type and size.

Split Picture

Combine up to four images into one

5

Merge Panorama S %

Panorama Images

Panorama Image Effects:

Near View Best suited for close-up shots

Document Use for images with text

Standard

Apply to other images

1

%

S Data Folder S %

2

Pictures S % S Select

image S %

3

B S Edit S %

4

Composite S %

8

When finished, A

.

File selected in

2

is set as left image.

6

<Empty> S % S Select

image S %

7

EFFECT S % S Select

effect S %

.

Editing is complete.

.

Merged image appears.

9

% a

Enter name S % S Save

here S %

Changing Images

After

7

, select image S % S B S

Select image S %

Switching Image Positions

After

6

, B

7

Advanced

0

(

Combining reduced images (P.7-17)

7-

13

Printing

Printing Images

7

Digital Print Order Format (DPOF)

Select images from Memory Card and specify the number of copies to print on DPOF-compatible printers, or at digital printing services.

DPOF settings made on other devices are unusable; delete existing settings to create new ones on handset.

1

%

S Settings S % S f

Connectivity

2

Memory Card S % S

DPOF S %

3

Number of Copies S %

4

For Each Picture S % S

Select folder S %

5

Select image S B

6

Enter a number of copies to

print S %

.

For more settings, repeat

5

-

6

.

7

A

Applying a Number to All Images

In

4

, For All Pictures S % S Enter a

number of copies to print S %

Canceling Specified Number

In

6

, enter 00 S % S A

Viewing Current Print Settings

In

3

, Check Settings S %

7-

14

Advanced

0

(

Changing print settings (P.7-17)

Photo Camera & Video Camera

[

General

Accessing files from Viewfinder

Opening Help

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Data Folder

S % S

Select file

S %

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Help

S

%

.

Press A to toggle Help window for key assignments and indicator descriptions.

[

Capturing

Activating Mobile

Light

Adjusting brightness

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots

Adjusting focus manually

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Mobile Light

S

%

S

On or Automatic

S

%

.

Low Light is also available for still images.

.

Do not use Mobile Light near people's faces or look into the light yourself.

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S

Shooting

Settings or Record Settings

S

%

S

Exposure

S

%

S

Adjust level

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Shooting

Settings or Record Settings

S % S

Focus

Setting

S

%

S

Macro

S

%

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Shooting

Settings or Record Settings

S

%

S

Focus

Setting

S % S

Manual Focus

S % S e

Adjust focus

S

%

.

To readjust focus, press !.

Additional Functions

Locking focus

Changing image quality

[

Saving

Activating automatic saving

Changing save location

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, !

.

Frame subject in center of Display first.

.

To start over, press ! again.

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Picture Quality or Video Quality

S

%

S

Select quality

S

%

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S

Settings

S %

S

Auto Save

S

%

S

On

S

%

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Save Pictures to or Save Videos to

S

%

S

Select option

S %

Photo Camera

[

General

Changing shutter click sound

Hiding indicators

Changing send

option assigned to A

In Photo Viewfinder, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Shutter Sound

S

%

S

Select pattern

S

%

.

Shutter click sounds for Continuous Shoot,

Panorama Picture and Scanner are fixed.

In Photo Viewfinder, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Display Indicators

S % S

Hide Indicators

S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Set

Send Key

S

%

S

Short press or Long press

S

% S

Select option

S

%

.

Change send option separately for each key press method.

7

7-

15

7

Additional Functions

[

Capturing

Changing image size

Changing mode according to lighting or subject

Adjusting color balance according to lighting conditions

In Photo Viewfinder, B

S

Picture Size

S

%

S

Select size

S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B S

Scene

S % S

Select mode

S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B

S

Shooting Settings

S

%

S

White Balance

S % S

Select mode

S %

[

Panorama Picture

7

In Photo Viewfinder, B

S

Settings

S

% S

Panorama Settings

S

%

S

See below

Changing

Panorama settings

Hiding Guides

Assisting Lines

S % S

Off

S %

Locking Display Brightness during Image

Capture

AE-Lock

S

%

S

Enable

S

%

Changing

Panorama image preview method

In Panorama preview, B

S

Manual Scroll or

Full Image

S %

Video Camera

[

Recording

Changing recording time/size

Enlarging

Viewfinder size

Recording video without sound

In Video Viewfinder, B

S

Record Time/Size

S

% S

For Message or Extended Video

S % S

Select size

S

%

In Video Viewfinder, B

S

Display Size

S

%

S

Enlarge

S

%

In Video Viewfinder, B S

Microphone

S %

S

Off

S

%

Editing Images

[

Picture Editor

Using additional editing options

7

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Pictures

S

% S

Select file

S

%

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Picture Editor

S

%

S

See below

Changing Text/Outline Color

Paste

S

%

S

B

S

Select text color

S

%

S b S

Select outline color

S

%

S

A

Adding Text

Paste

S % S

Free Text

S % S

Enter text

S

% S

g Move text

S

%

Adding Dates

Paste

S

%

S

Date

S

%

S

g Move date

S

%

Adding Stamps

Stamp

S

%

S

Select stamp

S

%

S

g Move

stamp

S

%

Correcting Image Parameters

Correction

S % S

Select type

S % S %

Rotating Images

Rotate

S

%

S

Select type

S

%

S

%

Converting File Format

File Format

S % S

File Format

S % S

Select format

S

%

.

Changing file format may affect file size/image quality.

.

To return to Picture Editor menu, press $.

7-

16

Using additional editing options

7

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Pictures

S

% S

Select file

S % S B S

Edit

S % S

Picture Editor

S

%

S

See below

Changing File Size

File Format

S

%

S

File Size

S

%

S

Select size

S %

.

Changing file size may affect image quality.

.

To return to Picture Editor menu, press $.

[

Composite

Combining reduced images

7

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Pictures

S

% S

Select file

S % S B S

Edit

S % S

Composite

S

%

S

See below

Creating Split Picture

SplitPicture 240x400 or SplitPicture 240x320

S

% S

<Empty>

S % S

Select file

S % S

When finished, A

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Save

here

S

%

.

Repeat from selecting <Empty> as needed.

Previewing Split Picture

While creating Split Picture, B S

View

Composite

S

%

Changing Images

While creating Split Picture, select image

S

% S B S

Select another

S %

Deleting Images

While creating Split Picture, select image

S

B

S

Remove

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Additional Functions

DPOF

Changing print settings

7

% S

Settings

S % S f Connectivity

S

Memory Card

S % S

DPOF

S % S

See below

Adding Dates to Prints

Settings

S

%

S

Add Date

S

%

S

On

S

%

Creating an Index Print

Settings

S

%

S

Index Print

S

%

S

On

S

%

Resetting

Reset Settings

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

7

7-

17

Troubleshooting

7

Mobile Camera

3

Mobile camera won't activate/ shuts down automatically

.

Battery may be low. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Cannot use Auto Save

.

Auto Save is not available when Save

Pictures to is set to Ask Each Time.

Editing Images

3

Cannot save/send edited images

.

Edited images may be too large to save or send via mail.

DPOF

3

Cannot specify print settings properly

.

If Memory Card image files have been deleted or renamed on PCs or other devices, reset print settings and start over with settings.

7-

18

Media Player ................................. 8-2

Media Basics...................................8-2

Music .............................................. 8-4

Playing Music..................................8-4

Video.............................................. 8-5

Playing Video .................................8-5

Playlists ...........................................8-6

Using Playlists .................................. 8-6

S! Appli ...........................................8-7

Using S! Applications ..................... 8-7

Additional Functions .....................8-8

Troubleshooting ...........................8-13

8

Media Player &

S! Applications

8-

1

Media Player

Media Basics

Use Media Player to play music/video on DM004SH.

.

Download media files from Mobile Internet sites via Media Player directly.

.

Transfer PC music files and save them on Memory Card.

Music File Support

My Music

(Handset/Memory Card)

Downloads/Transferred Files

SD AUDIO

(Memory Card)

Transferred SD-Audio Files

WMA

(Memory Card)

Transferred WMA Files

8

Video File Support

My Videos

(Handset/Memory Card)

Downloads/Recorded Files

When using a Memory Card with SD-Video files recorded on other devices, open them from

SD VIDEO.

8-

2

Playback Precautions

.

Media Player is not compatible with some recording/playback formats.

Files may not play depending on the

Memory Card status.

.

Playback stops for incoming calls.

.

When battery is low, Media Player will not play. Playback stops if battery runs low during playback.

.

Turn down the volume if distortion is noticeable in Speaker sound.

.

Handset plays media while it downloads (streaming); downloaded media cannot be saved. Packet transmission fees apply even while stream is paused.

Compatibility

.

Files transferred from PCs cannot be used as ringtones or System Sounds.

Downloading Media Files

Download media files from the Internet.

Read information (price, expiry date, etc.) on the source site.

1

%

S Media Player S %

Media Player Menu

2

Music or Videos S %

3

Download Music or

Download Videos S %

.

Follow the links to download media.

Download via Music Search (Japanese)

In

3

, Music Search S %

,

Follow onscreen instructions.

Saving Music Files from PCs

.

Use software to convert music file format.

.

For software usage and specifications, see the provider's website, etc.

.

Disney Mobile does not guarantee compatibility with any software.

.

USB Cable may be purchased separately.

Handling Transferred Files

.

Copyright laws limit duplicated material to private use only.

.

Files created with PC software, etc. may not play.

.

Comply with copyright and other intellectual property laws when using obtained files.

Saving AAC Files

Convert PC music files to

DM004SH-compatible format (P.15-20),

then save to corresponding Memory

Card folder (P.15-23) via Mass Storage.

Install USB Cable driver beforehand.

Saving WMA Files

Media Player

Follow these steps to save WMA files via compatible software:

(Copy protected files can only be played on the handset with which the files were transferred.)

1

%

S Media Player S %

2

MTP Mode S % S Yes S %

3

Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable

.

Copy music from PC. Refer to the software's help menu for operational instructions.

4

A

S Yes S % S

Connection ends

.

Disconnect USB Cable.

8

8-

3

Music

Playing Music

1

% S Media Player S % S

Music S %

2

My Music S % S f Select

tab (folder)

8

Music Playlists Window

3

All Music S %

4

Select file S %

Music Playback Window

.

Album art appears for compatible

Chaku-Uta Full

®

files. (WMA album art is not supported.)

Using Other Functions while Playing Music

After

4

, $ or "

,

To stop playback, follow these steps in Standby:

"

S Yes S %

Playing SD AUDIO or WMA Files

In

2

, SD AUDIO or WMA S % S From

3

Searching Music Files

After

3

, B S Search S % S Enter

search text S %

Lyric Display-Compatible Files

.

Press A to display lyrics.

Music Playback Operations

Replay

Skip Forward

Volume Down

c

(Long Press: rewind * ) d

(Long Press: fast forward

*

) b

(Long Press: mute)

Volume Up or

Cancel Mute

Pause

Stop

Open Help

a

%

While paused, $

0

* Release for playback.

Advanced

0

(

Resuming from stopped point

(

Specifying start point

(

Accessing linked information

(

Playing repeatedly or randomly

(

Changing Sound Effects (P.8-8)

8-

4

Music Playback Window Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

Title

2

Artist name

6

Elapsed time

7

Volume

3

Track number

8

Information link

4

Status

5

Playback Mode

9

Sound Effects

Video

Playing Video

1

% S Media Player S % S

Videos S %

2

My Videos S % S Phone

Memory or Memory Card

S

%

Video Playlists Window

3

All Videos S %

4

Select file S %

5

$ S Playback stops

Playing SD VIDEO Files

In

2

, SD VIDEO S % S

4

Searching Video Files

After

3

, B S Search S % S Enter

search text S %

At Alarm Time

.

Playback stops.

Video Recorded on Other Devices

.

Video image may appear rotated.

Video Playback Operations

For pause, volume up/down or help,

see P.8-4 "Music Playback Operations."

Replay

Skip Forward

c

(Long Press: rewind * ) d

(Long Press while paused: advance frame,

Long Press: fast forward*)

Toggle

Display Size

2

* Release for playback.

Video Playback Window

Video Playback Window Description

1

2

3

4

5

1

Title

2

Author name

3

Clip number

4

Status

5

Playback Mode

6

7

8

9

6

Elapsed time

7

Volume

8

Information link

9

Sound Effects

8

Advanced

0

(

Resuming from stopped point

(

Specifying start point

(

Accessing linked information

(

Playing repeatedly or randomly

(

Changing Sound

Effects

(

Changing playback size

(

Setting Backlight status

(

Hiding linked information (P.8-8)

8-

5

Playlists

8

Using Playlists

Playlists store playback orders. Add favorite media files to Playlists, or organize files by artist/genre.

Playlists store only file locations. Source files remain in All Music or All Videos.

Adding to Playlist

Follow these steps to add a music file to プレイリスト1:

1

%

S Media Player S % S

Music S %

2

My Music S %

3

All Music S % S Select file

S

B

4

Add to Playlist S % S

プレイリスト

1 S %

Renaming Playlists

1

In Playlists window, select

Playlist S B

2

Edit List Title S % S Enter

name S %

8-

6

Advanced

0

(

Organizing Playlists

(

Sorting files

(

Opening properties

(

Deleting/editing SD AUDIO files

(

Deleting All WMA files

(

Downloading Contents

Keys (P.8-9)

(

Organizing Playlists

(

Sorting files

(

Downloading Contents Keys

(

Opening properties

(

Deleting SD VIDEO files (P.8-10)

S! Appli

Using S! Applications

Try out the preloaded S! Applications or newly download DM004SH-compatible

S! Applications offered by Disney

Mobile/SoftBank.

Refer to the S! Application's help menu or the source Internet site, etc. for operational instructions.

1

% S S! Appli S %

2

S! Appli Library S %

S! Appli Library

3

Select application S %

Network S! Applications

.

A message appears indicating that

Internet connection is required.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Incoming Calls

.

Incoming calls automatically pause

S! Application.

Opening S! Appli Notification History

In

2

, Notification History S %

Exiting S! Applications

1

"

2

End S %

Pausing S! Applications

In

2

, Suspend S %

Resuming S! Applications

%

S Resume S %

,

Select Cancel to open Main Menu and keep the S! Application paused. (Additional function activation may be disabled depending on the S! Application.)

,

Select End to end the S! Application.

8

Advanced

0

(

Downloading S! Applications

(

Adjusting S! Application sound volume

(

Canceling surround effect

(

Setting handset responses to incoming transmissions

(

Setting S! Application to activate in Standby

(

Setting Permissions

(

Opening properties (P.8-11)

(

Moving S! Applications to Memory Card

(

Changing S! Application settings

(

Deleting S! Applications

(

Restoring default S! Application settings

(

Restoring default S! Appli Library

(

Synchronizing Memory Card S! Applications with DM004SH

(

Opening Java= license information (P.8-12)

8-

7

Additional Functions

8

Media Playback

[

Music & Video

Resuming from stopped point

Specifying start point

Accessing linked information

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Music or Videos

S % S

Last Played Music or Last Played

Video

S

%

During playback, B

S

Time Search

S

%

S

Enter time

S

%

During playback, B S

Access Web Link

S %

S

Yes

S

%

[

Music

Playing repeatedly or randomly

Changing Sound

Effects

7

During playback, B S

Playback

Mode

S

%

S

See below

Repeat One File

Repeat

S

%

Repeat All Files

Repeat All

S

%

Play Randomly

Random

S

%

Repeat Randomly

Random Repeat

S

%

During playback, B

S

Sound Effects

S

%

S

Select effect

S

%

[

Video

Playing repeatedly or randomly

Changing Sound

Effects

Changing playback size

Setting Backlight status

Hiding linked information

7

During playback, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Playback Mode

S

%

S

See below

Repeat One File

Repeat

S %

Repeat All Files

Repeat All

S

%

Play Randomly

Random

S %

During playback, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Sound

Effects

S

%

S

Select effect

S

%

During playback, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Display Size

S % S

Select size

S %

During playback, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Backlight

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display

Backlight settings.

During playback, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Web

Link Setting

S % S

Off

S %

8-

8

Managing Music Files

Organizing

Playlists

Sorting files

Opening properties

7

% S

Media Player

S % S

Music

S

% S

My Music

S % S f Select tab (folder)

S

See below

Adding New Playlists

B S

Add New Playlist

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Deleting Playlists

Select Playlist

S

B

S

Delete Playlist

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Deleting Playlist Files

Select Playlist

S % S

Select file

S B S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Changing File Order

Select Playlist

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Change Order

S % S

Move file

S %

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Music

S

%

S

My

Music

S

%

S

f Select tab (folder)

S

All

Music

S

%

S

B

S

Sort

S

%

S

Select option

S %

7

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Music

S

% S

See below

SD AUDIO Files

SD AUDIO

S

%

S

All Music

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

Other Files

My Music

S

%

S

f Select tab (folder)

S

Select Playlist

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

Deleting/editing

SD AUDIO files

Deleting All WMA files

Downloading

Contents Keys

Additional Functions

7

% S

Media Player

S % S

Music

S

% S

SD AUDIO

S % S

See below

Deleting Single Files

All Music

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Delete

Track

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Source files will be deleted.

Deleting All Files

All Music

S

B

S

Del. All Tracks

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Source files will be deleted.

Editing Title/Artist

All Music

S % S

Select file

S B S

Edit

S %

S

Select item

S

%

S

Enter title or name

S

%

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Delete All WMA

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Source files will be deleted.

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Music

S

%

S

My

Music

S

%

S

f Select tab (folder)

S

Select

Playlist

S

%

S

Select file (with L)

S

%

S

Yes

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

8

8-

9

8

Additional Functions

Managing Video Files

Organizing

Playlists

Sorting files

Downloading

Contents Keys

7

% S

Media Player

S % S

Videos

S

% S

My Videos

S % S

Phone Memory or

Memory Card

S

%

S

See below

Adding New Playlists

B S

Add New Playlist

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Deleting Playlists

Select Playlist

S

B

S

Delete Playlist

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Deleting Playlist Files

Select Playlist

S % S

Select file

S B S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Changing File Order

Select Playlist

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Change Order

S % S

Move file

S %

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Videos

S

%

S

My Videos

S

%

S

Phone Memory or Memory

Card

S

%

S

All Videos

S

%

S

B

S

Sort

S

% S

Select option

S %

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Videos

S

%

S

My Videos

S

%

S

Phone Memory or Memory

Card

S

%

S

All Videos

S

%

S

Select file

(with L) S % S

Yes

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Opening properties

Deleting SD VIDEO files

7

% S

Media Player

S % S

Videos

S

% S

See below

SD VIDEO Files

SD VIDEO

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

Other Files

My Videos

S % S

Phone Memory or Memory

Card

S

%

S

Select Playlist

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

% S

Media Player

S

%

S

Videos

S

%

S

SD VIDEO

S % S

Select file

S B S

Delete

S

% S

Yes

S

%

.

Source files will be deleted.

8-

10

S! Applications

Downloading

S! Applications

Adjusting

S! Application sound volume

Canceling surround effect

Setting handset responses to incoming transmissions

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

S! Appli Library

S

%

S

Download

S

%

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Application Volume

S

%

S

Adjust level

S

%

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Surround

S

%

S

Off

S

%

7

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Calls & Alarms

S

%

S

See below

Showing Calls

Select item

S

%

S

Show Call Notice

S

%

Pausing S! Application for Incoming Mail

Incoming Message

S

%

S

Message Priority

S %

Showing Alarm Notice

Alarm

S

%

S

Alarm Notice

S

%

Showing Incoming S! Appli Request Notice

Notification

S % S

Start Notice

S %

Additional Functions

Setting

S! Application to activate in Standby

Setting Permissions

Opening properties

7

% S

S! Appli

S % S

See below

Activating Screensaver

Settings

S

%

S

Screensaver

S

%

S

Switch

On/Off

S

%

S

On

S

%

Setting Screensaver

S! Appli Library

S % S

Select application

S

B S

As Screensaver

S

%

.

As Screensaver appears for compatible

S! Applications.

.

Screensaver may not start or operate correctly when an external device (Headphones, etc.) is connected to handset.

Changing Screensaver Activation Time

Settings

S

%

S

Screensaver

S

%

S

Activation Time

S % S

Enter time

S %

Disabling Automatic Screensaver Restart

Settings

S

%

S

Screensaver

S

%

S

Stop

Auto Start

S

%

S

On

S

%

7

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

S! Appli Library

S

%

S

Select application

S

B

S

Permission

S % S

See below

Customizing Permissions for S! Appli Operations

Select item

S

%

S

Select option

S

%

Resetting Permission Settings

Reset Settings

S % S

Yes

S %

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

S! Appli Library

S

%

S

Select application

S

B

S

Details

S

%

8

8-

11

8

Additional Functions

Moving

S! Applications to

Memory Card

Changing

S! Application settings

Deleting

S! Applications

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

S! Appli Library

S

%

S

A S

Select application

S

% (n/p)

S

Complete selection

S

B

S

Move to Card

S

%

.

When an older version of the S! Application is saved, choose Yes or No and press %.

.

Repeat application selection step as needed before pressing B.

.

Some S! Applications cannot be moved to

Memory Card.

7

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

See below

Activating Notification Setting

Notification Setting

S

%

S

On

S

%

Setting Backlight Status

Backlight

S

%

S

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

Select option

S %

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display

Backlight settings.

Disabling Backlight Flashing

Backlight

S

%

S

Blink

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Disabling Vibration

Vibration

S % S

Off

S %

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

S! Appli Library

S

%

S

Select application

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Handset Code may be required.

.

Cancel Screensaver to delete Screensaver

S! Application.

Restoring default

S! Application settings

Restoring default

S! Appli Library

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Set to

Default

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

S! Appli

S % S

Settings

S % S

Memory All Clear

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai ® service providers for details.)

.

Memory All Clear deletes all downloaded

S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.

Synchronizing

Memory Card

S! Applications with DM004SH

Opening Java=

license information

% S

S! Appli

S % S

Settings

S % S

Synchronization

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

S! Appli

S

%

S

Information

S

%

8-

12

Troubleshooting

Music

3

How do I delete files in All Music?

.

Delete All Music files in My Music via Data Folder (Music or Ring

Songs·Tones).

3

WMA files do not appear

(WMA files are not transferable)

.

Did you use DM004SH to transfer the files? Copy protected files can only be played on the handset with which the files were transferred.

.

Copy protection information may be corrupted; perform Delete All

WMA and re-transfer the files.

.

Files transferred via Mass Storage appear when moved to corresponding Memory Card folder. (Transfer copy protected files via MTP Mode.)

.

WMA files may be corrupted; perform Delete All WMA and retry.

3

Cannot play WMA files

.

Playback rights may have expired

(license not found message appears); re-transfer the files. If files still cannot be played, they may be corrupted; perform Delete All

WMA and retry.

Video

3

How do I delete files in All Videos?

.

Delete All Videos files via Data

Folder (Videos).

3

Cannot play video files

.

Files created with PC software, etc. may not play.

S! Applications

3

Cannot move S! Applications to

Memory Card

.

The S! Application may already be saved or Memory Card memory may be low.

3

S! Applications do not pause for incoming transmissions despite

Calls & Alarms settings

.

Regardless of setting, a message appears for Screensaver

S! Applications.

8

8-

13

Calendar & Tasks .......................... 9-2

Calendar.........................................9-2

Tasks.................................................9-5

Alarms ............................................ 9-7

Using Alarms....................................9-7

Wakeup TV..................................... 9-9

Using Wakeup TV............................9-9

Calculator .................................... 9-11

Using Calculator...........................9-11

Expenses Memo.......................... 9-12

Adding Expenses..........................9-12

Osaifu-Keitai ®

Osaifu-Keitai ®

.............................. 9-13

(Japanese)...........9-13

Locking IC Card ...........................9-14

Simulated Call ............................. 9-17

Faking Incoming Calls .................9-17

Stopwatch.................................... 9-18

Using Stopwatch ..........................9-18

Countdown Timer ........................ 9-19

Using Countdown Timer ..............9-19

World Clock .................................9-20

Opening World Clock ................. 9-20

Hour Minder .................................9-21

Using Hour Minder........................ 9-21

Document Viewer .......................9-22

Opening PC Documents ............ 9-22

Notepad .......................................9-23

Saving Text.................................... 9-23

Voice Recorder ...........................9-24

Recording/Playing Voice ........... 9-24

Scan Barcode..............................9-25

Scanning Barcodes ..................... 9-25

Create QR Code..........................9-26

Creating QR Codes..................... 9-26

Scan Card ....................................9-27

Scanning Business Cards............. 9-27

Text Scanner ................................9-28

Scanning Text............................... 9-28

Additional Functions ...................9-29

Troubleshooting ...........................9-41

9

Handy Extras

9-

1

Calendar & Tasks

Calendar

Opening Calendar

1

% S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S

%

Toggling View

Press A to toggle Calendar window.

Month View 2Month View

Key Assignments

[

All Views

(

#

5

0

Open previous page

Open next page

Go to the current date

Open Help

[

Month/2Month View

g

Select date

[

Week View

f e

Select date

Select time block

9

Calendar Window

Opening Help

[Calendar Window] 0

Week View

9-

2

Advanced

0

(

Changing default view

(

Jumping to specified date

(

Changing date color

(

Selecting task view option

(

Adding stamps (Month View)

(

Hiding schedules

(

Saving additional holidays

(

Removing/restoring holidays (P.9-29)

Saving Schedules

Follow these steps to save subject, start/end date/time, Alarm and schedule details:

(Enter Subject or Description to save entry.)

1

In Calendar window, select

date S %

2

3

<Add New Entry> S %

Enter subject S %

4

Enter start date/time S %

5

End: S % S Enter end

date/time S %

6

Alarm: S %

7

Alarm Time: S % S Select

time S % S A

8

Description: S % S Enter

schedule details S %

9

A S Saved

All-Day Schedule

In

4

, B S % S From

8

Custom Alarm Time

In

7

, Alarm Time: S % S Other S

%

S Enter date/time S % S A S

From

8

Calendar & Tasks

At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

Stopping Alarm to Return to Standby

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press %,

" or $.

Stopping Alarm to Open Schedule

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key other than %, " or $.

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

9

Advanced

0

(

Setting Category/Location

(

Saving repetitive schedules

(

Editing entries

(

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

(

Changing Alarm volume

(

Selecting Vibration option (And more on P.9-29 - 9-30)

9-

3

9

Calendar & Tasks

Opening Schedules/Tasks

1

In Calendar window, select

date S %

Schedule List

2

Select schedule or task S %

3

"

S Standby returns

Opening Task List

In

2

, select task S B S Go to Tasks

S

%

Accessing Secret Entries

[Calendar Window] B S Unlock

Temporarily S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

[

First Film Appearance (Japanese)

The following Disney characters' first appearances are commemorated in

Calendar:

Daisy Duck

Goofy

Donald Duck

Mickey & Minnie

January 9th

May 25th

June 9th

November 18th

.

Above data cannot be deleted, or transferred via mail or Infrared.

Opening Related Message

Open schedule-related messages saved from Messaging message list.

1

In schedule list, select

schedule S %

2

B

S Related Mail S %

.

Related message opens.

.

To return to schedule window, press $.

Deleting Message from Schedule

After

1

, % S Related Mail: S % S

Yes S % S A

Deleting Schedules

[

One Entry

1

In schedule list, select

schedule S B

2

Delete S %

3

This Appointment S % S

Yes S %

[

All Entries of the Day

1

In Calendar window, select

date S B

2

Delete S % S All This Day

S % S Yes S %

9-

4

Advanced

0

(

Searching entries

(

Checking memory status

(

Deleting all entries

(

Deleting entries by specifying week (Week View)

(

Deleting entries by specifying month (Month View)

(

Deleting entries in two months (2Month View) (P.9-30 - 9-31)

Tasks

Saving Tasks

Follow these steps to save subject, due date/time, Alarm and task details:

(Enter Subject or Description to save entry.)

1

%

S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Tasks S %

2

<Add New Entry> S %

3

Enter subject S %

4

Enter due date/time S %

Calendar & Tasks

6

Alarm Time: S % S Select

time S % S A

7

Description: S % S Enter

task details S %

8

A S Saved

Task with No Due Date/Time

In

4

, B S % S From

7

Custom Alarm Time

In

6

, Alarm Time: S % S Other S

%

S Enter date/time S % S A S

From

7

9

5

Alarm: S %

Advanced

0

(

Hiding tasks

(

Editing tasks

(

Setting priority

(

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

(

Changing Alarm volume

(

Selecting Vibration option

(

Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode (P.9-31)

9-

5

Calendar & Tasks

At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

Opening Tasks

1

% S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Tasks S %

9

Stopping Alarm to Return to Standby

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press %,

"

or $.

Stopping Alarm to Open Task

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key other than %, " or $.

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

Task List

.

Use f to open completed or uncompleted task list.

2

Select task S %

3

"

S Standby returns

Accessing Secret Entries

After

1

, B S Unlock Temporarily S

%

S Enter Handset Code S %

Marking Tasks as Completed

After

1

, select task S A

Deleting Tasks

[

One Entry

1

In task list, select task S B

2

Delete S %

3

This Task S % S Yes S %

[

All Completed Tasks

1

In task list, B

2

Delete S %

3

All Comp. Tasks S % S

Yes S %

9-

6

Advanced

0

(

Searching tasks

(

Sorting tasks by priority

(

Checking memory status

(

Deleting all tasks (P.9-32)

Alarms

Using Alarms

Setting Alarm

Follow these steps to set Alarm to sound at a specific time on a specific day of the week:

(Set Snooze--Alarm repeats at set interval--Alarm Volume and Duration.)

1

%

S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Alarms S %

Alarm List

2

--:-- S % S Enter hour

(24-hour format) S Enter

minutes S %

3

4

Repeat: S %

Selected Days S %

5

Select day S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S A

6

Snooze: S %

7

Select interval S %

.

For custom intervals, select Other.

8

Alarm Volume: S %

9

Adjust level S % a

Duration: S % b

Select time S %

.

For custom Duration, select Other.

c

A

S Saved

.

For more settings, repeat

2

- c

.

d

" S Alarm setting ends

Activating Alarm Once or Daily

In

4

, Once or Every Day (All) S %

S

From

6

Selecting/Canceling All Days

In

5

, B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Excluding Holidays

In

5

, select day S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S Except

Holidays S % S A S From

6

9

Advanced

0

(

Editing entries

(

Saving entry name

(

Changing Alarm tone/video

(

Setting handset to vibrate at Alarm Time

(

Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode

(

Activating Alarm based on World Clock time (P.9-32)

9-

7

9-

8

Alarms

At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

9

Stopping Alarm

.

Press a key.

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

When Snooze is Set

Alarm repeats at the set interval.

Other Alarms do not activate while handset is Snoozing.

Canceling Snooze

While Snoozing, % S Yes S %

.

Snooze is automatically canceled after a period of time.

Canceling Alarm

1

In Alarm list, select entry S B

2

Switch Off S %

.

Reactivate entry to use the same settings.

Reactivating Entry

In

2

, Switch On S %

Deleting Alarm

[

One Entry

1

In Alarm list, select entry S B

2

Reset Alarm S %

3

Yes S %

[

All Entries

1

In Alarm list, select entry S B

2

Clear All S %

3

Enter Handset Code S %

S

Yes S %

Wakeup TV

Using Wakeup TV

Setting Wakeup TV

Follow these steps to activate TV at a specific time on a specific day of the week:

.

Complete TV Area Setup beforehand.

.

TV may not activate in poor signal conditions.

1

%

S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Wakeup TV

S

%

Wakeup TV List

2

--:-- S % S Enter hour

(24-hour format) S Enter

minutes S %

3

Repeat: S %

4

Selected Days S %

5

Select day S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S A

6

Channel: S %

7

Select channel S %

8

A S Saved

.

For more settings, repeat

2

-

8

.

9

"

S Wakeup TV setting

ends

Activating TV Once or Daily

In

4

, Once or Every Day (All) S %

S

From

6

Selecting/Canceling All Days

In

5

, B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Excluding Holidays

In

5

, select day S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S Except

Holidays S % S A S From

6

Canceling Alarm

.

Alarm activates at Wakeup TV time.

To cancel Alarm, follow these steps:

[Wakeup TV Menu] Alarm On/Off: S

%

S Off S % S From

8

Adjusting Alarm Volume

[Wakeup TV Menu] Alarm Volume:

S % S Adjust level S % S From

8

9

Wakeup TV Menu

Advanced

0

(

Editing entries

(

Changing Alarm tone/video

(

Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode (P.9-33)

9-

9

Wakeup TV

At Wakeup TV Time

TV activates after Alarm.

9

Stopping Alarm Instantly

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key.

When Another Function is Active

.

TV may not activate depending on the function.

After TV is On for a Period of Time

.

Confirmation appears. Choose Yes and press % to exit TV.

Canceling Wakeup TV

1

In Wakeup TV list, select

entry S B

2

Wakeup TV Off S %

.

Reactivate entry to use the same settings.

Reactivating Entry

In

2

, Wakeup TV On S %

Deleting Wakeup TV

[

One Entry

1

In Wakeup TV list, select

entry S B

2

Reset Alarm S %

3

Yes S %

[

All Entries

1

In Wakeup TV list, select

entry S B

2

Clear All S %

3

Enter Handset Code S %

S

Yes S %

9-

10

Using Calculator

1

% S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Calculator

S

%

Key Assignments

(Add)

(Subtract)

x (Multiply)

c d a

÷ (Divide)

(Sum)

C .

CE (Clear)

CM (Clear Memory)

RM (Recall Memory)

M+ (Add to Memory)

. (Decimal)

b

%

$

&

!

A

(

+/- (Positive/Negative Value)

#

2

Calculator Window

Use Keypad to enter digits

S

Calculate

3

"

S Calculator ends

(Percentage)

'

Memory Calculation

.

Clear Memory before starting new

Memory calculations.

.

Numbers saved in Memory remain until handset power is turned off.

Incoming Calls

.

Calculations are not affected. End the call to return to Calculator.

Using % Function

Use ' to find definite percentage of a known value.

Example: Calculate 30% of 800,000

Enter 800,000 S x S 30 S %

,

240,000 appears.

Advanced

0

(

Copying calculation results

(

Changing exchange rate for currency conversion

(

Converting currencies (P.9-33)

Calculator

9

9-

11

Expenses Memo

Adding Expenses

Entering Expenses

1

Enter amount S b

Checking Entries

1

% S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Expenses

Memo S %

2

Totals S %

9

2

%

3

Select Category S % S

Saved

Saving under Custom Category

In

3

, Other S % S Enter name S %

Expenses Memo List

3

"

S Standby returns

Saving Entries to Notepad

[Expenses Memo List] B S Save to

Notepad S %

,

All expense details are saved as a single entry.

Deleting Entries

[

One Entry

1

In Expenses Memo list,

select entry S B

2

Delete Item S % S Yes

S %

[

All Entries

1

In Expenses Memo list, B

2

Delete All S %

3

Enter Handset Code S %

S

Yes S %

9-

12

Advanced

0

(

Changing Category of saved entry

(

Changing amount

(

Renaming Categories (P.9-33)

Osaifu-Keitai

®

Osaifu-Keitai

®

(Japanese)

Osaifu-Keitai ® describes IC Card-equipped handsets that support e-money or credit functions/services. Osaifu-Keitai

® encompasses a range of IC Card-based services on FeliCa-compatible Disney Mobile handsets. DM004SH supports Osaifu-Keitai

®

.

To use e-money, e-ticketing and reward points, etc., hold handset over a compatible reader/writer at shops, restaurants, and other retail outlets, etc.

Basics

Before using Osaifu-Keitai

®

, activate

Lifestyle-Appli, complete registration, customize settings and charge accounts.

Starting Lifestyle-Appli

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Lifestyle

menu, Osaifu-Keitai S % S

Lifestyle-Appli S % S Select

application S %

Lifestyle-Appli Precautions

.

Contact Osaifu-Keitai ® service providers for Lifestyle-Appli registration and usage details.

.

Keep service passwords/customer service contact information, etc. in a separate place.

Using Osaifu-Keitai ®

Follow these steps to conduct a transaction:

Example: Making an electronic payment

.

Lifestyle-Appli activation is not necessary.

.

Transactions are possible even when handset power is off (if battery is adequately charged).

.

Calls/Internet transmissions do not affect transactions.

1

Place m logo over reader/

writer S Confirm scan results

Place this part over reader/writer

.

Align handset parallel to reader/ writer.

Important Osaifu-Keitai

®

Usage Note

Disney Mobile is not liable for damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of IC Card data/settings.

When Placed Over Sensor

.

If recognition is slow, move handset around slightly.

.

Handset may respond automatically for some services.

Advanced

0

(

Enabling to view e-money balances

(

Checking e-money balance on External Display

(

Moving applications up/down Balance Info list

(

Removing applications from Balance Info list (P.9-34)

9

9-

13

Osaifu-Keitai

®

Locking IC Card

IC Card Lock

Restrict access to/prevent unauthorized use of Osaifu-Keitai

®

on handset.

1

% S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai S %

3

IC Card Lock S % S On

S

%

4

Enter Handset Code S %

S Yes S %

Canceling IC Card Lock

In

3

, IC Card Lock S % S Off S

% S Enter Handset Code S %

9

2

IC Card Settings S %

IC Card Settings Menu

9-

14

Advanced

0

(

Customizing handset response to reader/writer commands

(

Opening IC Card properties

(

Changing IC Card Lock notice recipient

(

Changing required Missed Call count for Call Remote Lock

(

Restoring default Osaifu-Keitai ® settings (P.9-34)

Remote Lock

Disable Osaifu-Keitai ® remotely by mail or phone.

Mail Remote

Lock

Call Remote

Lock

Send mail to activate

Remote Lock

Call from a specified phone to activate

Remote Lock

Mail Remote Lock

[

Preparation on Handset

1

%

S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai S %

2

IC Card Settings S %

3

Remote Lock S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

4

Mail Remote Lock S %

Mail Remote Lock Menu

5

Remote Lock PW S %

6

Enter password S %

7

Switch On/Off S %

8

On S %SA

Canceling Mail Remote Lock

In

5

, Switch On/Off S % S Off S

% S A

Osaifu-Keitai

®

[

Activating Remote Lock via Mail

If handset cannot receive mail IC

Card Lock is not set.

1

Send E Mail or e-mail to handset with password as subject

.

After handset receives message,

IC Card Lock is set and notice is sent as a reply.

9

9-

15

9

Osaifu-Keitai

®

Call Remote Lock

[

Preparation on Handset

1

% S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai S %

2

IC Card Settings S %

3

Remote Lock S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

4

Call Remote Lock S %

Call Remote Lock Menu

5

Phone No. to Lck 1 or Phone

No. to Lck 2 S %

6

Phone Book S % S Select

entry S % S Select phone

number S %

.

Select Phone Number to enter directly.

7

Switch On/Off S %

8

On S %SA

Enabling Activation via Public Phone

In

5

, Set Public Phone S % S On

S

% S From

7

Canceling Call Remote Lock

In

5

, Switch On/Off S % S Off S

%

S A

[

Activating Remote Lock via Phone

If handset cannot receive calls IC

Card Lock is not set.

1

Using one of the specified phones, call handset

.

Send Caller ID.

2

Handset receives call S

End the call

.

The call is recorded as a Missed Call.

3

Within three minutes, repeat

1

-

2

twice

.

After the third Missed Call, IC

Card Lock is set; a message announces Remote Lock activation. Confirm the message and end the call.

If Series is Interrupted by Another Call

.

Missed Call count is reset. Start over from the beginning.

9-

16

Simulated Call

Faking Incoming Calls

Handset rings to emulate an incoming call.

.

Save name and phone number to show as Caller ID.

.

Ringer may be muted by handset settings.

To override Silent setting, see P.9-35.

Setting Simulated Call

1

%

S Tools S % S In PIM/

Lifestyle menu, Simulated

Call S %

Simulated Call Menu

2

Switch On/Off S % S On

S

%

3

Set Caller S %

4

Name: S % S Enter name

S

%

5

Phone Number: S % S

Enter phone number S %

S

A

6

Assign Tone S % S Select

tone/file S %

7

A

S PIM/Lifestyle menu

returns

When Name and Phone Number are Unset

.

Handset rings with Caller ID "Withheld."

Canceling Simulated Call

[Simulated Call Menu] Switch On/

Off S % S Off S % S A

Setting Wait Time

[Simulated Call Menu] Receive Timing

S % S Select time S % S A

Using Simulated Call

1

F

(Long)

.

Available regardless of handset position.

.

Handset rings and incoming

Voice Call window opens.

.

Ringtone stops after a period of time.

2

In incoming Voice Call

window, press !

.

Voice Call window opens.

(Softkeys are dummies.)

3

" S Simulated Call ends

When Receive Timing is Not Immediately

.

Press " or $ during wait time to cancel Simulated Call activation.

.

Simulated Call activation is canceled by incoming calls, Alarms, etc. during wait time.

9

Advanced

0

(

Starting via Simulated Call menu

(

Clearing caller information

(

Overriding Silent volume setting (P.9-35)

9-

17

Stopwatch

Using Stopwatch

Stopwatch stops when battery runs low.

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Clocks/Gauges S

Stopwatch S %

Recording Lap Times

While Stopwatch is running, B

Saving Records to Notepad

After

3

, B S Save to Notepad S %

Resetting Records

After

3

, A S From

2

Incoming Calls

.

Stopwatch is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

9

Stopwatch Window

2

%

S Stopwatch starts

3

%

S Stopwatch stops

.

Press % to resume.

4

"

S Yes S % S

Stopwatch ends

.

Records are deleted when

Stopwatch ends.

9-

18

Countdown Timer

Using Countdown Timer

1

% S Tools S % S f

Clocks/Gauges S

Countdown Timer S %

3

% S Countdown starts

.

Press % to stop/resume countdown.

4

Set time elapses S Tone

sounds

5

" S Yes S % S

Countdown Timer ends

Timer Entry Window

2

Enter minutes S Enter

seconds S %

Using Timer Records

After

1

, B S Select record S % S

%

S From

3

Resetting Timer

Stop countdown and B

Incoming Calls

.

Countdown is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

When Set Time Elapses

Tone sounds.

Stopping Tone Instantly

.

Press % or a Side Key. (Tone stops automatically after a period of time.)

When Timer Time Elapsed during a Call

.

Tone sounds after the call.

9

Countdown Timer Window

.

Press B to change time.

9-

19

World Clock

9

Opening World Clock

1

% S Tools S % S f

Clocks/Gauges S World

Clock S %

2

%

Local Time

Zone

World Time

Zone

3 f Select area S %

Opening World Clock in Standby

4

" S World Clock ends

1

% S Settings S % S In

Advancing One Hour (Daylight Saving)

[Set Time Zone Window] A

,

To cancel, press A.

Phone menu, Display S %

2

Standby Display S %

Adding Custom Time Zone

[Set Time Zone Window] B S Enter

city name S % S + or - S d S

Enter time difference S %

3

Clock/Calendar S %

4

World Clock (L), etc. S %

9-

20

Set Time Zone Window

Hour Minder

Using Hour Minder

Setting Hour Minder

Follow these steps to activate the hourly time signal at selected hours:

1

% S Tools S % S f

Clocks/Gauges S Hour

Minder S %

5

A S Saved

6

" S Hour Minder setting

ends

Adjusting Hour Minder Volume

In

2

, Advanced S % S Volume:

S

% S Adjust level S % S A S

From

5

Changing Hour Minder Duration

In

2

, Advanced S % S Duration:

S

% S Select time S % S A S

From

5

,

For custom Duration, select Other.

Selecting/Canceling All Hours

In

4

, B S Check All or Uncheck All

S

%

At Hour Minder Time

Hour Minder activates; sounds/ vibrates by related settings.

Hour Minder Menu

2

Switch On/Off S % S On

S

%

3

Select Time S %

Stopping Tone Instantly

.

Press a key.

When Another Function is Active

.

Hour Minder does not activate.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Hour Minder stops for incoming calls.

Canceling Hour Minder

1

In Hour Minder menu,

Switch On/Off S % S Off

S

% S A

4

Select hour S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S A

Advanced

0

(

Changing Hour Minder tone/video

(

Setting handset to vibrate at Hour Minder Time

(

Sounding Hour Minder tone even in Manner mode

(

Activating Hour Minder based on World Clock time (P.9-35)

9

9-

21

Document Viewer

9

Opening PC Documents

Supported File Formats:

1

% S Tools S % S f

PDF (.pdf)

Microsoft

®

Excel

®

(.xls)

Doc./Rec. S Document

Viewer S %

Microsoft ® Word (.doc)

Microsoft ® PowerPoint ® (.ppt)

.

Some files may not appear correctly.

.

Download files via the Internet.

.

When transferring files from PCs, save to corresponding Memory Card folder

(P.15-23).

2

Select file S %

Zooming In/Out with Loupe (Magnifier)

In open file, & (Long) S Specify

portion S B S Zoom Out or Zoom

In S %

Key Assignments

% g

1

View whole page

Scroll

View upper left

2

3

Toggle full screen view on/off

View upper right

4

/F Zoom out

4

(Long)

F

(Long) Continuous zoom out

5

View center

6 /E Zoom in

6

(Long)

E

(Long) Continuous zoom in

7

View lower left

8

9

0

#

(

!

A

Jump to page

View lower right

Open Help

Next page

Previous page

Fit width

Rotate 90 degrees

9-

22

Notepad

Saving Text

New Notepad Entry

1

% S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec. S Notepad S %

Notepad List

2

<Add New Entry> S %

Sorting Entries Temporarily

[Notepad List] A

,

Press to toggle sort options (Modified,

Created, Category and Accessed).

Inserting Notepad Text during Text Entry

[Text Entry Window] B S Notepad

S

% S Call Notepad S % S

Select entry S %

Opening Notepad

1

In Notepad list, select entry

S

%

Deleting Entries

[

One Entry

1

In Notepad list, select entry

S

B

2

Delete Item S % S Yes

S %

[

All Entries

1

In Notepad list, select entry S

B S Setting/Manage S %

2

Delete All S%S Enter

Handset Code S%S Yes

S%

9

3

Enter text S %

4

Select Category S % S

Saved

2

$

S List returns

Advanced

0

(

Editing Notepad

(

Searching text within all entries

(

Inserting Notepad text into message text

(

Sending entries via E Mail

(

Creating text files

(

Importing text files

(

Checking memory status

(

Opening properties (P.9-36)

9-

23

Voice Recorder

9

Recording/Playing Voice

Recording

.

Recording stops if battery runs low while recording.

2

% S Recording starts

3

% S Recording stops

.

Record conversations during calls via

Record Caller Voice.

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec. S Voice

Recorder S %

.

For Extended Voice, recording is saved automatically.

4

Save S %

Play Before Saving

In

4

, Playback S % S Playback

starts S $ S Playback stops

Starting Over

In

4

, $ S From

2

Recording Window

Playback

1

In recording window, B S

Ring Songs·Tones S %

2

Select file S %

Playing Files via Data Folder

% S Data Folder S % S Ring

Songs·Tones S % S Select file S %

Playback Operations

e

%

$

Adjust volume

Pause/resume

Stop

9-

24

Advanced

0

(

Saving longer recordings

(

Sending Voice files via E Mail

(

Switching storage media (P.9-36)

Scan Barcode

Scanning Barcodes

Scan UPC/JAN (1D barcodes) or QR

Codes (2D barcodes).

.

Membership file or password may be required when scanning barcodes.

.

Some barcodes may not be scanned.

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec. S Barcode/

Scan S %

2

Scan Barcode S %

3

Frame barcode in center of

Display

5

Tone sounds S Scan results

appear

Focus

Adjustment

Bar

Scan Window

.

Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a guide (better focus in darker blue).

4

%

S Scan starts

.

If recognition takes time, slowly adjust the distance between handset and barcode.

.

Press A to stop scan.

Key Assignments in Scan Window

1

: Toggle focus mode

3

: Switch to Photo Camera

!

: Focus Lock

#

: Mobile Light on/off

f: Adjust brightness

0

: Open Help

Split Data

.

After scanning, confirmation appears. Follow onscreen prompt(s).

.

Scan results do not appear until all split data is scanned.

Starting Over

After

5

, A S Yes S % S From

3

9

Advanced

0

(

Scanning during text entry

(

Scanning continuously

(

Reading saved barcode images

(

Saving scan results

(

Saving to Notepad

(

Saving linked info to Phone Book

(

Opening saved scan results

(

Using linked info

(

Using images as Wallpaper

(

Saving images & melodies

(

Copying text (And more on P.9-37 - 9-38)

9-

25

Create QR Code

9

Creating QR Codes

Create QR Codes from these items on handset:

Phone Book My Details

Text Input Ring Songs·Tones

Pictures Notepad

Large items are divided into multiple

QR Codes.

Procedure

Follow these steps to create QR Codes from Data Folder files:

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec. S Barcode/

Scan S %

3

Data Folder S %

4

Select folder S % S Select

file or entry S %

.

QR Code is created.

5

%

.

QR Code is saved to Data Folder

(Pictures).

From Phone Book Entries

In

3

, Phone Book S % S Select

entry S % S

5

From My Details

In

3

, My Details S % S Select item

S % S

5

From Entered Text

In

3

, Text Input S % S Enter text S

%

S

5

Switching Storage Media

In

5

, B S Save to S % S Phone or

Memory Card S % S %

Attaching to E Mail

In

5

, B S Send As S % S

Complete message S A

Incoming Calls

.

QR Code creation is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

2

Create QR Code S %

9-

26

Scan Card

Scanning Business Cards

Scan business cards and save names,

3

Frame card on Display

addresses, etc. to Phone Book.

.

English business cards may not be scanned correctly.

.

Some cards may not be scanned.

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec. S Barcode/

Scan S %

2

Scan Card S %

Scan Window

4

%

.

Press A to stop scan.

5

%

S Scan results appear

Key Assignments in Scan Window

1

: Toggle focus mode

3

: Switch to Photo Camera

!

: Focus Lock

#

: Mobile Light on/off

f: Adjust brightness

0

: Open Help

If Text Exceeds Phone Book Entry Item

Character Limit

.

Confirmation appears. Follow these steps to delete overage:

Yes S %

Switching Storage Media

After

5

, B S Save to S % S

Select storage media S % S %

Saving Scanned Image as Phone Book

Picture

After

5

, B S Add Image S % S

On S %S

6

Starting Over

After

5

, A S Yes S % S From

3

9

6

%

S A

.

New Phone Book entry is saved.

Advanced

0

(

Saving to Notepad

(

Pasting to message text

(

Copying text (P.9-39)

9-

27

Text Scanner

Scanning Text

Some text cannot be scanned.

1

%

S Tools S % S f

Doc./Rec. S Barcode/

Scan S %

9

2

Scan Text S %

3

Frame text in center of

Display

6

%

Focus

Adjustment

Bar

Scan Window

.

Adjust to frame text in [ ].

.

Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a guide (better focus in darker blue).

4

%

S Scan starts

.

Press A to stop scan.

5

Select line S % S Scan

results appear

Key Assignments in Scan Window

1

: Toggle focus mode

3

: Switch to Photo Camera

!

: Focus Lock

#

: Mobile Light on/off

f: Adjust brightness

0

: Open Help

Correcting Text Type

After

5

, B S Change Mode S %

S

Select type S % S

6

Editing Scanned Text

After

5

, B S Select/Edit S % S

Select character S Select alternative

from list or edit directly S

6

Starting Over

In

6

, A S Yes S % S From

3

9-

28

Advanced

0

(

Scanning and pasting during text entry

(

Scanning more text

(

Saving scan results

(

Saving linked info to Phone Book

(

Saving to

Notepad

(

Opening saved scan results

(

Using linked info

(

Pasting to message text

(

Copying text (P.9-39 - 9-40)

Calendar

[

View Settings

Changing default view

Jumping to specified date

Changing date color

Selecting task view option

Adding stamps

(Month View)

Hiding schedules

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S % S B S

Calendar Settings

S

% S

Default View

S

%

S

Select type

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

8

S

Enter date

S

%

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S

%

S

See below

By Days of the Week

B S

Calendar Settings

S

%

S

Set Color

S

% S

By Week

S

%

S

Select day

S

%

S

Select color

S

%

By Date

Select date

S

4

S

Select color

S

%

Resetting "By Date" Colors

B S

Calendar Settings

S

%

S

Set Color

S

% S

Reset Color

S % S

Select option

S %

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

B

S

Calendar Settings

S

% S

Tasks View

S % S

Select option

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

Select date

S

2

S

Select stamp

S

%

.

Available in Month View.

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

Select date

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

%

S

Secret:

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

A

Additional Functions

Saving additional holidays

Removing/ restoring holidays

7

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S % S B S

Calendar

Settings

S

%

S

Set Holiday

S

%

S

f

Private

S

See below

Adding Holidays

<Empty>

S % S

Enter name

S % S

Enter date

S

%

S

Select frequency

S

%

S

A

Editing Added Holidays

Select holiday

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Name:

S

% S

Enter name

S % S

Date:

S % S

Enter date

S

%

S

Select frequency

S

%

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

B

S

Calendar Settings

S

% S

Set Holiday

S % S f Private or Public

S

Select holiday

S

% (n/p)

[

Saving/Editing Schedules

7

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S

%

S

Select date

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

%

S

See below

Setting Category/

Location

Category

Category:

S % S

Select Category

S % S A

Location

Location:

S

%

S

Enter location

S

%

S

A

Saving repetitive schedules

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S % S

Select date

S % S

Select entry

S

%

S

%

S

Repeat:

S

%

S

Select frequency

S

%

S

Enter repeat time

S

%

S

A

.

Repeat time is not available for Every Year.

9

9-

29

9

Additional Functions

Saving S! Friend's

Status information

Editing entries

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

Changing Alarm volume

Selecting Vibration option

7

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S % S

Select date

S % S

Select entry

S

%

S

%

S

S! Friend'sStatus:

S

% S

Link Setting:

S

%

S

Linked

S

%

S

See below

Availability

Answer Status:

S

%

S

Edit

S

A

S

A

S

A

.

Set Category first.

Comment

Comment:

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

S

A

S

A

.

Set Category first.

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

Select date

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Edit in the same manner as saving schedules

S

A

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S

%

S

Select date

S

%

S

Select entry

S % S % S

Alarm:

S % S

See below

Alarm Tone/Video

Assign Tone/Video:

S

%

S

Select folder

S

% S

Select tone/file

S % S A S A

.

Select start point if required.

Duration

Duration:

S

%

S

Select time

S

%

S

A

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S % S B S

Alarm Settings

S %

S

Alarm Volume:

S

%

S

Adjust level

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

B

S

Alarm Settings

S

%

S

Vibration:

S % S

Select option

S %

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

B

S

Alarm Settings

S

%

S

For Manner Mode:

S

%

S

Ring

S

%

S

Yes

S %

[

Managing Schedules

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S % S

See below

Searching entries

By Subject

6 S

Enter subject

S

%

Checking memory status

Deleting all entries

Deleting entries by specifying week

(Week View)

By Category

9 S

Select Category

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

Select date

S

B

S

Memory Status

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S

%

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

All

Appointments

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

% S

Yes

S

%

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S

%

S

See below

Within One Week

Select date

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

All This

Week

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Up to the End of Previous Week

Select date

S B S

Delete

S % S

Up to Last

Week

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

9-

30

Deleting entries by specifying month

(Month View)

Deleting entries in two months

(2Month View)

7

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Calendar

S % S

See below

Within One Month

Select date

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

All This

Month

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Up to the End of Previous Month

Select date

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Up to Last

Month

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calendar

S % S B S

Delete

S % S

All This

2Months

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Tasks

[

Task List

Hiding tasks

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

Select task

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Secret:

S % S

On

S % S A

[

Saving/Editing Tasks

Editing tasks

Setting priority

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

Select task

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Edit in the same manner as saving tasks

S A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

Select task

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Priority:

S

%

S

Select priority

S

%

S

A

Additional Functions

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

Changing Alarm volume

Selecting Vibration option

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

7

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Tasks

S % S

Select task

S B S

Edit

S

%

S

Alarm:

S

%

S

See below

Alarm Tone/Video

Assign Tone/Video:

S

%

S

Select folder

S

% S

Select tone/file

S % S A S A

.

Select start point if required.

Duration

Duration:

S

%

S

Select time

S

%

S

A

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S % S B S

Alarm Settings

S % S

Alarm Volume:

S

%

S

Adjust level

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

B

S

Alarm Settings

S

%

S

Vibration:

S % S

Select option

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

B

S

Alarm Settings

S

%

S

For

Manner Mode:

S

%

S

Ring

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

9

9-

31

9

Additional Functions

[

Managing Tasks

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Tasks

S

%

S

B

S

Find

S

%

S

See below

Searching tasks

Sorting tasks by priority

Checking memory status

Deleting all tasks

By Subject

By Subject

S

%

S

Enter subject

S

%

By Due Date

By Due Date

S

%

S

Enter date

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

B

S

Sort

S

%

S

Priority

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

B

S

Memory Status

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Tasks

S

%

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

All Tasks

S

% S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Alarms

Editing entries

Saving entry name

Changing Alarm tone/video

Setting handset to vibrate at Alarm

Time

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

Activating Alarm based on World

Clock time

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Alarms

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Edit in the same manner as saving entries

S A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Alarms

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Subject:

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

A

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Alarms

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Assign Tone/Video:

S % S

See below

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder

S

%

S

Select tone/file

S

%

S

A

.

Select start point if required.

Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen

S % S A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Alarms

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Vibration:

S

%

S

On or Link to Sound

S

%

S A

.

Select Link to Sound to allow compatible SMAF files to control vibration.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Alarms

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

For Manner

Mode

S

%

S

Ring

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Alarms

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Link to World

Clk

S

%

S

On

S

%

9-

32

Wakeup TV

Editing entries

Changing Alarm tone/video

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Wakeup TV

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Edit in the same manner as saving entries

S A

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Wakeup TV

S % S

Select entry

S %

S

Assign Tone/Video:

S

%

S

See below

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder

S

%

S

Select tone/file

S

%

S

A

.

Select start point if required.

Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen

S

%

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Wakeup TV

S

%

S

For Manner Mode

S

%

S

Ring

S % S

Yes

S %

Additional Functions

Calculator

Copying calculation results

While result appears, B S

Copy

S %

Changing exchange rate for currency conversion

Converting currencies

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calculator

S % S B S

Money Converter

S

% S

Exchange Rate

S

%

S

Domestic or

Foreign

S

%

S

Enter rate

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Calculator

S % S

Enter amount of money

S

B S

Money Converter

S

%

S

To Domestic or To Foreign

S

%

.

Set Exchange Rate first.

Expenses Memo

Changing Category of saved entry

Changing amount

Renaming

Categories

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Expenses Memo

S

%

S

Totals

S

%

S

Select entry

S

%

S

Select Category

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Expenses Memo

S

%

S

Totals

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Change Amount

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Expenses Memo

S % S

Edit Category

S %

S

Select Category

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

9

9-

33

9

Additional Functions

Osaifu-Keitai ®

Enabling to view e-money balances

Checking e-money balance on External Display

Moving applications up/down Balance

Info list

Removing applications from

Balance Info list

Customizing handset response to reader/writer commands

Opening IC Card properties

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S

%

S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

Balance Info

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

<Empty>

S % S

S! Appli or Lifestyle-Appli

S

% S

Select application

S

%

.

For use with compatible Lifestyle-Applications.

.

Start Lifestyle-Appli once before adding it to

Balance Info list.

With handset closed, E (Long)

S

Balance appears

S

H

S

Balance disappears

.

Use L to view balances of listed entries.

.

Save Lifestyle-Appli to Balance Info list beforehand.

.

Balances do not appear if IC Card Lock is active.

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S

%

S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

Balance Info

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Select application

S

B

S

Move

S

% S

Select target location

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S

%

S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

Balance Info

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

% S

Select application

S B S

Delete

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S

%

S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

Interface Settings

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S % S

Select item

S % S

Off

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S

%

S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

IC Card Status

S

%

Changing IC Card

Lock notice recipient

Changing required Missed

Call count for Call

Remote Lock

Restoring default

Osaifu-Keitai

® settings

7

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu, Osaifu-Keitai

S % S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

Remote Lock

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Mail Remote Lock

S

%

S

Notice Settings

S

%

S

Send Notice

S

%

S

See below

Changing Recipient

To Set Recipient

S

%

S

Set Recipient

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

S

Select/enter number/ address

S % S $ S A

.

Omit step of pressing $ when selecting Phone

Book as setting method.

Disabling Notice

Off

S

%

S

$

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S % S

IC Card Settings

S % S

Remote Lock

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

% S

Call Remote Lock

S

%

S

Count for Lock

S

%

S

Enter Missed Call count

S

%

S

A

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S

%

S

IC Card Settings

S

%

S

Set to Default

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

9-

34

Simulated Call

Starting via

Simulated Call menu

Clearing caller information

Overriding Silent volume setting

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Simulated Call

S

%

S

Receive Simulated

Call

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Simulated Call starts immediately regardless of

Receive Timing setting.

.

Settings remain even after starting Simulated

Call during setup.

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Simulated Call

S

%

S

Set Caller

S

%

S

B

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

In PIM/Lifestyle menu,

Simulated Call

S % S

For Silent Mode

S %

S

Ring

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

A

Additional Functions

Hour Minder

Changing Hour

Minder tone/video

Setting handset to vibrate at Hour

Minder Time

Sounding Hour

Minder tone even in Manner mode

Activating Hour

Minder based on

World Clock time

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Clocks/

Gauges

S

Hour Minder

S % S

Advanced

S

% S

Assign Tone/Video:

S

%

S

See below

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder

S

%

S

Select tone/file

S

%

S

A S A

.

Select start point if required.

Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen

S

%

S

A

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Clocks/Gauges

S

Hour Minder

S % S

Advanced

S % S

Vibration:

S

%

S

On or Link to Sound

S

%

S

A

S

A

.

Select Link to Sound to allow compatible SMAF files to control vibration.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Clocks/Gauges

S

Hour Minder

S % S

Advanced

S % S

For

Manner Mode:

S

%

S

Ring

S

%

S

Yes

S

% S

A

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Clocks/Gauges

S

Hour Minder

S % S

Advanced

S % S

Link

to World Clk:

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

A

S

A

9

9-

35

9

Additional Functions

Notepad

Editing Notepad

Searching text within all entries

Inserting Notepad text into message text

Sending entries via

E Mail

Creating text files

Importing text files

Checking memory status

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Notepad

S % S

Select entry

S B S

See below

Editing Text

Edit Text

S

%

S

Edit

S

%

Changing Category

Change Category

S % S

Select Category

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Search

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Notepad

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Send

S

%

S

As

Message Text

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Notepad

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Send

S

%

S

Via

Message

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S % S

Select entry

S B S

Setting/Manage

S

%

S

Create Text File

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

S

Save here

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S % S

Select entry

S B S

Setting/Manage

S

% S

Import Text File

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Setting/Manage

S % S

Memory Status

S %

Opening properties

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Details

S

%

Voice Recorder

Saving longer recordings

Sending Voice files via E Mail

Switching storage media

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Voice

Recorder

S

%

S

B

S

Record Time

S

%

S

Extended Voice

S

%

S

%

S

Recording starts

S % S

Recording ends

.

Insert Memory Card to record in Extended Voice mode. (Recording is saved automatically.)

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Voice

Recorder

S

%

S

%

S

Recording starts

S

%

S

Recording ends

S

Save and Send

S

%

S

Complete message

S A

.

Available in For Message mode.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Voice

Recorder

S

%

S

B

S

Save Recording to

S

% S

Select option

S

%

.

Available in For Message mode.

.

Set to Ask Each Time to select media after every recording.

9-

36

Scan Barcode

Scanning during text entry

Scanning continuously

Reading saved barcode images

Saving scan results

Saving to Notepad

7

In a text entry window, B S

Scan

S

% S

Scan Code

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

See below

Pasting All Scan Results

%

Pasting a Part of Scan Results

B S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S B S

Continuous Scan

S

%

S

On

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

.

Choose Yes to continue scanning or No and press % to view scan results.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Open Barcode

S % S

Select file

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S % S B S

Save

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S % S B S

Notepad

S

%

Additional Functions

Saving linked info to Phone Book

Opening saved scan results

Using linked info

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

Select number or mail address

S B S

Save to

Ph.Book

S

%

S

As New Entry

S

%

S

Complete other fields

S

A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail.

.

When MEMORY: appears in scan results, press % to enter the items underlined with a dotted line automatically in Phone Book entry window.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scanned Results

S % S

Select file

S

%

.

Select a file and press B to rename files, open properties or delete files.

.

Some files may not open.

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

See below

Dialing Numbers

Select phone number

S

%

S

!

Sending Messages

Select mail address

S

%

S

Complete message

S A

.

When MAILTO: appears in scan results, press % to enter the items underlined with a dotted line automatically in Composition window.

Accessing Internet Sites

Select URL

S

%

9

9-

37

9

Additional Functions

Using images as

Wallpaper

Saving images & melodies

Opening or playing files

Using images for

System Graphics

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

Select image

S B S

Set as Wallpaper

S % S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display,

Wallpaper Display options appear; follow onscreen prompts.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

Select file

S B S

To Data Folder

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

Select file

S %

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

Select image

S B S

As System

S % S

Select item

S

%

S

Specify image area

S

%

.

Some images may be usable without specifying image area.

Pasting to message text

Copying text

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

B

S

Send Message

S

%

S

See below

All Text

% S

E Mail or SMS

S % S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Selected Text

B S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S % S

E Mail or SMS

S % S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S

%

S

Scan Barcode

S

%

S

Frame barcode in center of Display

S

%

S

See below

Text

B S

Copy

S

%

S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

Number, Address or URL

Select number, mail address or URL

S B S

Copy Telephone, Copy Address or Copy URL

S

%

9-

38

Scan Card

Saving to Notepad

Pasting to message text

Copying text

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Card

S

%

S

Frame card in center of Display

S

%

S

%

S

B

S

Notepad

S %

7

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S % S

Scan Card

S % S

Frame card in center of Display

S

%

S

%

S

B S

Send Message

S

%

S

See below

All Text

% S

E Mail or SMS

S % S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Selected Text

B S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S % S

E Mail or SMS

S % S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S

%

S

Scan Card

S

%

S

Frame card in center of Display

S

%

S

%

S

See below

Text

B S

Copy

S

%

S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

Additional Functions

Scan Text

Scanning and pasting during text entry

Scanning more text

Saving scan results

Saving linked info to Phone Book

Saving to Notepad

Opening saved scan results

In a text entry window, B

S

Scan

S

%

S

Text

Scanner

S

%

S

Frame text in center of

Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Text

S

%

S

Frame text in center of Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

% S

B

S

Continue Part or Scan More

S

%

.

Select Continue Part to enter additional text or

Scan More to enter text after a line break.

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Text

S

%

S

Frame text in center of Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

% S

B

S

Save

S

%

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Text

S

%

S

Frame text in center of Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

% S

Select number or mail address

S

B

S

Save to Ph.Book

S % S

As New Entry

S %

S

Complete other fields

S

A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail.

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scan Text

S

%

S

Frame text in center of Display

S % S

Select line

S % S

% S

B

S

Notepad

S

%

% S

Tools

S

%

S

f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan

S

%

S

Scanned Results

S

%

S

Select file

S %

.

Select a file and press B to rename files, open properties or delete files.

.

Some files may not open.

9

9-

39

9

Additional Functions

Using linked info

Pasting to message text

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S % S

Scan Text

S % S

Frame text in center of Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

%

S

See below

Dialing Numbers

Select phone number

S % S !

Sending Messages

Select mail address

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

Accessing Internet Sites

Select URL

S

%

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S

%

S

Scan Text

S

%

S

Frame text in center of Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

%

S

B

S

Send Message

S

%

S

See below

All Text

% S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Selected Text

B S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

S

E Mail or SMS

S

%

S

Complete message

S

A

.

E Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Copying text

7

% S

Tools

S % S f Doc./Rec. S

Barcode/Scan

S % S

Scan Text

S % S

Frame text in center of Display

S

%

S

Select line

S

%

S

%

S

See below

Text

B S

Copy

S % S

Select first character

S %

S

Highlight text range

S

%

Number, Address or URL

Select number, mail address or URL

S

B

S

Copy Telephone, Copy Address or Copy URL

S

%

9-

40

Troubleshooting

Osaifu-Keitai ®

3

Cannot use Osaifu-Keitai ®

(S! FeliCa)

.

Battery may be low. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Recognition via reader/writer takes time

.

Check m logo area. Foreign articles can block/hamper recognition.

3

Call Remote Lock does not activate even after specified number of Missed Calls

.

Missed Call count is reset by calls from other numbers. If series is interrupted, start over from the beginning.

.

When Call Forwarding is active,

Missed Calls may not be recorded.

Wakeup TV

3

TV does not activate with specified channel

.

If Wakeup TV Time arrives while TV is active, channel does not switch to the specified one.

Voice Recorder

3

Cannot record properly

.

If incompatible microphone is connected, recording may fail.

3

Noise/skipping occurs

.

Avoid shocks to handset while recording; may cause noise or skipping.

3

Recording takes time to start

.

Recording window may take longer to open as more Voice files are saved on Memory Card.

Scanning Barcode/Card/Text

3

Cannot read barcodes properly

.

Scan may fail if barcode is dirty or unclear.

.

Scan may fail if barcode is scanned under inadequate light.

.

Scan may fail if multiple barcodes are captured at one time.

3

Cannot read barcodes during text entry

.

Scanning is not available during calls or when mobile camera is active.

3

Cannot read barcode images in

Data Folder automatically

.

When scan fails, follow onscreen instructions and select next barcode image manually.

3

Cannot scan business cards properly

.

Scan fails if business card is printed in light-colored text on a dark background, handwritten or printed in casual/decorative fonts, decorated with a background pattern, or designed with both vertical and horizontal text.

.

Scan may fail if business card is printed in light-colored text on a light background, printed in italics or extremely small fonts, decorated with a logo or logo-like text, printed on a glossy paper or other material, or dirty/folded.

3

Cannot scan text properly

.

Scanning over 35 characters at one time may yield poor results.

.

Adjust to frame text in [ ]. Letters at the ends may be distorted.

9

9-

41

Mobile Widget ............................. 10-2

Customizing Standby Display

(Japanese) ...................................10-2

S! Quick News.............................. 10-5

Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)

........................................................10-5

S! Information Channel............... 10-6

S! Information Channel & Weather

Indicator (Japanese)...................10-6

e-Books ........................................ 10-7

Reading e-Books (Japanese) .....10-7

S! Friend's Status...........................10-8

Using S! Friend's Status ................. 10-8

S! Circle Talk ..............................10-11

Using S! Circle Talk ..................... 10-11

Blog Tool.....................................10-13

Blogging...................................... 10-13

Additional Functions .................10-15

Troubleshooting .........................10-22

10

Entertainment &

Communication

10-

1

Mobile Widget

Customizing Standby Display (Japanese)

Paste various widgets (applications) to

Standby to access/activate information/functions immediately from Standby.

Obtaining Widgets

1

% S Entertainment S %

S

Mobile Widget S %

Installing Widgets

.

Some widgets may need to be installed manually; follow these steps:

[Widget List] Select widget S B S

Install S % S Yes S %

Activating Single Widgets

[Widget List] Select widget S % S %

Widgets

Mobile Widget Menu

2

Widget Contents S %

10

Widget List

3

Download S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

10-

2

Advanced

0

(

Opening properties

(

Opening widget notification history

(

Canceling automatic updates

(

Receiving updates automatically while abroad

(

Disabling widget notifications

(

Disabling cookies

(

Deleting cookies (P.10-15)

Saving Widgets to Standby

1 a

.

Pointer (#) appears.

2

Use A to select # (OPEN)

S

%

Widget Tab

Standby

Shortcut Tab

.

Press A to toggle selection.

.

Alternatively, use g to point to #

(OPEN) and press %.

3

Select widget S %

.

Corresponding icon appears in

Standby.

4

Use g to specify target

location S %

Removing Widgets from Standby

a S Use A to select widget S B S

Operation S % S Remove S % S

Yes S %

Moving Widgets

a S Use A to select widget S B S

Operation S % S Change Layout S

% S Specify target location S %

Moving Widgets to Front/Back

a S Use A to select widget S B S

Operation S % S To Front or To

Back S %

Updating View

a S Use A to select widget S B S

Operation S % S Update View S %

Using Widgets

1 a

S Use A to select

widget S %

2

%

.

Widget activates; follow onscreen instructions.

Mobile Widget

Using Sheets

Paste widgets and Standby Shortcuts on each sheet; toggle sheets to use them.

Toggling Sheets

1 a

S A (Long)

A (Long)

.

To toggle further, Long Press A or press ).

.

Sheet name appears at the top, then disappears.

.

Save widgets as needed; corresponding icons appear on the current sheet.

Using Locked Sheets

a S Select 1 S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

10

Advanced

0

(

Logging in to Yahoo!JAPAN

(

Viewing widget-related information (Japanese)

(

Reversing icon selection order with A

(

Slowing pointer speed

(

Editing sheet names

(

Locking sheets (P.10-15 - 10-16)

10-

3

10

Mobile Widget

1

In Widget list, select widget

S

B

2

Saving Widgets on Other Sheets

Set as StbyShortcut S %

Deleting Widgets

[

One Entry

1

In Widget list, select widget

S

B

.

S!速報ニュース/S!ともだち状況

cannot be deleted.

2

Delete S % S Yes S %

[

All Entries

1

In Widget list, B

.

When an item other than

Using S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status Widget

DM004SH is preloaded with S!速報ニュース/S!と

もだち状況 (S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget) that shows S! Quick News and S! Friend's Status information in Standby.

View Settings

S! Friend's Status

S! Quick News

3

4

Select sheet S %

Specify target location S %

Download or

S!速報ニュース/S!ともだち

状況

is selected, press B then select Manage Items and press %.

2

Delete All S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

3

Yes S %

.

If there is widget saved in

Standby, a confirmation appears.

[

Setting View Pattern

1 a

S A (Long) S Use A to

select S! Quick News/

S! Friend's Status widget S B

2

Operation S % S Pattern

Setting S %

3

Select item S % (p) S A

[

Switching View

1 a

S A (Long) S Use A to

select S! Quick News/

S! Friend's Status widget S B

2

Operation S % S Switch

Pattern S %

.

Repeat the above steps to switch the view.

Advanced

0

(

Adding news items

(

Changing news scroll speed

(

Showing unread news only

(

Showing news images

(

Assigning members

(

Managing members (P.10-16)

10-

4

S! Quick News

Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)

View content updates or breaking news.

Transmission fees apply.

4

Select item S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Registering S! Quick News Items

1

%

S Entertainment S %

S S! Quick News S %

Opening Information

1

In S! Quick News List, select

item S %

.

Title list appears.

2

Select title S %

S! Quick News Menu

2

S! Quick News List S %

S! Quick News List

3

登録はこちら

S % S Yes

S

%

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

.

Press B to return to title list, or A to open next title.

Updating Items Manually

[S! Quick News List] Select item S A

S

更新

S % S

一件

or

全件

S %

Indicators

3

2

Unread Special news

Read Special news s

Unread News

Flash k

Read News Flash v u t

Unread General news

Read General news

Auto update disabled

10

Advanced

0

(

Updating S! Quick News list automatically

(

Checking update schedule

(

Deleting S! Quick News items

(

Resetting S! Quick News List

(

Changing background image

(

Accessing source sites

(

Disabling image download (P.10-17)

10-

5

S! Information Channel

10

S! Information Channel & Weather Indicator (Japanese)

Subscribe to Japanese mobile periodicals that download to handset automatically; use Weather Indicator as needed.

Transmission fees apply.

Service Registration & Content

Subscription

1

%

S Entertainment S %

S

S! Information Channel/

Weather S %

S! Information Channel Menu

2

Registration/Cancel S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Follow onscreen instructions.

New Received Information

Information window opens for new

S! Information Channel info delivery.

1

While Information window appears, S! Info. Channel

S %

.

S! Information Channel page opens. Follow onscreen instructions.

.

S! Information Channel page handling is similar to that of Disney

Web.

2

"

S Page closes

Opening Unread Latest Issue

[S! Information Channel Menu]

What's New S %

Opening Back Issues

[S! Information Channel Menu]

Back Issue S % S Select date S %

Using Weather Indicator

After S! Information Channel registration, local area weather indicator appears in Standby.

!

Clear skies (day) u Snow s

Clear skies (night) v Thunder showers

"

Cloudy h

Rain

%

Then

/ Partly/chance of

Example: "/h S Partly cloudy with a chance of rain

Indicators other than the above also appear for more information.

Manual Update

[S! Information Channel Menu]

Weather Indicator S % S Manual

Update S % S Yes S %

10-

6

Advanced

0

(

Hiding Information window for new received info

(

Changing Display Size

(

Changing scroll unit

(

Copying text

(

Hiding Weather Indicator in Standby

(

Canceling Weather Indicator automatic updates

(

Hiding Information window for weather updates (And more on P.10-18)

e-Books

Reading e-Books (Japanese)

Downloading e-Books

1

A S

メニューリスト

S %

2

書籍・コミック・写真集

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

.

Downloaded e-Books are saved to Data Folder (Books).

Note

.

Alternatively, go to SH-web Mobile

Internet site (シャープメーカーサイト in Bookmarks;

see P.5-7) for e-Books.

e-Book Viewer

Read XMDF books and dictionary files.

Some files may not be supported.

1

% S Entertainment S %

Entertainment Menu

2

e-Book Viewer S %

.

e-Book Viewer starts. Refer to the e-Book Viewer help menu for operational instructions.

BookSurfing ®

Download Contents Keys and read

CCF files.

Some files may not be supported.

1

In Entertainment menu,

BookSurfing S %

.

BookSurfing

®

S! Application starts.

Refer to the BookSurfing ® help menu for operational instructions.

Moving CCF Files via Memory Card

.

When purchasing a new handset, move CCF files and retrieve Contents

Keys to open the files. Some files may need to be re-downloaded.

10

Advanced

0

(

Copying text

(

Opening non-DM004SH e-Books (Library)

(

Using Library (P.10-19)

10-

7

S! Friend's Status

Using S! Friend's Status

Exchange current usage status, mood, etc. with compatible handsets.

.

Save and organize members in Groups.

.

S! Friend's Status requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Set Connection status to Online first.

First S! Friend's Status Use

Follow these steps to register a number saved in Phone Book; Status,

Availability and Comment are sent to the members.

1

(

(Long)

2

Yes S %

10

3

Yes S %

4

Phone Book S %

5

Select entry S % S Select

phone number S %

.

Omit number selection step if only one number is saved.

6

Yes S %

.

Registration request is sent to the number.

When Request is Accepted

.

An acceptance notice arrives; My

Status is sent and member's status appears on handset.

Direct Entry

In

4

, Add New Entry S % S Enter

phone number S % S

6

10-

8

Advanced

0

(

Adding members

(

Deleting members

(

Moving members

(

Renaming Groups

(

Rejecting requests

(

Updating manually

(

Opening notices

(

Sending My Details image (And more on P.10-19 - 10-20)

Opening Member Status

1

( (Long) S f Select

Group

My Status

Member

Status

2

Select member S %

Changing My Status

Follow these steps to change Status,

Availability and Comment; new status is sent to the members.

1

(

(Long) S

私の状況

S %

Connection

Status

My Status Window

2

Select Status, e.g.,

ごきげん

S %

S! Friend's Status

5

<Add Comment> S % S

Enter text S %

6

A

S Update starts

Changing Connection Status

[My Status Window] Online (or

Offline) S % S Select status S %

Changing Status Icon/Label

[Status Template Window] Select

Status S A S Status Icon or Status

Label S % S Select Pictogram or

enter text S % S A

Changing Availability Settings at Once

In

4

, Answer Status S % S Select

new Answer Status S % S From

5

Editing My Status Name

[My Status Window] B S Edit Name

S

% S Edit S %

10

When Cancellation Notice Arrives

.

Member is deleted from S! Friend's

Status member list.

Status Template Window

3

Select new Status S %

4

Select Availability, e.g.,

Answer OK S % S Select

new Availability S %

10-

9

10

S! Friend's Status

Receiving Request from Unsaved

Numbers

When a registration request arrives, a confirmation appears.

1

Yes S %

.

Acceptance notice is sent; the number is registered.

Rejecting

In

1

, No S % S Yes S %

,

Rejection notice is sent; the number cannot be registered for 24 hours.

,

For ConfirmLater, Information window opens.

Creating Status Templates

Save custom combinations of Status Icon and Status Label to each template.

1

In Status Template window,

B

S New Entry S %

2

Enter name S %

3

<未定>

S %

5

Status Label S % S Enter

text S % S A

6

Repeat

3

-

5

S A S Saved

Saving to Data Folder

[Status Template Window] f Select

template S B S Save to DF S %

S

Save here S %

Loading Templates via Data Folder

[Status Template Window] B S Add

Template S % S Select template

S

%

Renaming Templates

[Status Template Window] f Select

template S B S Edit Temp. Name

S

% S Enter name S %

4

Status Icon S % S Select

Pictogram S %

10-

10

Advanced

0

(

Resetting templates (P.10-20)

S! Circle Talk

Using S! Circle Talk

Use handset like a walkie-talkie to speak to multiple parties simultaneously.

.

A subscription to S! Friend's Status is required.

.

Transmission fees apply during S! Circle

Talk.

Registering Members

Follow these steps to register a number saved in Phone Book:

1

H

.

When registering a member for the first time, a confirmation appears.

Choose Yes and press %, then skip ahead to

3

.

2

<Add New Entry> S %

3

Group S % S Group

Name: S % S Enter name

S

%

7

A S Saved

Saving as Individuals

In

3

, Individual S % S

5

-

6

Saving from S! Friend's Status Member List

In

5

, Members List S % S Select

member S % S

7

,

Omit

7

when Individual is selected in

3

.

4

Select number, e.g., No.1:

S

%

5

Phone Book S %

6

Select entry S % S Select

phone number S %

10

.

Omit number selection step if only one number is saved.

.

Repeat

4

-

6

to add members.

Advanced

0

(

Editing individual members

(

Editing Groups (P.10-20)

10-

11

S! Circle Talk

Initiating S! Circle Talk

Follow these steps to send S! Circle

Talk requests to members:

(First, set Connection status to Online

(P.10-9).)

1

H

S! Circle Talk Operations

[

Speaking

1

Press and hold H when

Press and Hold a appears

S

You have the floor

10

2

Select member or Group S %

3

%

S Transmission starts

.

S! Circle Talk starts when request is accepted by a receiver.

.

Loudspeaker activates automatically.

Direct Entry

Enter phone number S H S % S

Transmission starts

. a

:My Turn appears when you have the floor.

2

Keep holding H to speak

S

Release H S Floor is

released

.

Warning tone sounds before time limit.

Incoming Calls during S! Circle Talk

.

Incoming calls are rejected. Set handset to exit S! Circle Talk to answer incoming calls as needed.

Canceling Loudspeaker

During S! Circle Talk, %

,

To reactivate, follow these steps:

%

S While message appears, %

[

Exiting S! Circle Talk

1

" S Connection ends

.

S! Circle Talk ends automatically when there is only one participant left, including yourself.

Rejoining S! Circle Talk

c /d S Select most recent

S! Circle Talk record S B S Rejoin

Circle Talk S %

,

Not available when S! Circle Talk has ended or maximum number of participants are already engaged.

Accepting S! Circle Talk Request

1

While handset is ringing/

vibrating, ! S S! Circle

Talk starts

.

Alternatively, press H.

.

S! Circle Talk Operations: left

10-

12

Advanced

0

(

Disabling Loudspeaker

(

Exiting S! Circle Talk for incoming calls (P.10-20)

Blog Tool

Blogging

Save blog details to view or update blogs easily on handset.

Saving Blog Details

Setup for Posting via Mail

Follow these steps to save blog name and address for posting:

1

%

S Communication S %

S Blog Tool S %

3

Blog Menu S % S Enter

name S %

4

Blog by send Mail S %

Blog Tool Window

2

Add New Entry S %

Blog Setting Menu

Blog Setting Menu (Mail)

5

Blog's Email Address S %

S Enter mail address S %

6

$ S A

Saving Title/Text for Posts

After

5

, Blog's Title or Blog's Text S

%

S Enter title or text S % S

6

,

Saved title/text is entered automatically when posting.

Setting Image Size for Posting

After

5

, Picture Size S % S Select

size S % S

6

Setup for Posting via the Internet

Save URL for Disney Web or PC Site

Browser, or both.

1

In Blog Setting menu, Refer/

Send by Disney Web or

Refer/Send by

PCSiteBrowser S %

2

Blog's URL S % S Enter URL

S

%

3

Refer Blog's URL S % S

Enter URL S %

4

$

S A

10

Advanced

0

(

Editing entries

(

Deleting entries (P.10-21)

10-

13

10

Blog Tool

Posting to Blogs

Complete setup for posting via mail/

Internet beforehand.

Posting via Mail

1

In Blog Tool window, select

entry S %

2

Blog by send Mail S %

.

E Mail Composition window opens with address entered.

.

Omit

2

if no URL is saved for posting.

3

Complete message S A

Posting via the Internet

1

In Blog Tool window, select

entry S %

2

Blog by send Browser S %

.

Page of URL saved in Blog's URL opens.

.

Omit

2

if no address is saved for posting.

.

If PC Site Browser message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

When URL is Saved for Disney Web & PC

Site Browser

After

2

, select browser S %

Opening Blog Page

1

In Blog Tool window, select

entry S A

.

Page of URL saved in Refer Blog's

URL opens.

.

If PC Site Browser message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

When URL is Saved for Disney Web & PC

Site Browser

After

1

, select browser S %

10-

14

Mobile Widget

[

Managing

Opening properties

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

Mobile Widget

S

% S

Widget Contents

S % S

Select widget

S

B

S

Details

S

%

.

Select widget other than S!速報ニュース/S!ともだち

状況.

[

Widget History

Opening widget notification history

7

% S

Entertainment

S % S

Mobile

Widget

S

%

S

Widget History

S

%

S

See below

Showing All Text

Select record

S B S

View full text

S %

Deleting a Record

Select record

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Deleting All Records

Select record

S B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Settings

Canceling automatic updates

Receiving updates automatically while abroad

Disabling widget notifications

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

Mobile Widget

S

% S

Settings

S

%

S

Auto Refresh

S

%

S

Off

S %

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

Mobile Widget

S

% S

Settings

S

%

S

AutoConnect Abroad

S

%

S

On

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S % S

Mobile Widget

S

% S

Settings

S

%

S

Notification Setting

S

% S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

Disabling cookies

Deleting cookies

[

Operations in Standby

Logging in to

Yahoo!JAPAN

a S

B

S

Yahoo!JAPAN log in

S

%

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

.

To log out, select Yahoo!JAPAN log out in the above steps.

Viewing widget-related information

(Japanese)

Reversing icon selection order

with A

Slowing pointer speed

a S B S

Information

S % a S

B

S

Move Focus(Reverse)

S

%

.

To cancel, select Move Focus(Order).

a S

B

S

Cursor Speed

S

%

S

Slow

S

%

[

Sheets

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

Mobile Widget

S

% S

Settings

S

%

S

Cookies

S

%

S

Disabled

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S % S

Mobile Widget

S

% S

Settings

S

%

S

Delete Cookies

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Editing sheet names

7 a S

B

S

Sheet Settings

S

%

S

Change Sheet Name

S % S

See below

Renaming

Select sheet

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

Resetting All Sheet Names

B S

Yes

S %

10

10-

15

10

Additional Functions

Locking sheets

7 a S B S

Sheet Settings

S % S

Set

Sheet Lock

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S %

S

See below

Activating Lock

Select sheet

S

%

S

On

S

%

Changing Method for Temporary Access

Unlock Method

S

%

S

No Password

S

%

.

Press a, then select 1 and press % to unlock sheet temporarily.

[

S! Quick News & S! Friend's Status Widget (S! Quick News)

Adding news items

Changing news scroll speed

Showing unread news only

a S

A (Long)

S

Use A to select S! Quick

News/S! Friend's Status widget

S

B

S

Operation

S % S

Contents Menu

S % S

Add News

S

%

S

S! Quick News List

S

%

S

登録はこちら

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Select genre

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

a S A (Long) S Use A to select S! Quick

News/S! Friend's Status widget

S

B

S

Operation

S

%

S

Contents Menu

S

%

S

News Display

S

%

S

News Speed

S

%

S

Select speed

S % a S

A (Long)

S

Use A to select S! Quick

News/S! Friend's Status widget

S

B

S

Operation

S

%

S

Contents Menu

S

%

S

News Display

S % S

Target News

S % S

Unread Only

S

%

Showing news images

a S

A (Long)

S

Use A to select S! Quick

News/S! Friend's Status widget

S

B

S

Operation

S

%

S

Contents Menu

S

%

S

News Display

S % S

Display Image

S % S

On

S %

.

Available when only S! Quick News area is set to appear on the Panel.

[

S! Quick News & S! Friend's Status Widget (S! Friend's Status)

When Pattern Setting is Not Friend's Status(List)

a S

A (Long)

S

Use g to select member

field

S

B

S

Operation

S

%

S

Contents

Menu

S % S

Assign Member

S % S

Select category

S

%

S

Select entry/member

S

%

Assigning members

When Pattern Setting is Friend's Status(List)

a S

A (Long)

S

Use A to select S! Quick

News/S! Friend's Status widget

S B S

Operation

S

%

S

Contents Menu

S

%

S

Assign Member

S

%

S

Select category

S

% S

Select entry/member

S

%

S

(Empty)

S %

7 a S

A (Long)

S

Use g to select

member

S B S

Operation

S % S

Contents

Menu

S

%

S

See below

Managing members

Deleting Members

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Changing Member Order

Move

S

%

S

B (Up) or A (Down)

S

%

Changing Member Icons

Change Icon

S

%

S

Select Pictogram

S

%

10-

16

S! Quick News

[

Opening/Updating Items

Updating S! Quick

News list automatically

Checking update schedule

Deleting S! Quick

News items

Resetting S! Quick

News List

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick News

S

% S

Settings

S % S

Automatic Update

S

% S

Select item

S

%

S

%

S

Select interval or choose On

S

%

.

If a confirmation appears, press %.

.

When Special is set to On, items are updated every four hours.

.

When General is set to On, items are updated once a day.

.

To cancel automatic update, choose Off and press %.

.

Updating items may incur high charges.

.

Only available in Japan.

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick News

S

% S

Settings

S % S

Check Schedule

S %

7

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick

News

S % S

S! Quick News List

S % S

Select item

S

B

S

See below

One Entry

一件

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

All Entries

全件

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick News

S

% S

Settings

S % S

Delete S! Quick News

Lists

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Not available during automatic updates.

Additional Functions

[

Other

Changing background image

Accessing source sites

Disabling image download

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick News

S

% S

Settings

S % S

Change Skin

S % S

Select pattern

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick News

S

% S

S! Quick News List

S

%

S

Select item

S

% S

Select title

S % S

Select title

S % S

Yes

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Quick News

S

% S

Settings

S

%

S

Show Image

S

%

S

Off

S %

10

10-

17

10

Additional Functions

S! Information Channel

[

Receiving Information

Hiding Information window for new received info

Requesting re-delivery

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Information

Channel/Weather

S % S

Notification

S %

S

Off

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Information

Channel/Weather

S

%

S

Get Latest

Contents

S % S

Yes

S %

[

Information Pages

Changing Display

Size

Changing scroll unit

Copying text

Saving files to Data

Folder

On a page, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Display Size

S

%

S

Select size

S

%

On a page, B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Scroll Unit

S

% S

Select unit

S %

On a page, B

S

Copy Text

S

%

S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

On a page, B

S

Save Items

S

%

S

Select file

S % S

Save

S % S

Enter name

S % S

Save here

S

%

.

Some files are saved automatically.

Opening page properties

On a page, B

S

Page Information

S

%

[

Weather Indicators

Checking weather forecast

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Information

Channel/Weather

S % S

Weather Indicator

S

%

S

Weather

S

%

Changing weather forecast page font size

On a page, B S

Settings

S % S

Font Size

S

% S

Select size

S

%

Hiding Weather

Indicator in

Standby

Canceling

Weather Indicator automatic updates

Hiding Information window for weather updates

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Information

Channel/Weather

S

%

S

Weather Indicator

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Standby Setting

S

% S

Off

S %

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Information

Channel/Weather

S

%

S

Weather Indicator

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Icon Update

S

%

S

Off

S %

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

S! Information

Channel/Weather

S

%

S

Weather Indicator

S

%

S

Settings

S

%

S

Weather Notif.

S

%

S

Off

S %

10-

18

e-Books

Copying text

Opening non-DM004SH e-Books (Library)

Using Library

In open page, A

S

文字列をコピー

S

%

S

Select first character

S

%

S

Highlight text range

S

%

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

e-Book Viewer

S

B S

Select file

S %

.

Some files may not open.

7

% S

Entertainment

S

%

S

e-Book

Viewer

S

B

S

See below

Adding Folders

B S

New Folder

S % S

Enter name

S %

Switching Folders

B S

Switch Folders

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

Renaming Folders/Files

Select folder/file

S B S

Change Name

S %

S

Enter name

S

%

Moving Files

Select file

S

B

S

Move

S

%

S

Select folder

S % S

Move here

S %

Deleting Folders/Files

Select folder/file

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Opening File Properties

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

Additional Functions

S! Friend's Status

[

Members & Groups

Adding members

Deleting members

Moving members

Renaming Groups

Rejecting requests

(

(Long)

S

f Select Group

S

B

S

Add

Member

S % S

Select method

S % S

Select entry or enter phone number

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

(

(Long)

S

f Select Group

S

Select member

S B S

Registration Release

S % S

Yes

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

.

Cancellation notice is sent; deleted members cannot be re-registered for 24 hours.

(

(Long)

S

f Select Group

S

Select member

S

B

S

Change Group

S

%

S

Select target Group

S %

(

(Long)

S

f Select Group

S

B

S

Edit

Group Name

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

7

(

(Long)

S

B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Request Reply

S

%

S

See below

Rejecting Requests from Unsaved Numbers

Confirm if Registered

S %

.

Rejection notice is sent to rejected numbers automatically.

Rejecting All Requests

Always Ignore

S

%

.

Rejection notice is sent to all requesters automatically.

10

10-

19

10

Additional Functions

[

Status & Availability

Saving custom

Availability combinations

Changing Status

Icon Pictogram or

Status Label description

(

(Long)

S

B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Answer

Status

S % S

User Setting

S % S

Select type

S

%

S

Select Availability

S

%

S

A

(

(Long)

S

B

S

Settings

S

%

S

Status

Setting

S

%

S

f Select template

S

Select

Status

S % S

Status Icon

S % S

Select

Pictogram

S

%

S

Status Label

S

%

S

Enter text

S

%

S

A

[

Status Templates

7

(

(Long)

S

私の状況

S

%

S

Select

Status

S

%

Resetting templates

One Template

f

Select template

S B S

Reset

S % S

Yes

S

%

All Templates

B S

Reset All

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Member Status & Notices

Updating manually

Opening notices

(

(Long)

S B S

Settings

S % S

Status

Update

S

%

(

(Long)

S

B

S

Status Notif. List

S

%

S

Select notice

S

%

[

My Details

Sending My Details image

(

(Long)

S f Select Group S

Select member

S

B

S

Send Image

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S! Circle Talk

[

Member List

Editing individual members

Editing Groups

7

H S

Select member

S

B

S

See below

Replacing Members

Edit

S % S % S

Select method

S % S

Select entry

S

%

Deleting Members

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

7

H S

Select Group

S

B

S

See below

Editing Group Name/Members

Edit

S % S

Select target

S % S

Edit/enter

S

%

S

A

Deleting Group Members

Edit

S

%

S

Select member

S

B

S

Delete

S

% S

Yes

S % S A

Deleting Groups

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

[

Settings

Disabling

Loudspeaker

Exiting S! Circle

Talk for incoming calls

H S

B

S

Loudspeaker

S

%

S

Off

S

%

H S B S

Incoming Calls

S % S

Voice Calls or Video Calls

S % S

Accept Calls

S %

10-

20

Blog Tool

Editing entries

Deleting entries

% S

Communication

S

%

S

Blog Tool

S

%

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Edit

S

%

S

Select item

S

%

S

Edit

S

$

S

A

.

For Blog Menu, omit step of pressing $ after editing.

% S

Communication

S % S

Blog Tool

S %

S

Select entry

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Additional Functions

10

10-

21

Troubleshooting

10

S! Friend's Status

3

Cannot use S! Friend's Status

.

Set IP Service Setting to On.

3

Handset rejected a registration request automatically

.

Rejection notice is sent automatically when 30 members are already registered or handset fails to respond within two hours.

3

Registration request arrived from a deleted member

.

Registration request arrives when a member fails to receive cancellation notice within 24 hours.

3

Registration request was sent to a member automatically

.

Registration request is sent automatically when handset fails to receive rejection/cancellation notice within 24 hours.

3

Cannot create Status Templates

.

Three templates may already be added; reset one and retry.

S! Circle Talk

3

Cannot use S! Circle Talk

.

Set IP Service Setting to On.

3

S! Circle Talk starts automatically

.

Check My Status; handset accepts

S! Circle Talk requests automatically if S! Circle Talk

Availability is set to Auto Join.

3

Cannot accept S! Circle Talk requests

.

Check My Status; handset rejects

S! Circle Talk requests automatically if S! Circle Talk

Availability is set to Join NG.

S! Quick News

3

Cannot receive content updates

.

Update may fail out-of-range or in poor signal conditions.

.

Automatic Update does not affect

S! Quick News List News Flash update items overnight.

.

USIM Card replacement cancels

Automatic Update.

10-

22

Handset Security ......................... 11-2

Operations Security .....................11-2

Information Security.....................11-3

Additional Functions ................... 11-4

11

Handset Security

11-

1

Handset Security

Operations Security

Function Lock

Restrict access to handset functions.

Auto

Once

At Power

On

Lock when Display turns off or handset is closed

Lock immediately; setting is canceled once handset is unlocked

Lock when handset is turned on; Handset Code entry window opens

11

1

% S Settings S % S In

Phone menu, Locks S %

Locks Menu

2

Function Lock S %

3

Select option S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

Unlocking Temporarily

While handset is locked, enter

Handset Code S %

When Function Lock is Active

.

Press corresponding key to turn handset on/off, answer calls, place callers on hold, end calls, etc.

PIN Entry

Activate PIN Entry to require PIN entry each time handset is turned on.

1

In Locks menu, PIN Entry S

%

S Switch On/Off S %

2

On S % S Enter PIN S %

Secure Remote Lock

Lock a lost handset remotely via PC or another handset. Secure Remote

Lock disables all operations except turning handset on, and activates IC

Card Lock.

For more about Secure Remote Lock,

see Disney Mobile Website (P.15-22) or

contact General Information (P.15-39).

11-

2

Advanced

0

(

Changing PINs

(

Setting Secure Remote Lock activation message to appear (P.11-4)

Handset Security

Information Security

Application Lock

Restrict access to these functions:

Phone Book Calendar/Tasks

Disney Web Mail

Notepad

1

% S Settings S % S In

Phone menu, Locks S %

4

A S Enter Handset Code

S

%

Temporary Access to Functions

.

When accessing functions, enter

Handset Code and press %.

History Lock

Restrict access to Call Log and sent/ received mail records.

1

In Locks menu, History Lock

S

%

Show Secret Data

Activate Show Secret Data to access

Secret entries.

1

In Locks menu, Show Secret

Data S %

2

On S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

When Show Secret Data is Active

.

Predictive is not available for text entry.

2

Locks Menu

Application Lock S %

3

Select item S % (p)

For Phone Book, select No Refer or

Refer and press %.

2

Select item S % (p)

3

A

S Enter Handset Code

S

%

Temporary Access to Records

.

When accessing records, enter

Handset Code and press %.

11

11-

3

Additional Functions

11

PIN Entry

Changing PINs

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Phone menu,

Locks

S % S

See below

Changing PIN

PIN Entry

S

%

S

Change PIN

S

%

S

Enter current PIN

S

%

S

Enter new PIN

S

%

S

Re-enter new PIN

S %

.

Activate PIN Entry first.

Changing PIN2

Change PIN2

S

%

S

Enter current PIN2

S

%

S

Enter new PIN2

S

%

S

Re-enter new PIN2

S %

Secure Remote Lock

Setting Secure

Remote Lock activation message to appear

7

% S

Settings

S

%

S

In Phone menu,

Locks

S

%

S

Set Lock Message

S

%

S

See below

Saving Message

Message

S

%

S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Enter message

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Checking Message

Check Message

S %

11-

4

Data Folder .................................. 12-2

Opening Files ................................12-3

Managing Files & Folders ............12-4

Memory Card ..............................12-5

Using Memory Card .................... 12-5

Additional Functions ...................12-7

Troubleshooting ...........................12-9

12

Data Folder &

Memory Card

12-

1

Data Folder

12

Data Folder

Handset files are organized in folders by file format.

[

Preset Folders

Pictures

DCIM

*

Downloaded melodies and other sound files

S! Applications

Contents

Still images

Large still images on Memory Card (images captured with save location set to DCIM)

Ring Songs·Tones

*

S! Appli *

Widget

Music

*

Videos *

*

Lifestyle-Appli *

Widgets

Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full

®

files

Video images

Lifestyle-Appli required to use

Osaifu-Keitai

®

Downloaded e-Books, etc.

Books *

Customized Screen

Status Templates

Decoration Call *

*

Downloaded Customized Screen files

Combinations of Status Icon and Status

Label for S! Friend's Status

Decoration Call files created on handset or obtained via mail

Flash®

Downloaded Flash ® (animation) files

Other Documents

Other files (Dictionary files, etc.)

* Contains corresponding Disney Web menu shortcut.

Checking Memory Status

%

S Data Folder S % S Memory Status S % S Phone

Memory or Memory Card S %

.

Delete messages/files when memory is low. Handset performance may be affected when memory is full.

12-

2

Data Folder

Opening Files

1

% S Data Folder S %

3

Select file S %

Slide Show

Available for Pictures or DCIM folder.

1

In file list, select file S B

.

Unselectable files/folders appear in gray.

.

To show/hide sub folders, select a folder and press A.

2

Select folder S %

To open a sub folder, select it and press %.

File List

.

The content plays or appears.

.

To return to file list, press $.

Handling Open Images

.

Press % to enlarge, or press # or ( to open next/previous ones. Press A to rotate 90 degrees clockwise.

Attaching to Mail

After

2

, select file S B S Send/

Blog S % S As Message S %

,

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen instructions.

Copy Protected Files (K or L)

.

Some functions may be unavailable.

2

Slide Show S %

.

Slide Show starts.

3

%

S Slide Show stops

Changing Interval

After

2

, B S Speed S % S Select

speed S %

,

When Speed is set to Manual, press %/# or ( to advance or reverse frames.

12

Advanced

0

(

Switching file list view

(

Changing image quality

(

Showing images in original size

(

Changing Slide Show settings

(

Using files as

Wallpaper

(

Using files as ringtones

(

Using files as ringvideos (And more on P.12-7)

12-

3

12

Data Folder

Managing Files & Folders

Adding Folders

May be unavailable for some folders.

1

%

S Data Folder S % S

Select folder S %

File List

2

B

If Download is selected or folder is empty, skip ahead to

4

.

3

Manage Items S %

Moving/Copying Files

Some files may not be moved/copied.

1

In file list, select file S B

2

Move or Copy S % S

Phone or Memory Card S %

.

For still images, select Pictures or

Mail Art and press %.

3

Select folder S %

4

Move here or Copy here S %

Selecting Multiple Files

1

In file list, A

2

Select file S %

.

Repeat

2

as needed. (To uncheck, select a file with P and press %.)

Hiding Folders

Restrict access to created folders.

Only handset folders can be hidden.

1

In file list, select folder S B

2

Set Secret S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

Accessing Secret Folders (Unlock

Temporarily)

[File List] B S Unlock Temporarily S

% S Enter Handset Code S %

Canceling Secret

Unlock Secret folders temporarily

and select Secret folder S B S

Unset Secret S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

4

Create Folder S % S Enter

name S %

12-

4

Advanced

0

(

Renaming folders

(

Opening file properties

(

Renaming files

(

Sorting files

(

Deleting files & created folders

(

Handling SVG files (P.12-8)

Memory Card

Using Memory Card

Use microSD=/microSDHC= Memory

Card (hereafter "Memory Card") to save and organize files for use on DM004SH.

Use recommended Memory Cards

only. For details, see P.15-22 "microSD=

Memory Card Compatibility."

Important Memory Card Usage Notes

.

Do not force Memory Card into or out of handset.

.

Keep Memory Cards out of infant's reach; may cause suffocation if swallowed.

.

Do not touch terminals or expose them to metal objects.

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of information. Keep a copy of Phone Book entries, etc. in a separate place.

.

Never remove Memory Card or battery while files are being accessed.

.

Be careful not to erase or overwrite files accidentally.

Inserting & Removing

Turn handset power off first.

1

Open cover

2

Insert card

.

With terminal side up, insert card until it clicks.

.

Do not insert other objects into

Memory Card Slot.

3

Close cover

If ; Appears after Power On

.

Memory Card may not be inserted properly; reinsert the card.

Removing Memory Card

.

Gently push in card and release it; card pops out. Pull card straight out gently.

12

12-

5

12

Memory Card

Format Card

When using a new Memory Card for the first time, format it on the handset before trying to save files, etc. Format

Card deletes all Memory Card files, even those created on other devices.

1

%

S Settings S % S f

Connectivity S Memory

Card S %

2

Format Card S % S Yes

S %

.

Offline Mode is set. Handset transmissions are suspended until format is complete.

3

Enter Handset Code S %

Opening Memory Card Files

1

% S Data Folder S %

2

B S Change to

MemoryCard S %

4

Yes S %

.

To cancel, choose No and press %.

Precaution

.

Never remove Memory Card or battery while formatting; may cause damage.

G appears

.

Memory Card Data Folder opens.

3

Select folder S %

To open a sub folder, select it and press %.

4

Select file S %

12-

6

Advanced

0

(

Using HTML files on Memory Card (P.12-8)

File/Folder View Settings

Switching file list view

Changing image quality

Showing images in original size

Changing Slide

Show settings

Hiding Softkeys in image view

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

B

S

Manage Items

S

%

S

Change List View

S

% S

Select option

S

%

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

S

Select file

S

%

S

B

S

Image Quality

(Picture Quality for Flash ® files)

S

%

S

Select quality

S

%

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

S

Select file

S

%

S

B

S

Switch Display

S

% S

Original Size

S

%

7

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Slide Show

S

% S

B

S

See below

Playing Once

Repeat

S

%

S

Off

S

%

Playing Music

BGM Settings

S

%

S

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On

S %

Changing Music

BGM Settings

S

%

S

Play Ring Tones

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

%

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

S

Select file

S

%

S

B

S

SW GuideDisplay

S

% S

Off

S

%

Additional Functions

Using Files/Folders

Using files as

Wallpaper

Using files as ringtones

Using files as ringvideos

Saving Phone

Book entries

Activating mobile camera, etc. in corresponding folders

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Set as Wallpaper

S

%

S

%

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, select an option and press %.

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S B S

Set as Ringtone

S % S

Select item

S

%

.

If prompted, enter ring time and press %.

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen instructions.

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Videos

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Set as Ring Video

S

%

S

Select item

S %

.

If prompted, enter ring time and press %.

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Save to Phone Book

S

% S

As New Entry

S

%

S

Complete other fields

S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail.

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

S B S

Take Picture, Record Video or Record

Voice

S

%

12

12-

7

12

Additional Functions

Managing Files/Folders

Renaming folders

Opening file properties

Renaming files

Sorting files

Deleting files & created folders

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

B

S

Manage Items

S

%

S

Rename

S

%

S

Enter name

S

%

.

Assign different names to folders within a layer.

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

S

Select file

S

B

S

Details

S

%

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

Select file

S

B

S

Manage Items

S

%

S

Rename

S % S

Enter name

S %

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

B

S

Manage Items

S

%

S

Sort

S

%

S

Select method

S

%

.

To reverse the order, sort by the same method again.

7

% S

Data Folder

S

%

S

Select folder

S

%

S

See below

Single Files

Select file

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

Folder & Files Within

Select folder

S

B

S

Delete

S

%

S

Enter

Handset Code

S % S

Yes

S %

Handling SVG files

Line Scroll

g

Page Scroll

2 (Up), 8 (Down), 6 (Right), 4 (Left)

Zoom

1

(Zoom out), 3 (Zoom in)

Rotate

7 (Counterclockwise), 9 (Clockwise)

Key Action Mode

0

Default View

5

Memory Card

Using HTML files on

Memory Card

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

Memory Card

S % S

SD Local Contents

S

% S

Select title

S

%

12-

8

Managing Files/Folders

3

Cannot copy files

.

Files may be copy/forward protected. (If a copy/forward protected file is included in selected files, only the remaining files are copied.)

3

Copied/moved files cannot be used on PCs, etc.

.

Some files may not be usable on other Disney Mobile handsets or

PCs, etc.

3

Cannot sort files properly

.

Check the number of files/folders in the folder. Files/folders in folders containing 241 or more files/folders are sorted per 240 files/folders in the order they were saved. The order may change when a file/ folder is deleted, etc.

3

Cannot use some characters in file/folder names

.

Single-byte Symbols

|, ?, m

, /, :, ;, ., <, >, n

and " are not supported.

Troubleshooting

12

12-

9

Infrared......................................... 13-2

Transferring Files via Infrared .......13-3

IC Transmission ............................ 13-5

Transferring Files via IC Transmission

........................................................13-6

Mass Storage ............................... 13-7

Connecting PC ............................13-7

Backup .........................................13-8

Basics............................................. 13-8

Backup & Restore ........................ 13-9

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ...13-10

About SAB................................... 13-10

Backup & Restore ...................... 13-12

Additional Functions .................13-13

Troubleshooting .........................13-15

13

Connectivity &

File Backup

13-

1

Infrared

Infrared

Wirelessly transfer files between

DM004SH and compatible devices.

Transferable Files

Phone Book

Calendar

Tasks

Notepad

Received Msg.

Sent Messages

Drafts

Templates

Bookmarks Data Folder

.

Copy/forward protected files are not transferable.

.

Some files may not be transferable; some settings may be lost, or files may not be saved properly. For details, see

"Troubleshooting" at the end of this chapter.

Getting Started

Infrared Precautions

Align Infrared Ports of both devices.

.

Handset cannot receive connection requests during Software Update.

13

.

Do not place objects between devices.

.

Keep Infrared Ports aligned during transfer.

.

Do not look into Infrared Port during infrared transmissions. Eyesight may be affected.

Transfer Options

One File

Transfer

All File

Transfer

Transfer single files

Transfer all files by function

.

Some transfer options may be unavailable depending on file type.

.

Transfer Memory Card files one by one.

Authorization Code

.

Four-digit code required for Infrared transfers. All File Transfers possible when codes match. (Authorization Code is changeable for each transfer.)

13-

2

Transferring Files via Infrared

Receiving Files

1 d

(Long)

% appears

.

Infrared is activated. (Alternatively, activate it via Main Menu.)

.

Handset receives files if sent within three minutes.

.

Handset must be in Standby to accept connection requests.

.

To cancel Infrared, Long Press d.

2

Connection request arrives

Subsequent Operations

[

One File Transfer

Yes S % S Yes S %

.

If storage media confirmation appears, select media and press %.

[

All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code S

%

S Enter Authorization Code S

%

S As New Items S %

[

All File Transfer (Overwriting Existing

Files)

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code S

%

S Enter Authorization Code S

%

S Delete All & Save S % S Yes

S %

.

For Phone Book, My Details except handset phone number is overwritten as well.

Request Window

3

Perform subsequent operations

.

To cancel transfer, press A.

Advanced

0

(

Activating Infrared via Main Menu (P.13-13)

Infrared

13

13-

3

Infrared

Sending Files

One File Transfer

Example: Phone Book entry

1 b

S Select entry S B S

Send Entry S %

All File Transfer

1

% S Settings S % S f

Connectivity S Infrared S %

2

Send All S %

3

Yes S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

2

Via Infrared S %

13

3

Yes S % S Transfer starts

.

When complete, entry search window returns.

4

Select item S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S A

5

Enter Authorization Code S

%

S Transfer starts S %

Sending Phone Book

.

In

5

, follow these steps to select whether to send Phone Book Pictures:

Yes or No S %

13-

4

Advanced

0

(

Sending My Details

(

Sending non-Phone Book files (P.13-13)

IC Transmission

IC Transmission

Wirelessly transfer files between

DM004SH and compatible devices.

.

For transferable files, see P.13-2.

.

Cancel IC Card Lock beforehand.

.

Disconnect Headphones, USB Cable and AC Charger beforehand.

Getting Started

IC Transmission Precautions

Align m logos of both devices.

Align m logos

Keep m logos aligned during transfer.

Transfer Options

One File

Transfer

All File

Transfer

Transfer single files

Transfer all files by function

.

Some transfer options may be unavailable depending on file type.

.

Transfer Memory Card files one by one.

Authorization Code

.

Four-digit code required for IC transfers. All File Transfers possible when codes match. (Authorization Code is changeable for each transfer.)

13

Advanced

0

(

Disabling one file reception (P.13-13)

13-

5

13

IC Transmission

Transferring Files via IC Transmission

Receiving Files

1

Connection request arrives

[

All File Transfer (Overwriting Existing

Files)

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code S %

S Enter Authorization Code S % S

Delete All & Save S % S Yes S %

.

For Phone Book, My Details except handset phone number is overwritten as well.

Sending Files

Request Window

.

Handset must be in Standby to accept connection requests.

2

Perform subsequent operations

.

To cancel transfer, press A.

Subsequent Operations

[

One File Transfer

Yes S % S Yes S %

.

If storage media confirmation appears, select media and press %.

[

All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code S

%

S Enter Authorization Code S

%

S As New Items S %

One File Transfer

Example: Phone Book entry

1 b

S Select entry S B S

Send Entry S %

2

Via IC Transmission S %

All File Transfer

1

% S Settings S % S f

Connectivity S IC

Transmission S %

IC Transmission Menu

2

Send All S %

3

Yes S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

4

Select item S % (n/p) S

Complete selection S A

5

Enter Authorization Code S

%

S Transfer starts S %

Sending Phone Book

.

In

5

, follow these steps to select whether to send Phone Book Pictures:

Yes or No S %

13-

6

3

Yes S % S Transfer starts

Advanced

0

(

Sending My Details

(

Sending non-Phone Book files (P.13-13)

Connecting PC

Accessing Memory Card from PC

Connect handset to a PC via USB

Cable to access Memory Card from the PC without removing card from handset.

.

USB Cable may be purchased separately.

.

If handset is connected to a PC via USB

Cable, disconnect it first.

1

% S Settings S % S f

Connectivity S USB Mode

S

%

2

Mass Storage S %

Utility Software (Japanese)

For more PC-related operations, download Utility Software (including USB

Cable driver) from the following URL.

.

Utility Software

http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/download/tools/dm_utility/download_1.html

Mobile Data Communication Fees

.

Using the Internet by connecting handset to PC/PDA via USB Cable may incur high charges as large-volume packet transmissions tend to occur in a short period of time.

3

Yes S %

4

Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable

.

Use PC to access Memory Card.

5

A

S Yes S % S

Connection ends

.

Safely remove handset

(recognized as removable hardware device) on the PC, then disconnect USB Cable.

Mass Storage

13

13-

7

Backup

Basics

Back up information to Memory Card, and restore to handset as needed.

Supported Items

Select items to back up, or transfer all at once.

Items with * are selectable at once via

Check Selection in Options menu.

Phone Book

*

Drafts

*

Templates Calendar *

Tasks

*

Bookmarks *

Notepad

*

Mail Groups

User Dictionary

Contents Keys

Data Folder

Received Msg.

*

Sent Messages

*

13

Precautions

.

Not available if battery is low.

.

Some items may not be transferable; some settings may be lost, or files may not transfer properly. For details, see

"Troubleshooting" at the end of this chapter.

Transferring All Items

.

Use blank Memory Card for Backup

All Items. Do not use the card to save other files after Backup All Items; backed up content may not be restored properly.

Contents Keys

.

Moving Keys to Memory Card creates a special file. Performing Backup again on the same Memory Card overwrites that file. Perform Restore beforehand.

13-

8

Backup

Backup & Restore

Handset to Memory Card

Follow these steps to back up selected items at once:

1

% S Settings S % S f

Connectivity S Backup/

Restore S %

5

A S Yes S %

.

To cancel, press A.

6

Backup complete S % S %

Selecting Multiple Items at Once

In

4

, B S Select option S % S

From

5

Selecting/Canceling All Items

In

4

, B S Check All or Uncheck All

S

%

Memory Card to Handset

4

A

.

If no file list appears, skip ahead to

7

.

5

Select file S %

.

Repeat

5

to complete selection.

6

A

7

Yes S %

.

To cancel, press A.

8

Restore complete S % S %

Backup/Restore Menu

2

Backup Selected Items S

%

S Enter Handset Code

S

%

3

Yes S %

4

Select item S % (n/p) S

Complete selection

.

For Phone Book, confirmation appears. Choose Yes or No and press %.

Follow these steps to restore selected items:

(Restoring backed up content to handset overwrites current--with the exception of Contents Keys--handset content.)

1

In Backup/Restore menu,

Restore Selected Items S

%

S Enter Handset Code

S

%

2

Yes S %

3

Select item S % (n/p) S

Complete selection

Selecting Multiple Items at Once

In

3

, B S Select option S % S

From

4

Selecting/Canceling All Items

In

3

, B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Changing Restoration Method

After

3

, select item S B S Change

to Add Mode or Chg. to Overwrite

Mode S % S From

4

Advanced

0

(

Backing up all items

(

Encoding data for backup

(

Restoring all items

(

Deleting backup files (P.13-13)

13

13-

9

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

About SAB

Back up Phone Book content in SAB; add Phone Book changes to SAB anytime. Edit SAB online via PC; add SAB changes to Phone Book anytime. Restore lost or altered

Phone Book content from SAB.

Phone

Book

Backup/Restore

Synchronize

Birthday Notification

Server

Edit on PC

Import from/Export to PC

13

.

SAB requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Use SAB to add Phone Book content to a new compatible

Disney Mobile handset; some conditions apply (P.13-11).

.

Use a PC to edit SAB online.

.

For more about SAB, see Disney Mobile Website (P.15-22).

.

Sync commands (Backup, Restore and Synchronize) all incur transmission fees.

Auto Synchronization

.

When subscribed to SAB, Network Information retrieval activates auto synchronization (Set Auto Sync: On, Set Frequency: After

Editing Ph.Book(10 min.), Set Sync Mode: Synchronize); Phone

Book changes are added to SAB automatically.

.

Cancel auto synchronization as needed. However, it reactivates after Network Information retrieval.

13-

10

SAB Sync Commands & Features

Backup/

Restore

Synchronize

Edit on PC

Send

Notice

6

Backup

Restore

Export Phone Book content to SAB 1

Import SAB content to Phone Book

2

Synchronize

Synchronize Phone Book and SAB

3

Sync from Client Add Phone Book changes to SAB 4

Sync from Server Add SAB changes to Phone Book 5

Import from PC Upload PC address book info to SAB

Export to PC

Birthday

Notification

Email Address

Notification 7

"Disaster Message

Board" Message

Notification

8

Export SAB content to PC address book

SAB sends reminders via SMS to handset

Send new handset mail address to specified addresses

Send emergency message board update to specified addresses

Always accept messages from mail addresses saved in SAB

1

Any existing SAB content is deleted.

2

Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.

3

If the same entry item is edited in Phone Book and SAB, SAB

4 content is referenced.

5

6

Unrelated SAB changes remain.

Unrelated Phone Book changes remain.

7

Access this function via handset or a PC.

Backup resets notification setting; handset address is sent to all addresses.

8

Backup resets notification setting; updates are not sent to any

9 address.

Export Phone Book content to SAB beforehand.

Service Usage Outline

Complete Contract

Contact General Information (P.15-39) for application.

Receive User ID & Password

After subscription, user ID and password arrive via SMS.

.

User ID and password are required to use SAB via a PC.

Use SAB

Export Phone Book content to SAB.

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

Precautions

[

Unsynchronizable Items

SAB restoration cancels these Phone Book settings:

,

Picture, Tone/Video, Vibration

[

Unintentional Phone Book or SAB Content Deletion

.

When no Phone Book content exists, selecting Synchronize,

Sync from Client or Backup deletes all SAB content.

.

When no SAB content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync from

Server or Restore deletes all Phone Book content.

[

Phone Book SAB Content Capacity Disparities

When the number of savable items varies between Phone

Book and SAB entries, Synchronization reflects lower limit.

[

Contract Termination

SAB content is deleted upon contract termination.

[

SAB Transfers to New Handsets

.

SAB-Compatible 3G Handsets

SAB remains as last saved and is fully accessible.

13

Advanced

0

(

Canceling auto synchronization (P.13-14)

13-

11

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

Backup & Restore

13

Backup (Phone Book > SAB)

Any existing SAB content is deleted.

1

%

S Phone S % S

S! Addressbook Backup S %

S! Addressbook Menu

2

Start Sync S % S Backup

S

%

3

Yes S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

.

Backup starts; when complete, details appear.

4

%

S Backup complete

Canceling Backup

A

S Yes S %

Restore (SAB > Phone Book)

Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.

1

In S! Addressbook menu,

Start Sync S % S Restore

S %

2

Yes S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

.

Restore starts; when complete, details appear.

3

%

S Restore complete

Canceling Restore

A

S Yes S %

Synchronizing Phone Book

Synchronize Options:

Synchronize

Sync from

Client

Sync from

Server

Synchronize Phone

Book and SAB

Add Phone Book changes to SAB

Add SAB changes to

Phone Book

If this is your first use of SAB (new handset), Synchronization is performed via Synchronize regardless of selection.

1

In S! Addressbook menu,

Start Sync S % S Select

option S %

2

Yes S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

.

Synchronization starts; when complete, details appear.

3

%

S Synchronization

complete

Canceling Synchronization

A

S Yes S %

13-

12

Advanced

0

(

Changing auto synchronization settings

(

Confirming password (Japanese)

(

Opening log (P.13-14)

Infrared

Activating Infrared via Main Menu

Sending My Details

Sending non-Phone Book files

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

Infrared

S

%

S

Switch On/Off

S

%

S

On(3

min.)

S

%

% S 0 S B S

Send My Card

S % S

Via

Infrared

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Transfer starts

In file list, select file

S

B

S

Send (or Send/

Blog)

S

%

S

Via Infrared

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Transfer starts

IC Transmission

Disabling one file reception

Sending My Details

Sending non-Phone Book files

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

IC

Transmission

S % S

Recv. Forwarded

S %

S

Off(Disabled)

S

%

% S

0

S

B

S

Send My Card

S

%

S

Via

IC Transmission

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Transfer starts

In file list, select file

S

B

S

Send (or Send/

Blog)

S

%

S

Via IC Transmission

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Transfer starts

Additional Functions

Backup

[

Backup & Restore

Backing up all items

Encoding data for backup

Restoring all items

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

Backup/Restore

S % S

Backup All Items

S

% S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Backup complete

S

%

S

%

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

Backup/Restore

S % S

Settings/Manage

S

% S

Encode Settings

S

%

S

Select item

S

% S

On

S

%

.

Available for Phone Book, Messaging folders,

Calendar and Tasks.

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

Backup/Restore

S % S

Restore All Items

S

% S

Enter Handset Code

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Yes

S

%

S

Restore complete

S

%

S

%

[

Backup Files

Deleting backup files

% S

Settings

S

%

S

f Connectivity

S

Backup/Restore

S % S

Settings/Manage

S

% S

File Management

S

%

S

Select item

S

% S

Select file

S

% (n/p)

S

Complete selection

S

A

S

Yes

S

%

13

13-

13

13

Additional Functions

S! Addressbook Back-up

Canceling auto synchronization

Changing auto synchronization settings

Confirming password

(Japanese)

Opening log

% S

Phone

S

%

S

S! Addressbook Backup

S

%

S

Set Auto Sync

S

%

S

Enter Handset

Code

S

%

S

Set On/Off

S

%

S

Off

S

%

7

% S

Phone

S

%

S

S! Addressbook

Backup

S

%

S

Set Auto Sync

S

%

S

Enter

Handset Code

S % S

See below

.

Set

Set On/Off to On beforehand.

Changing Auto Sync Frequency

Set Frequency

S

%

S

Select frequency

S

%

S

Enter/select date/time/day of the week

S

%

.

For After Editing Ph.Book(10 min.), omit steps for date, time, etc.

Changing Auto Sync Command

Set Sync Mode

S

%

S

Select command

S

%

A S

設定・申込

S

%

S

S!電話帳バックアップ

編集用パスワード確認

S

%

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

% S

Phone

S

%

S

S! Addressbook Backup

S

% S

Sync History

S

%

S

Select record

S

%

13-

14

Troubleshooting

File Transfer

3

Some files are not received

.

If storage limit is reached during transfers, remaining files will not be received.

3

Cannot receive/accept connection requests even when

Infrared is On

.

Handset may not be in Standby.

.

Keypad Lock/Function Lock may be active.

.

Software Update may be in progress.

3

Phone Book settings are lost

.

One file transfer resets these settings:

,

Category, Tone/Video, Vibration,

Secret

.

Picture setting may be lost depending on image; send the image separately and reassign it.

3

Calendar/Tasks settings are lost

.

One file transfer resets these settings:

,

Alarm Tone/Video, Secret,

S! Friend's Status

3

Bookmarks are not saved properly

.

Large Bookmarks may not be received correctly.

.

Streaming Bookmarks are saved as

Disney Web Bookmarks.

3

Messages are not saved properly on handset

.

Messages may not be received depending on the size.

.

Messages received via One File

Transfer are saved to Other

Documents folder and cannot be used as messages.

.

Sky Mail may be received as E Mail when transferred from other handset models via All File Transfer.

.

In All File Transfers, overwriting messaging folders deletes sort keys.

3

Messages are not saved properly on recipient devices

.

Mail Notices are saved as messages, invalidating complete message retrieval.

.

When sending messages to other handset models via All File Transfer,

Spam Folder messages may be saved to the incoming message folder.

.

When sending messages in Drafts to other handset models via All File

Transfer, only the first entered recipient may remain or SMS addressed to multiple recipients may not be saved.

3

Cannot find files in DCIM folder

.

Received files in DCIM folder are saved to Pictures folder.

Infrared

3

Infrared transfer fails

.

Infrared Port may be obstructed by dust, etc.; clean with soft cloth.

.

Transfers may fail in direct sunlight, under fluorescent lighting or near infrared equipment.

13

13-

15

13

Troubleshooting

Backup & Restore

3

Backup fails

.

Check handset/Memory Card memory; backup may fail if the memory is low.

3

Some files are not restored

.

If storage limit is reached during

Restore, remaining files will not be restored.

3

Cannot use backup files on other

Disney Mobile handsets or PCs

.

Some backup files may not be usable on other Disney Mobile handsets or PCs.

3

Cannot open backup files

.

Some backup files may open only after being restored to handset.

3

Phone Book settings are lost

.

Picture setting may be lost depending on image; send the image separately and reassign it.

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

Transfer may delete sort keys.

.

Mail Notices are restored as messages, invalidating complete message retrieval.

3

Bookmarks are not saved properly

.

Disney Web, Streaming and PC Site

Browser Bookmarks are all backed up as a single file.

.

Streaming Bookmarks are saved as

Disney Web Bookmarks.

[

Exporting Backed Up Data to Other

Disney Mobile Handsets

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

If spam filter is available on recipient handset, Spam Folder messages are saved in spam folder regardless of the setting. (If unavailable, they are saved as normal received messages.)

.

When restoring draft messages, only the first entered recipient may remain or SMS addressed to multiple recipients may not be saved.

[

Importing Data Backed Up on Other

Handset Models

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

Messages may not be restored depending on the size.

.

Sky Mail may be restored as E Mail.

13-

16

Date & Time ................................. 14-2

Date & Time ..................................14-2

Display & Illumination ................. 14-3

Language .....................................14-3

Image & Text ................................14-3

Display & Key Illumination ...........14-3

External Display ............................14-4

Standby Display............................14-4

Key Illumination ............................14-4

Ringtones & Sounds.....................14-5

Handset Response....................... 14-5

System Sounds ............................. 14-5

Additional Sound Settings........... 14-5

Connectivity ................................14-6

Network ........................................ 14-6

IP Service ...................................... 14-7

Location Information................... 14-7

Reset .............................................14-8

Restoring Default Settings........... 14-8

14

Handset

Customization

14-

1

Date & Time

1

Date & Time Settings

Date & Time

7

% S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Date & Time S %

Setting the date and time

Correcting Clock manually

Disabling auto Clock correction

Setting auto Clock correction timing

Activating Daylight Saving

Changing Time Zone

Adding custom time zone

Changing time format to 12 hour

Changing date format

Starting the Calendar week on Monday

Set Date/Time S % S Enter the year S Enter the month S Enter the day S

Enter the time S %

Time Correction S % S Manual S % S Yes S %

Time Correction S % S Auto Corr. Setting S % S Off S %

Time Correction S % S Auto Corr. Setting S % S On S B S Select item S

%

(n/p) S A S $

Daylight Saving S % S On S %

Set Time Zone S % S f Select area S %

Set Time Zone S % S B S Enter city name S % S e + or - S d S Enter

time difference S %

Time Format S % S 12 Hour S %

Date Format S % S Select option S %

Calendar Format S % S Monday-Sunday S %

14

14-

2

Display & Illumination

1

Display & Illumination Settings

1

Language

7

% S Settings S % S Phone menu

Switching interface between Japanese and English

Image & Text

Language or

言語選択

S % S English or

日本語

S %

7

%

S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Display S %

Showing preloaded images for incoming calls, etc.

Showing Data Folder images for incoming calls, etc.

Showing Customized Screen for incoming calls, etc.

Changing font of numbers entered in Standby

Showing a message each time handset is turned on

Display & Key Illumination

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Preset Animation (or Pattern 1

to Pattern 3) S %

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Select folder S % S Select

image S % S Specify image area S %

.

Some images may be usable without specifying image area.

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Customized Screen S % S %

.

Not available for Power On or Power Off.

Dial Number S % S Select pattern S %

Greeting Message S % S Edit Message S % S Enter message S % S

Switch On/Off S % S On S %

7

%

S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Display S %

Disabling display transition effects

Changing Display/Keypad Backlight illumination time

Changing Display Brightness

Changing inactivity time after which Display turns off

Display Effects S % S Off S %

Backlight S % S Time Out S % S Select time S %

Backlight S % S Brightness S % S Adjust level S %

Display Saving S % S Select period S %

14

14-

3

14

Display & Illumination

1

Display & Illumination Settings

2

External Display

7

% S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Display S % S External Display S %

Changing inactivity time after which External Display turns off

Hiding new received messages

Hiding caller info

Changing Clock view

Changing Clock font

Duration S % S Select time S %

Messages S % S Not Display S %

Caller Display S % S Off S %

Display Date&Time S % S Select type S %

Clock Type S % S Select pattern S %

Standby Display

7

%

S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Display S % S Standby Display S %

Changing Clock/Calendar

Showing Network service provider name in Standby

Key Illumination

Clock/Calendar S % S Select type S %

Show Operator Name S % S On S %

7

% S Settings S % S Phone menu

Disabling Keypad light illumination Set Key Light S % S Off S %

14-

4

Ringtones & Sounds

1

Ringtone & Sound Settings

Handset Response

7

% S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Sounds & Alerts S %

Changing ringtone volume

Selecting illumination option for incoming transmissions

Enabling/disabling illumination for missed incoming transmissions

Answering calls with other keys

System Sounds

Volume S % S Select item S % S Adjust level S %

Event Light S % S Select item S % S On, Link to Sound or Off S %

Status Light S % S Select item S % S On or Off S %

Any Key Answer S % S On S %

.

Use 0 - 9, (, #, ~, g, ' or & in addition to !.

7

%

S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Sounds & Alerts S %

Enabling Keypad Tones

Changing S! Circle Talk tone

Changing other System Sounds

Disabling System Sounds

Changing System Sound duration

Changing System Sound volume

Additional Sound Settings

Disabling Speaker when using Headphones

Activating Speaker surround

System Sounds S % S Keypad Tones S % S Select tone S %

System Sounds S % S S! Circle Talk S % S Select tone S %

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Tone or Sound S % S Select

folder S % S Select tone/file S %

.

For files with limited usage period, choose Yes and press %.

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Tone or Sound S % S Off S %

.

Not available for S! Circle Talk.

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Duration S % S Select/enter

time S %

.

Not available for Keypad Tones or S! Circle Talk.

Volume S % S General Volume S % S Adjust level S %

7

%

S Settings S % S Phone menu

Ringer Output S % S Earphone S %

Sounds & Alerts S % S Surround S % S On S %

14

14-

5

Connectivity

1

Connectivity Settings

1

Network

7

% S Settings S % S f Network

14

Selecting a Network manually

Adding preferred Networks

Adding preferred Networks to the end

Deleting preferred Networks

Adding Networks

Editing Networks

Deleting Networks

Switching Network services manually

Retrieving Network Information

Checking Network status

Editing access point names for external devices

Clearing access point names for external devices

Select Network S % S Manual S % S Select Network S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S Select target location S % S

Insert S % S Select Network S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S % S Add to End S % S

Select Network S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S Select Network S % S Delete

S

%

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Add S % S Enter

country code S % S Enter Network code S % S Enter name S % S

Select NW Type S % S Select type S %

.

After selecting Add New Network and pressing %, Network list appears if

Network has already been added. To add more, press % again and proceed.

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Select Network S % S

Change S % S Edit in the same manner as adding Networks S %

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Select Network S % S

Delete S %

Select Service S % S Manual S % S Select service S %

Retrieve NW Info S % S Yes S %

Network Info S %

External Device S % S Select name S % S Edit S %

External Device S % S B S Reset S % S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes

S

%

14-

6

Connectivity

1

Connectivity Settings

2

IP Service

7

% S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Locks S %

Disabling IP Service

Location Information

IP Service Setting S % S Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %

.

When Off, S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk, Decoration Call, S! Appli

Notification Setting and Mobile Widget Notification Setting are disabled.

7

%

S Settings S % S f Network S Location Info S %

Adding/editing Location Information destination URLs

Specifying Location Information destination URL

Viewing Location Information destination URL

Deleting Location Information destination URLs

Hiding Location Information

Changing Location Information confirmation option

URL Setting S % S <Empty> (or select URL) S B S Edit S % S Enter URL S %

.

Default URL is not editable.

URL Setting S % S Select URLS %

URL Setting S % S Select URLS B S Display S %

URL Setting S % S Select URLS B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Datum On/Off S % S Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %

Location Property S % S Select option S % S Enter Handset Code S %

14

14-

7

14

14-

8

Reset

1

Reset Settings

Restoring Default Settings

7

% S Settings S % S In Phone menu, Master Reset S %

Restoring default handset settings

Clearing all Phone Book entries, Data Folder files, etc.

Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes S % S Yes S %

.

Some default settings may not be restored.

Reset All S % S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes S % S Yes S %

.

Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai

®

service providers for details.)

.

Files and records deleted by Reset All cannot be restored. Reset All deletes all downloaded S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.

.

Handset Code returns to the default setting.

.

A confirmation may appear before entering Handset Code; end the current function to proceed.

USIM Card .................................... 15-2

About USIM Card .........................15-2

USIM Card Installation..................15-3

Battery .......................................... 15-4

Battery Installation........................15-4

Software Update.......................... 15-5

Troubleshooting........................... 15-6

Key Assignments ......................... 15-8

Pager Codes.............................. 15-10

Pager Code List..........................15-10

Character Codes ...................... 15-11

Character Code List ..................15-11

Weather Indicators....................15-17

Weather Indicator List ............... 15-17

Specifications ............................15-18

Memory Card Structure & Contents

..................................................... 15-23

Menu List ....................................15-24

Index...........................................15-31

Warranty & Service....................15-38

Customer Service ......................15-39

15

Appendix

15-

1

USIM Card

About USIM Card

USIM Card is an IC card containing customer and authentication information, including the handset number. USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.

Save Phone Book entries on USIM

Card Phone Book to use them on other Disney Mobile handsets.

Depending on the USIM Card in use, some entry items may not be supported, and some limits (character entry, etc.) may be lower.

Precautions

Important

.

USIM Card is the property of Disney

Mobile.

.

USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged.

.

Return USIM Card to Disney Mobile upon subscription termination.

.

Returned USIM Cards are recycled.

.

USIM Card specifications may change without prior notice.

.

Back up USIM Card files. Disney

Mobile is not liable for lost files.

.

If your USIM Card or handset (with

USIM Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend your service immediately.

For details, contact General

Information (P.15-39).

IC Chip

15

.

Do not insert USIM Card into any other

IC card device. Disney Mobile is not liable for resulting damages.

.

Keep the USIM Card IC chip clean; malfunction may result. Clean with soft dry cloth.

.

Do not attach labels to USIM Card.

Malfunction may result.

USIM PINs

There are two Security Codes for USIM

Card; both are 9999 by default.

PIN

PIN2

Security Code to prevent unauthorized use of handset

Required to clear Call Costs and to set Max Cost, etc.

PIN Lock

.

Entering incorrect PIN three consecutive times activates PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock, limiting handset use.

Canceling PIN Lock

.

Contact General Information (P.15-39)

for your Personal Unblocking Key (PUK

Code) and follow these steps:

Enter PUK Code S % S Enter new

PIN/PIN2 S % S Re-enter new PIN/

PIN2 S %

,

Write down PUK code.

PUK Lock

.

Entering incorrect PUK Code ten consecutive times activates PUK Lock, disabling handset. Contact General

Information (P.15-39) for recovery.

15-

2

USIM Card

USIM Card Installation

.

Do not apply excessive force to insert/remove USIM Card.

.

USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.

Inserting

1

Remove battery (P.15-4)

2

Using Tab, pull out Tray as shown until it clicks

4

Push in Tray fully

.

Reinstall battery (P.15-4).

Removing

1

Remove battery

2

Using Tab, pull out Tray as shown until it clicks

Tray

Tab

3

Slide in USIM Card with IC chip facing up

Notch

Tab

3

Lift and slide out USIM Card as shown

.

Reinstall battery.

.

Take care not to lose removed

USIM Card.

After Repairs, USIM Card Replacement or Handset Upgrade/Replacement

.

Some downloaded files may be inaccessible. In addition, S! Applications and BookSurfing ® may be disabled after

USIM Card replacement.

15

15-

3

Battery

Battery Installation

About Battery

.

Charge battery at least once every six months; an uncharged battery may become unusable or affect files/settings.

.

Depending on usage, bulges may appear near end of battery life; this does not affect safety.

.

Replace battery if operating time shortens noticeably.

.

Clean device charging terminals with a dry cotton swab.

Lithium-ion Battery

.

This product requires a lithium-ion battery.

Lithium-ion batteries are a recyclable resource.

,

To recycle a used lithium-ion battery, take it to any shop displaying the symbol shown above.

,

To avoid fire or electric shock, do not short-circuit or disassemble battery.

15

Inserting & Removing

1

Remove cover

Battery Cover

.

Press and slide cover then lift as shown.

2

Insert battery

.

With logo side up, fit tabs into battery cavity slots.

3

Close cover

.

Position and slide the cover gently as shown until it stops.

Removing

.

Turn handset power off and lift battery as shown.

15-

4

Software Update

Software Update

Check for firmware updates and download as required.

Precautions

.

Handset is disabled until update is complete. Update may take up to approximately 30 minutes.

.

Update failure may disable handset.

To reduce failure risk, make sure signal is strong and stable, and charge battery beforehand.

.

Update will not start if other functions are in use. Before updating software

(or before scheduled update time), end all active functions/applications.

.

Disconnect USB Cable beforehand to reduce failure risk.

.

Always back up important information. Disney Mobile cannot be held liable for damages from lost information, etc.

Updating Software

Packet transmission fees do not apply to updates (including checking, downloading and rewriting).

1

%

S Settings S % S In

Phone menu, Software

Update S %

2

Software Update S %

Scheduled Update

Confirmation appears at scheduled update time. Press % or wait a while for update to start.

When Updated

Update success notification appears and handset reboots.

After reboot, completion message appears and Information window opens.

Update Result

While Information window appears,

Update Result S %

Reboot Failure

.

If handset does not return to Standby after update, turn power off, reinsert battery, then restart it. If it still does not restart, contact Customer

Assistance (P.15-39).

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Setting Update Period (Japanese)

In

2

, Update Period S %

,

Follow onscreen instructions.

Update Result

In

2

, Update Result S %

15

15-

5

Troubleshooting

15

Troubleshooting

[

General

Problem

Handset won't turn on

Handset won't respond

Possible Cause

Was " pressed long enough?

Battery may need to be charged or replaced.

Battery may not be properly installed.

Is Switch On/Off in

PIN Entry On?

USIM Card may not be properly inserted.

Insert USIM Card appears

Keypad won't respond

The correct USIM Card may not be inserted.

There may be debris on IC chip/terminals.

REFRESH appears and handset returns to

Standby

Handset may have been dropped or subjected to shocks.

Keypad Lock may be active (` appears).

Function Lock may be active ($ appears).

Solution

Press " longer.

Charge battery or install a charged battery.

Install battery properly (P.15-4).

If On, PIN is required. Enter

PIN according to onscreen prompt.

Turn power off and check that USIM Card is properly inserted, then restart handset. If the message still appears, USIM may be damaged.

Make sure the correct USIM

Card is inserted. The inserted

USIM Card may not be valid.

Clean relevant parts with dry cloth and re-insert.

Handset failed to recognize

USIM Card temporarily. This is not a malfunction.

Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-19).

Cancel Function Lock (P.11-2).

Problem

Battery strength indicator flashes when not charging

Saved entry/folder does not appear on handset

Cannot use

Predictive

Handset/AC

Charger feels warm

Cannot access

Memory Card files

Clock settings are lost

Possible Cause

Ambient temperature may be outside 5oC to 35oC.

Entry/folder may be set to Secret.

Show Secret Data may be active.

Handset/AC Charger may warm while charging.

Handset may warm during extended periods of use.

Handset may warm during Video Calls.

Memory Card may not be properly formatted.

Solution

Use within an ambient temperature of 5oC - 35oC.

Activate Show Secret Data

(P.11-3).

Cancel Show Secret Data.

Unless handset/AC Charger is too hot to touch, warmth is considered normal. Always avoid prolonged skin contact to prevent burn injuries.

Did you leave handset without battery?

Use DM004SH-formatted

Memory Cards.

Clock settings remain even when removing battery for replacement, etc. However, if handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one for an extended period of time

(approximately one hour),

Clock will need to be reset.

15-

6

[

Charger/Battery

Problem

Battery charges quickly

Battery charges slowly

Battery won't charge

Possible Cause

Remaining charge shortens charging time.

Battery may be terminally exhausted or defective. (Small

Light flashes red.)

Charging slows during Video Calls.

Battery may be charging via USB.

AC Charger may not be properly connected to handset.

AC Charger may not be firmly plugged in to AC outlet.

Battery may not be properly installed.

Battery, AC Charger, or

Charging Terminals, or

Device Port may be obstructed by dust, etc.

Charger, etc. may not be supported.

Solution

This is normal.

Replace battery with a new one.

End the call to charge faster.

Use AC Charger.

Make sure connector is securely inserted and retry.

Remove plug from outlet, re-insert and retry.

Install battery properly (P.15-4).

Clean terminals, connector and Port with a dry cotton swab and retry.

Use specified AC Charger, etc. only; others may damage battery.

Troubleshooting

Problem

Battery Time seems shorter than usual

Possible Cause

High power consuming operations are in use.

Using handset in poor conditions may shorten Battery Time.

Power hungry settings may be active.

Solution

Keep handset closed in

Standby; reduce TV,

S! Application,

Media Player and Camera use, and limit transmissions/ external connections.

Avoid prolonged use of handset out-of-range or in poor signal conditions.

Lower Brightness, select shorter Display Saving/

Backlight time, etc.

15

15-

7

Key Assignments

Key Assignments

Key

Kanji (Hiragana)

[Double-byte]

Katakana

[Double & Single-byte]

Alphanumerics

[Double & Single-byte]

Numbers

[Single-byte]

1

6

7

8

9

0

2

3

4

5

あいうえお

ぁぃぅぇぉ

かきくけこ

さしすせそ

たちつてとっ

なにぬねの

はひふへほ

アイウエオ

ァィゥェォ

カキクケコ

サシスセソ

タチツテトッ

ナニヌネノ

ハヒフヘホ

@./_-1

(space)

ABCabc2

DEFdef3

GHIghi4

JKLjkl5

MNOmno6

(

#

まみむめも

やゆよゃゅょ

マミムメモ

ヤユヨャュョ

PQRSpqrs7

TUVtuv8

らりるれろ ラリルレロ WXYZwxyz9

わをんー

゛゜

ワヲンー

゛゜-

1

0

─────

Log, Disney Pictogram List (double-byte), Symbol List 3

、。L (line break) ?! K (space)

,.L (line break)

?

! (space)

1

- is available only in single-byte katakana entry.

2

Available for phone number entry; some characters may not be enterable in some windows.

3

May not be enterable in some windows.

1

7

8

5

6

2

3

4

9

0

N + P (pause) ? 2

#

15

Character Codes

1

7

8

5

6

9

0

2

3

4

─────

─────

15-

8

Key Assignments

Key

a b c d

&

'

$

Kanji (Hiragana)

[Double-byte]

Conversion (up)

4

Conversion (down) 5

Katakana

[Double & Single-byte]

Alphanumerics

[Double & Single-byte]

Numbers

[Single-byte]

Cursor up

Cursor down L (line break)

Character Codes

Switch entry modes (except during conversion)

Toggle Personal

Mode

6

─────

Toggle case (for some characters)

Toggle Personal

Mode

6, 7

─────

Cancel conversion

─────

Cursor left

Cursor right

Toggle mode (upper/ lower and lower case)

Delete one character

Cancel conversion

7

─────

─────

─────

Delete code

$

(Long)

Delete before or after cursor

!

Re-convert

8

─────

Recover characters deleted with $

Re-convert

7, 8

OK

%

B

A

Phonetic Conversion 6

Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumeric

Conversion 6

4 Cursor moves up except during conversion.

5

Cursor moves down except during conversion.

6

Available during conversion.

7 Available only in single-byte alphanumeric entry.

8 Press ! immediately after inserting characters to re-convert them.

─────

─────

─────

15

15-

9

Pager Codes

15

Pager Code List

Gray background indicates upper and lower case available. Press ' to switch immediately after character entry.

[

Double-byte Upper Case

[

Single-byte Upper Case

1 2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

あ い う え お A B C D E

か き く け こ F G H I J

さ し す せ そ K L M N O

た ち つ て と P Q R S T

な に ぬ ね の U V W X Y

は ひ ふ へ ほ Z ? ! − /

よ m

N #

Space

*1

*2

ら り る れ ろ 1 2 3 4 5

わ を ん ゛ ゜ 6 7 8 9 0

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

(

)

゛ ゜

ソ

&

#

2

7

V

?

B

G

L

Q

K

P

U

A

F

1

6

Z m

N

M

R

C

H

W

!

Space

3

8

[

Double-byte Lower Case

1 2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

[

Single-byte Lower Case

1 2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8

5

6

7

8

9

3

4

1

2

ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ a b c d e

ゅ ょ f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z

*1

*2

0

*1 Press 70 to insert

0

、 。

(line break) in mail message text, Notepad, etc.

*2 Press 80 to toggle upper and lower case modes.

3

4

1

2

5

6

7

8

9

0

ィ ゥ

,

.

k p a f u z l q b g v m r c h w

4

9

9

n s d i x

9 0

X

-

D

I

N O

S T

E

J

Y

/

*1

*2

5

0

0

o t e j y

*1

*2

15-

10

Character Codes

Character Code List

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

15

15-

11

15

15-

12

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Character Codes

Last Digit

15

15-

13

15

15-

14

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Character Codes

Last Digit

15

15-

15

15

15-

16

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

Weather Indicators

Weather Indicator List

Basic Status

Clear skies (day)

Clear skies (night)

Cloudy

Rain

Snow

Thunder showers

Chance of rain: 0%

Chance of rain: 10%

Chance of rain: 20%

Chance of rain: 30%

Chance of rain: 40%

Chance of rain: 50%

Chance of rain: 60%

Chance of rain: 70%

Chance of rain: 80%

Chance of rain: 90%

Chance of rain: 100%

Then

Partly/chance of

Pollen Count

Low

Moderate

High

Extreme

Cherry Blossom

Flowering

Almost full bloom

Full bloom

Beginning of petal fall

Fall Foliage

No color change

Colors appearing

Peak

Defoliating

Ultraviolet

Low

Moderate

High

Extreme

Typhoon

Forming

Approaching

Caution necessary

Other

Heavy rain

Gale

Notification

15

15-

17

Specifications

Specifications

15

Disney Mobile DM004SH

Weight

*

Continuous Talk

Time *

Continuous

Standby Time

Charging Time

(power off) *

Dimensions

(W x H x D)

Maximum

Output

*

*

109 g

230 minutes (3G)

210 minutes (GSM)

310 hours (3G)

280 hours (GSM)

(handset closed)

AC Charger: 135 minutes

In-Car Charger: 140 minutes

49 x 105 x 15.9 mm

(handset closed, without protruding parts)

0.25 W (3G)

2.0 W (GSM)

* Approximate value.

.

Above values calculated with battery installed.

.

Continuous Talk Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, in strong signal conditions without moving handset.

.

Continuous Standby Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with handset closed without calls or operations, in strong signal conditions without moving handset. In Japan (3G service area), the value is calculated with

IP Service Setting, Decoration Call,

S! Appli Notification Setting and Mobile

Widget Notification Setting set to Off.

.

Talk Time/Standby Time may vary by environment, status, settings, etc.

.

Display employs precision technology, however, some pixels may appear brighter/darker.

15-

18

[

Handset Materials

Parts

Housing (Display side)

Housing (Display back)

Materials & Finishing

Nylon resin/SUS

(insert-molded)/

UV painting

ABS resin/SUS

(insert-molded)/

UV painting

ABS resin/UV painting

Housing (Keypad back,

Keypad side), Battery Cover

Display window, back panel, camera lens,

Infrared Port, camera ornament panel

Mail Key, D Key, Shortcuts

& A/a Key, TV & Text Key,

Start Key, Clear/Back

Key, Power On/Off Key,

Keypad, Dictionary Key,

Multi Job & Manner Key,

Side Keys

Acrylic resin

Center Key, Multi Selector

PC resin, solid printing (back), mirror finish

PC resin/UV painting

Parts

External Device Port Cover,

Headphone Port Cover,

Memory Card Slot Cover

Charging Terminals

Screws (Display side)

Screws (Keypad side, battery side)

USIM pin

Materials & Finishing

PC resin/

Elastomer/

UV painting

SUS/Gold plating

(sealer: nickel)

SWCH16A/Black nickel plating

SWCH16A/Trivalent chromate

Copper alloy/

Gold plating

(sealer: nickel)

Accessory

[

Battery

Voltage

Battery Type

Capacity

Dimensions

(W x H x D) *

3.7V

Lithium-ion

710 mAh

37.7 x 46.9 x 4.2 mm

(without protruding parts)

* Approximate value.

Getting Started

[

Standby Shortcut

Savable Items 30 per sheet

Basic Operations

[

Text Entry

User

Dictionary

250 entries (5 per reading)

Word: 30 characters

Reading: 8 hiragana

Acquire

Dictionary

Paste List

Recoverable

Deleted

Characters

5 dictionaries

10 text strings

30,720 single-byte characters

Dictionary

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary:

Approximately 47,100 words/phrases

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary:

Approximately 45,700 words/phrases

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary:

Approximately 55,800 words/phrases

[

Phone Book

Entry

1,000 entries

Name/Reading Last/First: 32 characters each

Phone Number 5 numbers (32 digits each)

Mail Address

5 addresses (128 characters each)

Category

16 Categories

Address

Office

Homepage

Note

Mail Groups

Postal Code: 20 characters

Country: 32 characters

Others: 64 characters each

Office Name/Division/Post:

32 characters each

1,024 bytes

256 characters

20 Groups (20 members each)

Group name: 16 characters

Calling

Received Calls

30 records

Answer Phone/

Caller Voice

20 messages or 90 seconds

Auto Answer List 10 numbers

Decoration Call

100 KB including 20 characters

Speed Dial/Mail 100 numbers/addresses

Messaging

Memory

Received

Msg.

Drafts

Sent

Messages

Unsent

Messages

10 MB or

3,000 messages

5 MB (or

1,000 messages for

Sent Messages)

Templates

100 MB (shared with

Data Folder and

S! Appli Library)

PC Mail/E Mail

Subject

PC Mail/E Mail

Message

512 single-byte characters

Approximately

30,000 single-byte characters

SMS Message 160 single-byte alphanumerics

Auto Resend

2 times

Attachment

20 files or 1 MB

*

Send

Reservation

10 messages

Signature

Recipient

Folder

Chat Folder

256 single-byte characters

20 numbers/addresses

20 folders (20 sort keys each)

Memory 300 messages per folder

Folder

10 folders

(20 members each)

Specifications

Graphic Mail

1 sound or Flash ® file, or 40 images/

My Pictograms (with 1 sound or

Flash

®

file)

3D Pictogram 150 characters

Auto Reply

20 numbers/addresses

(20 digits or 256 single-byte

Anti Spam

Measures

characters each)

Individual 20 entries

Permitted

List

20 entries

*

Limit may be lower depending on message text, etc.

[

PC Mail Settings

PC Mail

Account

Set Receiving

Set Sending

PC Mail DL

Account 3 accounts

Account Name 20 characters

User Name

Password

128 characters

40 characters

ReceivingServer 128 characters

Port Number

Sender Name

1 to 65535

20 characters

Mail Address 128 characters

Individual Address 20 addresses

Disney Web & PC Site Browser

Download

Disney Web 300 KB per page

PC Site Browser 1 MB per file

History

300 pages

URL Entry Log

10 URLs

Bookmarks/

Saved Pages

100 pages

Tab

3 tabs at one time

Input Memory 20 entries

Streaming

History

RSS Feed

20 URLs

30 entries (60 KB per entry)

15

15-

19

15

Specifications

Digital TV

Recorded File

Recording Time

(example)

Marker

Split File

Reservation List

ISDB-T mobile Video profile

(SD-Video standard)

80 minutes on 256 MB

Memory Card

99 Markers (10 per file)

99 portions per file

5 entries (4 hours each on

1 GB Memory Card)

Camera & Imaging

[

Mobile Camera

Effective Pixels

3.2 Megapixels

Auto Shut-off Time Approximately 3 minutes

[

Photo Camera

Zoom

Picture Size

(W x H dots)

Scanner Image Size

(W x H dots)

File Format

Memory

1x - 25x

3M

Full HD

1536 x 2048

(QXGA)

1080 x 1920

2M

1.2M

1200 x 1600

(UXGA)

960 x 1280

(Quad-VGA)

480 x 640 VGA

Wallpaper 240 x 400

QVGA 240 x 320

QQVGA 120 x 160

Free, 1200 x 640,

480 x 1488, 1280 x 960

JPEG

Approximately 260 files (at

3M, Normal Quality) on handset with no other files

15-

20

File Name

yymmdd_hhmmss

Shooting Distance Macro: 10 cm

Other

Use 40 KB or smaller transparent

PNG files as Frames

[

Video Camera

Zoom

Record Size

(W x H dots)

File Format

Recording

Capacity per

Shot

File Name

Recording

Distance

1x - 12x

Extended

Video

320 x 240 (QVGA)

240 x 176 (HQVGA)

176 x 144 (QCIF)

For

Message

128 x 96 (SubQCIF)

320 x 240 (QVGA)

176 x 144 (QCIF)

128 x 96 (SubQCIF)

3GP

Extended

Video

Approximately

30 minutes * on

Memory Card

For

Message

1 MB or 295 KB yymmdd_hhmmss

1.5 m in good light

*

Varies with handset usage, location or settings.

[

Editing Images

Picture

Editor

Composite

Resize

(W x H dots)

Retouch

Paste

Correction

Merge

Panorama

Wallpaper (240 x 400)

Power On/Off (240 x 400)

Incoming Call (160 x 160)

Alarm (240 x 104)

Pictogram (96 x 96)

QVGA (240 x 320)

Cut

52 x 52 dots or larger

JPEG/PNG images

16 characters

52 x 52 dots or larger

JPEG/PNG images

JPEG images between

W 48 x H 64 dots and

240 x 320 dots

Media Player

Supported

Formats

All Music

List

WMA (.wma), AAC (.mp4/.3gp/.m4a),

Secure AAC (SD-Audio standard)

(Some files may not play depending on sampling frequency and bit rate)

Music

Chaku-Uta

WMA

®

Shows up to

350 files each

SD AUDIO

Shows up to

999 files

S! Applications

Memory

100 items or 100 MB (shared with

Templates folder and other folders in Data Folder)

Handy Extras

[

PIM/Lifestyle

Calendar *

Tasks

/

Alarms

300 entries, Subject: 32 characters

Description: 128 characters

Location: 16 characters

Set Holiday: 10 holidays

5 entries, Subject: 9 characters

Wakeup TV

Calculator

Expenses

Memo

999,999,999,999

30 entries (999,999.99 yen each)

Osaifu-Keitai ®

Remote Lock password:

5 - 16 single-byte alphanumerics

* Preset holidays are based on Japanese calendar as of May 2009.

[

Clocks/Gauges

Stopwatch

23 hours 59 minutes 59.9 seconds in 0.1-second increments

Lap time: 4 records

Countdown

Timer

99 minutes 59 seconds in

1-second increments

World Clock City name: 16 characters

[

Doc./Rec.

Document

Viewer

Notepad

Voice

Recorder

Supported

Formats

PDF (.pdf)

Microsoft ®

Microsoft

®

Microsoft ®

(.ppt)

Excel ® (.xls)

Word (.doc)

PowerPoint ®

File Size 10 MB

500 entries (8,192 characters each)

For

Message

Approximately 10 minutes

(message size limit: 1 MB) or 3 minutes (message size limit: 300 KB) per file

Extended

Voice

99 hours 59 minutes

59 seconds

Scan Barcode

(Continuous

Mode)

Create QR

Code

Scan Text

UPC/JAN 50 codes

QR Code 16 codes

Equivalent of 513 digits,

311 alphanumerics or 131 kanji

256 characters

Entertainment & Communication

[

Mobile Widget

Savable Items

6 widgets (S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status: 1, other: 5) per sheet x 4 sheets

[

S! Quick News

Savable Items

Special: 1 item

News Flash: 1 item

General: 4 items

[

e-Books

Text Copy

20 characters

[

S! Friend's Status

Member

My Status

30 members

Name: 7 characters

Comment: 15 characters

Status Label: 4 characters

Status Templates Template name: 12 characters

[

S! Circle Talk

Participant

11 members

Speak Time

30 seconds each

Member List 30 entries (10 members per Group)

Specifications

[

Blog Tool

Blog Details

5 entries

Blog Menu

16 characters

Email Address 128 characters

Blog Settings

(Mail)

Title 32 characters

Text 128 characters

S (320 x 320)

M (640 x 640)

Picture Size

L (1024 x 1024)

Send

URL for Posting 1,024 characters

Blog Settings

(Disney Web

& PC Site

Browser)

URL for Viewing 1,024 characters

Data Folder

Memory

100 MB (shared with Templates folder and S! Appli Library)

Memory Card

Backup File

Name

yymmddXX * (XX: 2 digits/alphabets)

* yymmdd for Contents Keys.

15

15-

21

15

Specifications

Connectivity & File Backup

[

Infrared

Infrared Transfer

IrMC 1.1

Range Within 20 cm

[

S! Addressbook Back-up

Log

10 Backup/Restore/

Synchronization records

Network

Add Network

5 Networks

Country/Network code: 3 digits

Name: 25 single-byte characters

Reference URLs

[

Disney Mobile

http://disneymobile.jp

[

SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

http://mb.softbank.jp/en/

[

microSD= Memory Card Compatibility

From PC (Japanese) http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/peripherals/sd/dm004sh.html

From Handset (Japanese) http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/k-tai/j/peripherals/dm004sh/dm004sh.html

[

S! Addressbook Back-up

http://disneymobile.jp

[

SVG-T

From Handset (Japanese) http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/svgt/index_pdc.html

[

Association for Promotion of Digital

Broadcasting

From PC http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/

From Handset (Japanese) http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/

15-

22

Specifications

Memory Card Structure & Contents

DCIM

PRIVATE

SD_AUDIO

Memory Card Structure

XXXSHARP

Local Contents

Mail

MYFOLDER My Items

Book

Bookmarks

Character

CSI

Custom Screens

Flash(R)

Flash(R) Ringtones

Games and More

Hot Status Template

Mail Art

Message Templates

Music

Other Documents

Pictograms

Pictures

Sounds & Ringtones

Videos

Widget

WMAudio

SHARP

SH_Folder

Utility

MOBILE

Contents (Location when Viewed on Handset)

Still images in DCIM

SD Local Contents

Messaging folder backups (Received Msg., Sent Messages and Drafts) e-Book files in Data Folder (Books)

Disney Web Bookmarks

PNG files in Data Folder (Character)

Decoration Call files in Data Folder (Decoration Call)

Customized Screen files in Data Folder (Customized Screen)

Flash

®

Wallpaper files in Data Folder (Flash®)

Flash ® ringtones in Data Folder (Flash® Ringtones)

S! Applications

Template files in Data Folder (Status Templates)

Files in Data Folder (Mail Art)

Graphic Mail templates in Templates folder

Music files in Data Folder (Music)

Other files in Data Folder (Other Documents)

GIF files in Data Folder (My Pictograms)

Still images in Data Folder (Pictures)

Melodies and other sound files in Data Folder (Ring Songs·Tones)

Video files in Data Folder (Videos)

Widget files in Data Folder (Widget)

WMA files for Media Player (WMA)

Application management files

Backup files (Phone Book), etc.

Backup files (User Dictionary), etc.

SD-Audio files for Media Player (SD AUDIO)

15

15-

23

Menu List

Menu List

Disney Web

15

15-

24

Function

Disney Web

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Enter URL

History

PC Site Browser

Browser Settings

[

PC Site Browser

Function

Homepage

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Enter URL

History

RSS Feed

Disney Web

PC Site

Browser

Settings

Font Size

Scroll Settings

Cursor Settings

Downloads

Memory Operation

Security Settings

Download to

Initialized Browser

Reset Settings

Warning Message

Zoom Factor

Softkey Area

Refer to

P.5-3

P.5-7

P.5-7

P.5-3

P.5-3

P.5-4

P.5-11

P.5-3

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-9

P.5-15

P.5-11

Refer to

P.5-4

P.5-7

P.5-7

P.5-4

P.5-4

P.5-8

P.5-15

P.5-15

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-4

[

Browser Settings

Function

Font Size

Scroll Unit

Cursor Settings

Downloads

Memory Operation

Security Settings

Download to

Initialized Browser

Reset Settings

Refer to

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-11

P.5-9

P.5-15

P.5-11

P.5-15

P.5-15

Messaging

Function

Received Msg.

Create Message

Disney Mail Maker

Retrieve New Msg.

Drafts

Templates

Sent Messages

Unsent Messages

Chat Folder

Server Mail Box

Mail List

Retrieve All

Delete All

Mailbox Volume

Create New SMS

Settings

Address Settings

General Settings

E Mail Settings

PC Mail Settings

SMS Settings

Speed Dial/Mail

Set Mail Group

Memory Status

P.4-3

P.4-30

P.4-32

P.4-18

P.4-34

P.4-20

P.4-16

P.4-26

P.4-12

P.4-29

P.4-15

P.4-23

P.4-24

P.4-27

P.4-29

P.4-9

Refer to

P.4-12

P.4-4

P.4-8

P.4-23

P.4-29

P.4-22

[

Settings: General Settings

Send/

Compose

Function

Delivery Report

Reply to Settings

Reply With Text

Auto Reply

Set Quick Reply

Auto Resend

Sending Status

Receive

Message Notice

Link to Feeling

3D Pictogram

Animation View

Anti Spam Measures

Report Spam

Scroll Unit

Message List View

Address View

Received Msg. View

Sent Msg. View

Auto Delete

Received Msg.

Sent Messages

P.4-31

P.4-31

P.4-31

P.4-31

P.4-14

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

Refer to

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-25

P.4-25

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-30

[

Settings: E Mail Settings

Function

Message DL(Japan)

Message DL(Abroad)

Signature

Picture Appearance

Auto Play File

Pictures

Sounds

Create Msg. Size

DL Size Limit

Send File Settings

[

Settings: PC Mail Settings

Function

PC Mail Account

PC Mail DL

Check New Mail

Word wrap

[

Settings: SMS Settings

Function

Expiry Time

Message Center

Char-code

Refer to

P.4-32

P.4-32

P.4-20

P.4-32

P.4-32

P.4-32

P.4-22

P.4-32

P.4-32

Refer to

P.4-18

P.4-33

P.4-33

P.4-33

Refer to

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

Menu List

Camera

Function

Photo Camera

Video Camera

Scan Barcode

Scan Card

Scan Text

Review

Camera Settings

Video Settings

Refer to

P.7-4

P.7-5

P.9-25

P.9-27

P.9-28

P.7-6

Picture Size

Picture Quality

P.7-16

P.7-15

Advanced

P.7-15

Record Time/Size P.7-16

Microphone

Advanced

P.7-16

P.7-15

[

Photo Camera

Shooting

Settings

Modes

Barcode/Scan

Data Folder

Picture Size

Scene

Picture Quality

Self-timer

Settings

Help

Mobile Light

Function

Exposure

Focus Setting

White Balance

Refer to

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-16

Add Frame

Continuous Shoot

P.7-7

P.7-7

Camera Effects

P.7-8

Panorama/Scanner

P.7-8

P.9-25

P.7-15

P.7-16

P.7-16

P.7-15

P.7-7

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-15

15

15-

25

15

Menu List

[

Video Camera

Function

Record Settings

Exposure

Focus Setting

Display Size

Data Folder

Record Time/Size

Microphone

Video Quality

Self-timer

Settings

Help

Mobile Light

[

Video Settings: Advanced

Function

Save Videos to

Auto Save

Refer to

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-16

P.7-15

P.7-16

P.7-16

P.7-15

P.7-7

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-15

[

Camera Settings: Advanced

Function

Display Indicators

Shutter Sound

Save Pictures to

Auto Save

Set Send Key

Refer to

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-15

Refer to

P.7-15

P.7-15

Data Folder

Function

Pictures

DCIM

Ring Songs·Tones

S! Appli

Widget

Music

Videos

Lifestyle-Appli

Books

Customized Screen

Status Templates

Decoration Call

Flash®

Other Documents

Memory Status

P.12-2

P.9-13

P.12-2

P.2-4

P.12-2

P.3-15

P.12-2

P.12-2

P.12-2

Refer to

P.7-9

P.12-2

P.9-24

P.8-7

P.10-2

P.12-2

S! Appli

Function

S! Appli Library

Osaifu-Keitai

Notification History

Settings

Information

[

Settings

Function

Application Volume

Backlight

Vibration

Synchronization

Notification Setting

Calls & Alarms

Switch On/Off

Screensaver Activation Time

Stop Auto Start

Surround

Set to Default

Memory All Clear

Refer to

P.8-7

P.9-13

P.8-7

P.8-12

P.8-12

Refer to

P.8-11

P.8-12

P.8-12

P.8-12

P.8-12

P.8-11

P.8-11

P.8-11

P.8-11

P.8-11

P.8-12

P.8-12

15-

26

TV

Function

Digital TV

TV Player

TV Link

TV Listing

Reservation List

Settings

Refer to

P.6-5

P.6-9

P.6-13

P.6-7

P.6-10

P.6-12

[

Settings

TV Alarm

Broadcast

Data

Screen Size

Landscape Sets.

Sound Output

Calls & Alarms

Function

Set Recording

Image Location

Notify Connection

Location

Refer to

P.6-15

P.6-14

P.6-14

P.6-12

P.6-12

Manufacture Number P.6-12

Delete StationData

P.6-12

TV Reserve Prior

Auto Exit

Auto Exit Time

Close Action

P.6-5

P.6-11

P.6-12

P.6-12

P.6-15

P.6-12

P.6-12

Entertainment

Function

Mobile Widget

S! Quick News

S! Information

Channel/

Weather

BookSurfing e-Book Viewer

Refer to

P.10-2

P.10-5

What's New

Back Issue

P.10-6

P.10-6

Registration/Cancel P.10-6

Get Latest Contents P.10-18

Notification

Weather Indicator

P.10-18

P.10-6

P.10-7

P.10-7

[

S! Quick News

Function

S! Quick News List

Automatic Update

Show Image

Settings

Refer to

P.10-5

P.10-17

P.10-17

Check Schedule

Change Skin

P.10-17

P.10-17

Delete S! Quick News Lists P.10-17

[

S! Information Channel/Weather:

Weather Indicator

Function

Weather

Manual Update

Standby Setting

Settings Weather Notif.

Icon Update

Refer to

P.10-18

P.10-6

P.10-18

P.10-18

P.10-18

Menu List

Tools

[

PIM/Lifestyle

Function

Calendar

Alarms

Wakeup TV

Tasks

Calculator

Expenses Memo

Osaifu-Keitai

Simulated

Call

Refer to

P.9-2

P.9-7

P.9-9

P.9-5

P.9-11

P.9-12

P.9-13

Receive Simulated Call P.9-35

Switch On/Off

P.9-17

Set Caller

Assign Tone

P.9-17

P.9-17

Receive Timing

For Silent Mode

P.9-17

P.9-35

[

PIM/Lifestyle: Osaifu-Keitai

Lifestyle-Appli

Function

IC Card Status

IC Card Lock

IC Card

Settings

Remote Lock

Interface Settings

Balance Info

Set to Default

Refer to

P.9-13

P.9-34

P.9-14

P.9-15

P.9-34

P.9-34

P.9-34

15

15-

27

15

Menu List

[

Clocks/Gauges

Function

Stopwatch

Countdown Timer

World Clock

Hour Minder

Battery Meter

[

Doc./Rec.

Function

Dictionary

Search

Document Viewer

Notepad

Scratch Pad

Voice

Recorder

Barcode/

Scan

Record Time

Ring Songs·Tones

Save Recording to

Scan Barcode

Open Barcode

Create QR Code

Scan Card

Scan Text

Scanned Results

Phone Help

Refer to

P.9-18

P.9-19

P.9-20

P.9-21

P.1-19

P.9-36

P.9-25

P.9-37

P.9-26

P.9-27

P.9-28

P.9-37

P.1-20

Refer to

P.2-12

P.2-14

P.9-22

P.9-23

P.2-15

P.9-36

P.9-24

Settings

[

Phone

Mode Settings

Function

Display

Customize

Sounds & Alerts

Date & Time

Set Key Light

言語選択 (Language)

User Dictionary

Set Key Shortcut

Ringer Output

Earpiece Volume

Change Menu

Locks

Software Update

Master Reset

Reset Settings

Reset All

[

Phone: Display

Function

Wallpaper

System Graphics

Refer to

P.2-3

P.14-3

VeilView

Display Effects

P.1-22

P.14-3

Font Settings

Standby

Display

Clock/Calendar

P.2-2

P.14-4

Show Operator Name P.14-4

Mini Battery

Greeting Message

P.1-22

P.14-3

P.2-11

P.1-13

P.14-5

P.3-13

P.1-16

P.11-2

P.15-5

P.14-8

P.14-8

Refer to

P.1-22

P.14-3

P.2-4

P.2-5

P.14-2

P.14-4

P.14-3

Function

Duration

Messages

External

Display

Backlight

Display Saving

Dial Number

Display Date&Time

Clock Type

Caller Display

[

Phone: Sounds & Alerts

Function

Volume

Ringtone/videos

System Sounds

Vibration

Event Light

Status Light

Any Key Answer

Surround

[

Phone: Date & Time

Function

Set Date/Time

Time Correction

Daylight Saving

Set Time Zone

Clock/Calendar

World Clock

Alarms

Set Holiday

Time Format

Date Format

Calendar Format

Refer to

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-3

P.14-3

P.14-3

Refer to

P.14-5

P.2-5

P.14-5

P.2-5

P.14-5

P.14-5

P.14-5

P.14-5

Refer to

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-4

P.9-20

P.9-7

P.9-29

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

15-

28

[

Phone: Locks

PIN Entry

Change PIN2

Function Lock

Function

IP Service Setting

Application Lock

History Lock

Show Secret Data

Set Lock Message

Chg. Handset Code

[

Connectivity

Infrared

IC

Transmission

USB Mode

USB Charge

Memory Card

Function

Switch On/Off

Send All

Recv. Forwarded

Send All

Mass Storage

MTP Mode

Backup/

Restore

Refer to

P.13-13

P.13-4

P.13-13

P.13-6

P.13-7

P.8-3

P.1-21

Backup All Items

P.12-6

P.13-13

Backup Selected Items P.13-9

Restore All Items

P.13-13

Restore Selected Items P.13-9

Settings/Manage

P.13-13

Refer to

P.11-2

P.11-4

P.11-2

P.14-7

P.11-3

P.11-3

P.11-3

P.11-4

P.1-18

[

Connectivity: Memory Card

DPOF

Function

Number of Copies

Settings

Check Settings

Reset Settings

SD Local Contents

Format Card

Memory Status

[

Call

Call Time &

Cost

Answer

Phone

Function

Call Timers

Data Counter

Call Costs

Switch On/Off

Answer Time

Outgoing Message

Volume

Voicemail/

Divert

Voicemail

Diverts

Cancel All

Status

Camera Picture

Incoming Picture

Outgoing Picture

Hold Guidance Pict

Video Call

Backlight

Loudspeaker

Mute Microphone

Remote Monitor

Show My Number

)

Missed Calls

Int'l Calling

Refer to

P.7-14

P.7-17

P.7-14

P.7-17

P.12-8

P.12-6

P.12-2

P.3-20

P.3-20

P.3-20

P.3-12

P.3-19

P.3-11

P.3-13

P.3-11

P.3-10

P.3-11

P.3-18

P.3-20

P.3-20

P.3-20

P.3-20

Refer to

P.3-9

P.3-17

P.3-9

P.3-4

P.3-12

P.3-12

P.3-12

Menu List

Disp. Time/

Cost

Call Barring

Minute Minder

Function

Display Call Cost

Call Time Counter

Refer to

P.3-17

P.3-17

Outgoing Calls

Incoming Calls

P.3-19

P.3-19

Rejected Numbers

P.3-18

Change NW Password P.3-18

Decoration

Call

Auto Answer

Call Waiting

Switch On/Off

Play in Receiving

Notice

P.3-17

P.3-15

P.3-15

P.3-15

P.3-20

P.3-18

[

Network

Function

Select Network

Select Service

Offline Mode

Retrieve NW Info

Location Info

Network Info

External Device

Refer to

P.14-6

P.14-6

P.1-17

P.14-6

P.14-7

P.14-6

P.14-6

15

15-

29

15

Menu List

Phone

Function

Phone Book

Add New Entry

Information

Call Log

Play Messages

Call Voicemail

Refer to

P.2-16

P.2-16

P.1-21

P.3-8

P.3-4

P.3-11

Category Control

My Details

Speed Dial/Mail

Mail Groups

P.2-17

P.1-19

P.3-7

P.4-16

S! Addressbook Backup

Sort Entries

Ph.Book

Settings

Select Phone Book

Save New Entry

P.13-10

P.2-18

P.2-23

P.2-23

New Number Prompt P.2-21

View Settings

P.2-21

Call Log Settings

Copy All

Manage

Entries

Memory Status

Delete All

P.3-16

P.2-22

P.2-22

P.2-22

Media Player

Function

Music

Videos

Streaming

Settings

MTP Mode

Delete All WMA

[

Music

Function

Last Played Music

My Music

SD AUDIO

WMA

Download Music

Music Search

Settings

Sound Effects

Playback Mode

[

Videos

Function

Last Played Video

My Videos

SD VIDEO

Download Videos

Playback Mode

Settings

Backlight

Display Size

Sound Effects

Web Link Setting

Refer to

P.8-4

P.8-5

P.5-12

P.8-9

P.8-3

Refer to

P.8-8

P.8-6

P.8-9

P.8-4

P.8-3

P.8-3

P.8-8

P.8-8

Refer to

P.8-8

P.8-5

P.8-5

P.8-3

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

Communication

Function

S! Friend's Status

S! Circle Talk

Blog Tool

15-

30

Refer to

P.10-8

P.10-11

P.10-13

Index

Index

Number

3D Pictogram.................................. 4-10, 4-31

A

AC Charger ................................................1-4

Accessing Functions................................1-11

Accessory...................................................... v

After-Sales Services...............................15-38

Alarms.........................................................9-7

Canceling................................................ 9-8

Deleting ................................................... 9-8

Editing entries........................................ 9-32

For Manner Mode................................. 9-32

Link to World Clk ................................... 9-32

Animation View........................................4-10

Answer Phone .................................. 3-4, 3-12

Anti Spam Measures...................... 4-14, 4-28

Any Key Answer.......................................14-5

Application Lock .....................................11-3

Auto Focus..................................................7-2

Auto Reply ...................................... 4-11, 4-25

Auto Resend..................................... 4-2, 4-30

Auto Retry Function ...................................4-2

B

Backlight...................................................14-3

Backup .....................................................13-8

Settings/Manage................................ 13-13

Battery............................................... 1-4, 15-4

Battery Cover .............................................1-2

Battery Meter............................................1-19

Blog Tool ..................................... 10-13, 10-21

Bookmarks..................................................5-7

BookSurfing ® .............................................10-7

C

Calculator ...................................... 9-11, 9-33

Calendar .................................................... 9-2

Calendar Settings................................. 9-29

Editing schedules.................................. 9-30

Call Barring..................................... 3-10, 3-18

Call Barring (Incoming Calls) ................. 3-19

Call Barring (Outgoing Calls) ................. 3-19

Call Forwarding ....................................... 3-10

Call Log ............................................ 3-8, 3-16

Call Time & Cost ........................................ 3-9

Data Counter........................................ 3-17

Call Time Counter.................................... 3-17

Call Waiting.................................... 3-10, 3-18

Call Waiting (answering Line 2) ............. 3-18

Caller ID.......................................... 3-10, 3-19

Camera ...................................................... 7-2

Auto Save.............................................. 7-15

Capturing Still Images ............................ 7-4

Exposure ................................................ 7-15

Locking focus........................................ 7-15

Macro .................................................... 7-15

Manual Focus ....................................... 7-15

Mobile Light........................................... 7-15

Picture Quality ...................................... 7-15

Recording Video .................................... 7-5

Review ..................................................... 7-6

Save Pictures to .................................... 7-15

Save Videos to...................................... 7-15

Self-timer.................................................. 7-7

Send/Blog................................................ 7-6

Video Quality........................................ 7-15

Center Access Code .............................. 1-18

Change NW Password ............................ 3-18

Change PIN.............................................. 11-4

Change PIN2............................................ 11-4

Character Code List .............................. 15-11

Charging .................................................... 1-4

Charging Terminals ................................... 1-2

Chat Folder .....................................4-15, 4-28

Clock/Calendar...................................... 14-4

Composite ............................................... 7-13

Countdown Timer .................................... 9-19

Create Msg. Size ............................4-22, 4-32

Create QR Code ..................................... 9-26

Customer Service.................................. 15-39

Customized Screen (Japanese) .............. 2-4

D

Data Broadcast (Japanese)..................... 6-6

Change View (Data)........................... 6-12

Returning to initial window.................. 6-12

Set Recording ....................................... 6-14

Data Folder .............................................. 12-2

Files (attaching)............................. 4-5, 12-3

Files (moving/copying)........................ 12-4

Files (opening) ...................................... 12-3

Files (renaming) .................................... 12-8

Folders (adding)................................... 12-4

Selecting Multiple Files......................... 12-4

Set Secret (folders)............................... 12-4

Slide Show ............................................. 12-3

Date & Time.............................................. 14-2

Daylight Saving ..............................9-20, 14-2

Decoration Call ................................3-6, 3-15

Delivery Report ..................... 4-10, 4-21, 4-30

Dialing from Call Log records ................ 3-16

Dictionary................................................. 2-12

Digital TV (> TV)........................................ 6-2

Adding Reception Areas ...................... 6-4

Area Setup.............................................. 6-4

Auto Exit ................................................ 6-12

Calls & Alarms....................................... 6-12

Change Area ....................................... 6-11

Program Info. Search........................... 6-11

15

15-

31

15

Index

Screen Size...............................................6-5

Set Channels..........................................6-11

Sound Output........................................6-12

Subtitle/Sound .......................................6-13

Tone........................................................6-11

TV Alarm .................................................6-15

Disney Pictograms .................................... 2-8

Disney Web................................................ 5-3

Display.................................................1-2, 1-7

Display (settings) ..................................... 14-3

Disney font ..................................... 2-2, 2-19

Display Call Cost ..................................... 3-17

Display Effect ........................................... 4-31

Display Effects.......................................... 14-3

Display Saving ......................................... 14-3

Document Viewer ................................... 9-22

Download Dictionary .............................. 2-11

DPOF ......................................................... 7-14

Add Date ...............................................7-17

Check Settings ......................................7-14

For All Pictures........................................7-14

Index Print ..............................................7-17

E

E Mail .......................................................... 4-2

Attaching Files.........................................4-5

Create Msg. Size ......................... 4-22, 4-32

Disney Mail Maker...................................4-8

E Mail Settings........................................4-32

Feeling Mail..............................................4-5

Graphic Mail............................................4-6

E Mail (sending)......................................... 4-4

Earpiece..................................................... 1-2

Earpiece Volume .................................... 3-13 e-Book Library ....................................... 10-19 e-Book Viewer......................................... 10-7 e-Books (Japanese) ....................10-7, 10-19

Emergency Calls ....................................... 3-2

English ...................................................... 14-3

Entertainment .......................................... 10-1

15-

32

Event Light.................................................14-5

Expenses Memo.......................................9-12

External Camera........................................1-2

External Device Port ..................................1-2

External Display.......................1-2, 1-10, 14-4

F

Face Arrange ...........................................7-12

Feeling Mail (receiving) ..........................4-10

Feeling Mail (sending)...............................4-5

Focus (locking) ........................................7-15

Focus Setting ............................................7-15

Font Size ......................................................2-2

Format Card .............................................12-6

Function Lock ...........................................11-2

G

General Notes ............................................. xii

Graphic Mail ..............................................4-6

Group Calling................................. 3-10, 3-18

Group Calling (opening another line) ...3-18

Guide Usage Notes....................................... ii

H

Handset Closed..........................................1-2

Handset Code..........................................1-18

Handset Keys..............................................1-3

Handset mail address................................4-3

Handset Open............................................1-2

Handset Parts..............................................1-2

Handset Positions .......................................1-2

Handset Power On/Off ..............................1-6

Handset responses ....................................2-5

Headphone Port.........................................1-2

Headphones (answering calls) ..............3-12

History Lock ..............................................11-3

Hold ...........................................................3-12

Hour Minder..............................................9-21

Assign Tone/Video................................9-35

For Manner Mode.................................9-35

Link to World Clk ................................... 9-35

Vibration ................................................ 9-35

I

IC Card Lock ............................................9-14

IC Card Settings .......................................9-14

IC Transmission ........................................13-5

Indicators....................................................1-8

Camera (Viewfinder) ............................. 7-3

Display...................................................... 1-8

External Display..................................... 1-10

Messaging (message list)..................... 4-11

Music Playback Window ....................... 8-4

Video Playback Window....................... 8-5

Information window...................................1-7

Infrared .....................................................13-2

Receiving files ....................................... 13-3

Sending files ...............................13-4, 13-13

Infrared Port................................................1-2

Internal Antenna........................................1-2

International calls ............................ 3-3, 3-13

Internet .......................................................5-2

Accessing .........................................5-3, 5-4

Basic Operations..................................... 5-5

Browser Settings .................................... 5-11

Enter URL...........................................5-3, 5-4

History................................................5-3, 5-4

Saving Bookmarks/pages...................... 5-7

Int'l Call.......................................................3-4

IP Service Setting .....................................14-7

K

Key Assignments .....................................15-8

Keypad Lock............................................1-19

L

Language .................................................14-3

Large Font Menu........................................2-2

Link to Feeling ..........................................4-31

Link to World Clk ............................ 9-32, 9-35

Locks ............................................... 1-18, 11-2

Loudspeaker .......................3-14, 3-20, 10-20

M

Mail Groups ..............................................4-16

Changing members.............................4-28

Deleting .................................................4-28

Edit Name..............................................4-28

Main Menu ...............................................1-11

Manner mode ..........................................1-17

Mass Storage............................................13-7

Master Reset.............................................14-8

Format Card.......................................... 12-6

Reset All .................................................14-8

Reset Settings ........................................ 14-8

Max Cost ..................................................3-17

Media Player ..............................................8-2

Delete All WMA....................................... 8-9

Playlists .....................................8-6, 8-9, 8-10

Memory All Clear (S! Applications) .......8-12

Memory Card...........................................12-5

Format Card.......................................... 12-6

Opening files ......................................... 12-6

Memory Card Structure & Contents.....15-23

Menu List.................................................15-24

Camera ...............................................15-25

Communication ................................. 15-30

Data Folder ......................................... 15-26

Disney Web ......................................... 15-24

Entertainment ..................................... 15-27

Media Player....................................... 15-30

Messaging ...........................................15-24

Phone................................................... 15-30

S! Appli ................................................. 15-26

Settings................................................. 15-28

Tools...................................................... 15-27

TV.......................................................... 15-27

Message List View....................................4-30

Message Notice.......................................4-31

Messages (creating/sending)....4-4, 4-9, 4-19

3D Pictogram ........................................ 4-20

Attachments ......................................... 4-22

Drafts...................................................... 4-29

Edit ......................................................... 4-29

Edit & Send............................................ 4-29

Graphic Mail ......................................... 4-22

Inserting signature manually ............... 4-20

Messaging Settings............................... 4-21

Preview Message ................................... 4-4

Recipient status .................................... 4-20

Recipients (editing) .............................. 4-20

Resend................................................... 4-29

Save to Drafts........................................ 4-21

Send Reservation.................................. 4-21

Set Auto Play File .................................. 4-22

Set Sent Cancel.................................... 4-21

Signature ............................................... 4-20

Speed Dial/Mail.................................... 4-20

Templates.............................................. 4-22

Messages (deleting) ..................... 4-19, 4-26

Auto Delete........................................... 4-30

Messages (forwarding) ........................... 4-29

Messages (protecting)............................ 4-12

Messages (receiving/checking) ........... 4-10

Accessing new mail out of Standby ... 4-23

DL Size Limit ........................................... 4-32

Mail List .................................................. 4-23

Message List ................................. 4-11, 4-26

Message Window........................ 4-11, 4-24

Retrieving complete E Mail messages manually................................................ 4-32

Retrieving PC Mail ....................... 4-19, 4-33

Save to Data Folder ............................. 4-24

Messages (sorting) .................................. 4-14

Anti Spam Measures ................... 4-14, 4-28

Messaging (> E Mail, SMS, PC Mail) ....... 4-2

E Mail Settings ....................................... 4-32

General Settings ................................... 4-30

PC Mail Settings .................................... 4-33

Receive (settings)................................. 4-31

Send/Compose (settings) ................... 4-30

SMS Settings .......................................... 4-34

Index

Microphone ............................................... 1-2

Minute Minder ......................................... 3-17

Missed Call Notification.......................... 3-11

Mobile Light ............................................... 1-2

Mobile Widget ......................................... 10-2

Mode Settings.......................................... 1-22

MTP Mode .................................................. 8-3

Multi Job................................................... 1-14

Music (deleting) ........................................ 8-9

Music (downloading)................................ 8-3

Music (playing) ..................................8-4, 8-8

My Details ................................................ 1-19

Sending via IC Transmission............... 13-13

Sending via Infrared........................... 13-13

N

Network Password................................... 1-18

Notepad................................................... 9-23

Edit Text ................................................. 9-36

Change Category ............................... 9-36

O

Offline Mode............................................ 1-17

Optional Services .................................... 3-10

Optional Services (checking status) ..... 3-18

Osaifu-Keitai ® (Japanese)...................... 9-13

Balance Info ......................................... 9-34

Checking e-money balance.............. 9-34

IC Card Settings ................................... 9-14

Locking .................................................. 9-14

Set to Default........................................ 9-34

P

Pager Code List ..................................... 15-10

PC (connecting handset)....................... 13-7

PC Mail ..............................................4-2, 4-17

PC Mail (sending).................................... 4-19

PC Site Browser .......................................... 5-4

Pen Light................................................... 1-19

Phone Book (deleting)............................ 2-22

15

15-

33

15

Index

Phone Book (editing) .............................. 2-21

Phone Book (saving)............................... 2-16

Phone Book (using)................................. 2-18

Phone Book search................................. 2-18

Phone Help .............................................. 1-20

Picture Editor.............................................. 7-9

PIN............................................................. 15-2

PIN2........................................................... 15-2

PIN Entry ................................................... 11-2

PIN Lock ................................................... 15-2

Playlists ...................................... 8-6, 8-9, 8-10

Q

Quick Operations.................................... 1-11

R

Received Msg. View ............................... 4-30

Record Caller Voice ............................... 3-14

Reference URLs ...................................... 15-22

Reject (calls)............................................ 3-12

Remote Lock (Osaifu-Keitai ® ) ................ 9-15

Call Remote Lock .................................9-16

Count for Lock.......................................9-34

Mail Remote Lock .................................9-15

Notice Settings ......................................9-34

Remote Monitor....................................... 3-12

Reply...................................... 4-11, 4-19, 4-25

Auto Reply .............................................4-25

Opening received message for reference

................................................................4-25

Set Quick Reply .....................................4-25

Reset (> Master Reset)........................... 14-8

Reset All.................................................... 14-8

Reset Settings........................................... 14-8

Retrieve NW Info...................................... 14-6

Retrieving Network Information ............... 1-6

Review........................................................ 7-6

RSS Feeds ................................................... 5-8

S

S! Addressbook Back-up ......................13-10

Confirming password .........................13-14

Set Auto Sync ......................................13-14

Sync History..........................................13-14

S! Applications ...........................................8-7

S! Circle Talk ............................... 10-11, 10-20

Accepting requests ............................10-12

Initiating ...............................................10-12

IP Service Setting...................................14-7

Registering Members..........................10-11

S! Familiar Usability ....................................2-4

S! FeliCa (> Osaifu-Keitai

® )....................9-13

S! Friend's Status ........................... 10-8, 10-19

IP Service Setting...................................14-7

Opening Member Status .....................10-9

S! Information Channel (Japanese)

....................................................... 10-6, 10-18

Weather Indicator ................................10-6

S! Quick News (Japanese)......................10-5

Automatic Update .............................10-17

Deleting items .....................................10-17

Safety Precautions ....................................... vi

SAR ............................................................ xviii

Saved Pages .................................... 5-7, 5-13

Scan Barcode ..........................................9-25

Open Barcode......................................9-37

Scanning during text entry ..................9-37

Using scan results ..................................9-37

Scan Card.................................................9-27

Using scan results ..................................9-39

Scan Text ..................................................9-28

Scanning and pasting during text entry ...9-39

Using scan results ..................................9-40

Schedules (> Calendar) ..........................9-2

Scratch Pad ..............................................2-15

SD Local Contents....................................12-8

Search.......................................................2-14

Security Codes.........................................1-18

15-

34

Sent Msg. View.........................................4-30

Set as Wallpaper......................................12-7

Set Date/Time...........................................14-2

Set Key Light.............................................14-4

Set Key Shortcut.......................................1-13

Set Quick Reply .......................................4-25

Set Sent Cancel .......................................4-21

Set Time Zone................................. 9-20, 14-2

Set to Default (S! Applications)...............8-12

Shortcuts ...................................................1-11

Show My Number ....................................3-19

Show Secret Data ....................................11-3

Side Keys ....................................................1-3

Signature ..................................................4-20

Simple Menu ............................................1-16

Simulated Call..........................................9-17

Slide W paper.............................................2-3

Small Light ..................................................1-2

SMS..............................................................4-2

SMS Settings........................................... 4-34

SMS (sending) ............................................4-9

Snooze ................................................ 9-7, 9-8

Softkeys ......................................................1-7

Software Update ......................................15-5

Sounds & Alerts ................................ 2-5, 14-5

Speaker ......................................................1-2

Specifications.........................................15-18

Specifications (by function) .................15-19

Basic Operations................................. 15-19

Calling.................................................. 15-19

Camera & Imaging ............................ 15-20

Connectivity & File Backup ............... 15-22

Data Folder ......................................... 15-21

Digital TV.............................................. 15-20

Entertainment & Communication .... 15-21

Getting Started ................................... 15-19

Handy Extras........................................ 15-21

Media Player....................................... 15-20

Memory Card...................................... 15-21

Messaging ........................................... 15-19

Network ............................................... 15-22

S! Applications .................................... 15-20

Disney Web & PC Site Browser ..........15-19

Speed Dial/Mail ............................... 3-7, 4-20

Standby.......................................................1-6

Standby Shortcuts ....................................1-15

Status Icon List..........................................1-20

Status Templates ......................................12-2

Still images (capturing) .............................7-4

Add Frame .............................................. 7-7

Camera Effects....................................... 7-8

Continuous Shoot ................................... 7-7

Panorama Picture .................................. 7-8

Picture Size ............................................7-16

Scanner ................................................... 7-8

Scene..................................................... 7-16

Shutter Sound........................................ 7-15

White Balance ...................................... 7-16

Still images (capturing & sending)...........7-4

Still images (editing)..................................7-9

Additional editing options ................... 7-16

Changing sizes...................................... 7-10

Face Arrange........................................ 7-12

Merge Panorama................................. 7-13

Stopwatch ................................................9-18

Strap Eyelet.................................................1-2

Streaming ......................................... 5-3, 5-12

Swap Calls................................................3-18

System Graphics......................................14-3

System Sounds .........................................14-5

T

Table of Contents..........................................iii

Tasks............................................................9-5

Deleting Tasks.......................................... 9-6

Editing tasks........................................... 9-31

Opening Tasks......................................... 9-6

Text (editing) ............................................2-10

Text Entry.....................................................2-6

Disney Pictograms & Symbols ............... 2-8

Emoticons ................................................ 2-8

Hiragana.................................................. 2-7

Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumeric

Conversion .............................................. 2-9

Input/Conversion.................................. 2-20

Inserting line breaks.............................. 2-19

Inserting Phone Book entry items........ 2-19

Inserting spaces.................................... 2-19

Katakana ................................................ 2-8

Mail & Web Extensions ........................... 2-9

One-Hiragana Conversion.................... 2-8

Phonetic Conversion.............................. 2-7

Quick Conversion................................... 2-9

Reset Log............................................... 2-19

Switching Entry Modes........................... 2-6

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters............................................. 2-19

Using Character Codes....................... 2-19

Using Pager Code ................................ 2-19

When Target Word is Not Listed............ 2-7

Time Correction ....................................... 14-2

Troubleshooting ....................................... 15-6

TV (watching)............................................. 6-5

Channels (saving) ................................ 6-11

Data Broadcast (Japanese)................. 6-6

Help........................................................ 6-11

Program Info ........................................... 6-7

TV Listing (Japanese) ............................. 6-7

TV Player..................................................... 6-8

TV programs (recording/playing).... 6-8, 6-9

Details .................................................... 6-14

Marker List.............................................. 6-14

Markers .................................................. 6-14

Memory Remaining.............................. 6-14

Playback Pattern.................................. 6-14

Playing split files .................................... 6-14

Recorded programs (deleting) .......... 6-14

Recorded programs (renaming)........ 6-14

Split File .................................................. 6-14

TV Reserve Prior..................................... 6-15

TV Timers (watching/recording) ............ 6-10

Setting Timer via Program Info .............. 6-7

Timer entries (editing/deleting) .......... 6-15

Index

Timer log records (opening/deleting)... 6-15

TV Alarm ................................................ 6-15

Wakeup TV.............................................. 9-9

U

USB Charge.......................................1-4, 1-21

User Dictionary ........................................ 2-11

Deleting entries..................................... 2-20

USIM Card ................................................ 15-2

USIM PINs (> PIN) ................................... 15-2

Utility Software ......................................... 13-7

V

VeilView ................................................... 1-19

Vibration..................................................... 2-5

Video (deleting)...................................... 8-10

Video (downloading) ............................... 8-3

Video (playing) ..................................8-5, 8-8

Video (recording) ..................................... 7-5

Display Size............................................ 7-16

Microphone .......................................... 7-16

Record Time/Size.................................. 7-16

Video (recording & sending) ................... 7-5

Video Calling............................................. 3-5

Remote Monitor ................................... 3-12

Video Calls (answering) ........................... 3-5

Video Calls (placing)................................ 3-5

Voice Calling............................................. 3-3

Voice Calls (answering) ........................... 3-3

Voice Calls (placing)................................ 3-3

Voice Calls (placing while abroad)........ 3-4

Voice Recorder ....................................... 9-24

Record Time.......................................... 9-36

Save and Send ..................................... 9-36

Save Recording to ............................... 9-36

Voicemail................................................. 3-10

Volume (ringtones) ................................. 14-5

W

Wakeup TV................................................. 9-9

15

15-

35

15

15-

36

Index

Wallpaper .................................................. 2-3

Slide W paper ..........................................2-3

Warranty................................................. 15-38

Weather Indicator ................................... 10-6

Icon Update ........................................10-18

Manual Update.....................................10-6

Weather ...............................................10-18

Weather Indicator List ........................... 15-17

Widgets .................................................... 10-2

World Clock ............................................. 9-20

Objectives

Accessing Secret Files/Entries

Data Folder............................................12-4

Messaging folders .................................4-13

Phone Book ...........................................2-17

Schedules/tasks.......................................9-4

Accessing the Internet

Disney Web..............................................5-3

From message text ...............................4-25

From scan results ......................... 9-37, 9-40

Media Player ...........................................8-3

PC Site Browser........................................5-4

RSS Feeds .................................................5-8

Browsing/Viewing

Disney Web..............................................5-3

Document Viewer.................................9-22 e-Books...................................................10-7

PC Site Browser........................................5-4

S! Information Channel ........................10-6

S! Quick News........................................10-5

Calculating

Calculator..............................................9-11

Expenses Memo ....................................9-12

Canceling

Alarm ........................................................9-8

Answer Phone .........................................3-4

Call Forwarding .....................................3-11

Customized Screen...............................2-19

Download Dictionary ...........................2-11

Function Lock ........................................11-2

Hour Minder...........................................9-21

IC Card Lock .........................................9-14

Keypad Lock .........................................1-19

Large Font Menu.....................................2-2

Manner mode .......................................1-17

Offline Mode .........................................1-17

S! Familiar Usability ................................2-19

S! Information Channel ........................10-6

Secret folders ...............................4-27, 12-4

Simple Menu..........................................1-16

Speed Dial entries...................................3-7

Voicemail...............................................3-11

Changing

Font Size ...................................................2-2

Font Weight .............................................2-2

Handset Code ......................................1-18

Handset mail address.............................4-3

Network Password ................................3-18

PIN & PIN2 ..............................................11-4

Changing Ringtones

Phone Book ...........................................2-17

Ringtone/videos......................................2-5

Via Data Folder.....................................12-7

Composing/Sending Messages

Disney Mail Maker...................................4-8

E Mail ........................................................4-4

Feeling Mail .............................................4-5

From Call Log records ..........................3-16

From Internet pages .............................5-10

From message text ...............................4-25

From Phone Book..................................2-22

From received messages.....................4-11

From scan results..........................9-37, 9-40

From Scratch Pad .................................2-15

From sent messages .............................4-29

Graphic Mail ..................................4-6, 4-22

PC Mail...................................................4-19

SMS ...........................................................4-9

Copying

Calculation results ................................9-33

Data Folder files ....................................12-4

From text entry window ....................... 2-10

Scan results..........................9-38, 9-39, 9-40

Text (e-Books)...................................... 10-19

Text (Internet pages)............................ 5-10

Text (Messaging)................................... 4-25

Text (S! Information Channel pages)... 10-18

Downloading

Customized Screen ................................ 2-4 e-Books .................................................. 10-7

Music........................................................ 8-3

S! Applications ...................................... 8-11

Video ....................................................... 8-3

Widgets.................................................. 10-2

Exchanging Files

IC Transmission ...................................... 13-5

Infrared .................................................. 13-2

Mass Storage......................................... 13-7

MTP Mode ............................................... 8-3

Hiding Files/Entries

Data Folder ........................................... 12-4

Messaging folders................................. 4-13

Phone Book ........................................... 2-17

Schedules/tasks ...........................9-29, 9-31

Inserting/Removing

Battery.................................................... 15-4

Memory Card........................................ 12-5

USIM Card.............................................. 15-3

Locking/Restricting

Application Lock .................................. 11-3

Call Log.................................................. 11-3

Function Lock........................................ 11-2

Incoming/outgoing calls ............3-18, 3-19

Keypad Lock......................................... 1-19

Mail records........................................... 11-3

Osaifu-Keitai ® ........................................ 9-14

PIN Entry................................................. 11-2

Managing Schedules

Calendar ................................................. 9-2

Tasks ......................................................... 9-5

Measuring Time

Countdown Timer................................. 9-19

Stopwatch.............................................9-18

Notifying Phone Number

Opening My Details..............................1-19

Via IC Transmission..............................13-13

Via Infrared..........................................13-13

Placing Calls

By entering phone numbers.................. 3-3

From Call Log records.......................... 3-16

From Internet pages.............................5-10

From message text ...............................4-25

From Phone Book ................................. 2-18

From scan results..........................9-37, 9-40

International calls ................................... 3-3

Speed Dial............................................... 3-7

Video Calls .............................................. 3-5

While abroad .......................................... 3-4

Playing

Answer Phone messages/Caller Voice ... 3-4

Files (Scan Barcode) ............................9-38

Music........................................................ 8-4

Recorded TV programs.......................... 6-9

Recorded TV programs from Timer log... 6-15

Split files (TV).......................................... 6-14

Streams .................................................. 5-12

Video ....................................................... 8-5

Voice files ..............................................9-24

Voicemail messages ............................3-11

Rejecting

Calls from public phones..................... 3-18

Calls from specified numbers..............3-18

Calls from unsaved numbers...............3-18

Undisplayable Caller ID ....................... 3-18

Withheld Caller ID................................. 3-18

Resetting/Formatting

All settings..............................................14-8

Handset .................................................14-8

Memory Card........................................ 12-6

Saving

Backup................................................... 13-9

Captured still images ...............7-4, 7-7, 7-8

Draft messages ..................................... 4-21

Edited still images ................................... 7-9

Files (Internet)........................................ 5-10

Files (S! Information Channel pages) ... 10-18

Graphic Mail templates ........................ 4-6

Mail attachments ................................. 4-24

Notepad entries ................................... 9-23

Phone Book entries............................... 2-16

Recorded video ..................................... 7-5

Scan results................................... 9-37, 9-39

TV channels........................................... 6-11

Saving Phone Book Entries

Add New Entry...................................... 2-16

Data Folder files.................................... 12-7

During a call.......................................... 3-14

From Call Log records.......................... 3-16

From message text............................... 4-24

From received messages .................... 4-24

From scan results ......................... 9-37, 9-39

Scanning

Business cards ....................................... 9-27

QR Codes.............................................. 9-25

Text......................................................... 9-28

Searching

Messages...................................... 2-14, 4-13

Music to download ................................ 8-3

Music to play........................................... 8-4

Notepad entries ................................... 9-36

Phone Book........................................... 2-18

Text (Internet pages)............................ 5-10

TV program information ...................... 6-11

Video to play .......................................... 8-5

Web Search .......................................... 2-14

Sending via Mail

Data Folder files............................. 4-5, 12-3

Notepad entries ................................... 9-36

QR Codes.............................................. 9-26

Scan results..........................9-38, 9-39, 9-40

Still images........................................ 7-4, 7-6

URLs ............................................... 5-10, 5-12

Video ....................................................... 7-5

Voice files .............................................. 9-36

Index

Setting Wallpaper

From attached files.............................. 4-24

From Phone menu.................................. 2-3

From scan results .................................. 9-38

Via Data Folder .................................... 12-7

Showing in Standby

Clock/Calendar ................................... 14-4

S! Applications...................................... 8-11

Wallpaper ............................................... 2-3

World Clock .......................................... 9-20

Using as Alarm Clock

Alarm ....................................................... 9-7

Hour Minder .......................................... 9-21

Wakeup TV.............................................. 9-9

Using Away from Home

Alarm ....................................................... 9-7

Camera................................................... 7-2

Digital TV ................................................. 6-2

Hour Minder .......................................... 9-21

Osaifu-Keitai ® ........................................ 9-13

Pen Light................................................ 1-19

Scratch Pad .......................................... 2-15

Search ................................................... 2-14

Voice Recorder .................................... 9-24

Using Disney-featured Functions

Customized Screen................................ 2-4

Disney font ..................................... 2-2, 2-19

Disney Mail Maker .................................. 4-8

Ringtone/videos ..................................... 2-5

Templates................................................ 4-7

Wallpaper ............................................... 2-3

15

15-

37

15

15-

38

Warranty & Service

Warranty & Service

[

Warranty

Warranty is provided when you purchase handset.

.

Check the name of distributor and date of purchase.

.

Read contents and keep in a safe place.

.

The warranty term is described in the warranty.

[

After-Sales Services

See P.15-6 "Troubleshooting" before contacting Disney

Mobile for service or repairs.

If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact

Customer Assistance (P.15-39) in your subscription area and

provide a detailed description of the problem.

.

Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions described.

.

Out of warranty, possible repairs are performed upon request at subscriber expense.

For other services, contact the distributor, the nearest

SoftBank Shop or General Information (P.15-39).

Replacement parts are available for 6 years after termination of production.

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.

.

Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of handset data. Keep a copy of

Phone Book entries, etc. in a separate place.

.

Disassembling or modifying handset may violate the Radio

Law. Modified handset will not be repaired.

Customer Service

Customer Service

For Disney Mobile handset or service information, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance.

General Information

Disney Mobile Customer Center

From a Disney Mobile handset, dial toll free at 157

From landlines, dial toll free at 0800-2222-157

Customer Assistance

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center

From a Disney Mobile handset, dial toll free at 113

From landlines, dial toll free at 0088-250-113

SoftBank Mobile Global Call Center

From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491

(International charges apply.)

15

15-

39

Disney Mobile DM004SH User Guide

August 2009, First Edition

The Walt Disney Company (Japan) Ltd.

For additional information, please contact the distributor.

Model: Disney Mobile DM004SH

Manufacturer: SHARP CORPORATION

Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle, please remember these important points:

.

Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.

.

Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling.

Mind your mobile manners when carrying a handset.

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents